US20050003370A1 - Novel polypeptides and polynucleotides encoding same - Google Patents

Novel polypeptides and polynucleotides encoding same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20050003370A1
US20050003370A1 US10/691,165 US69116504A US2005003370A1 US 20050003370 A1 US20050003370 A1 US 20050003370A1 US 69116504 A US69116504 A US 69116504A US 2005003370 A1 US2005003370 A1 US 2005003370A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
nov
nucleic acid
protein
sequence
seq
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US10/691,165
Inventor
Sudhirdas Prayaga
Raymond Taupier
Raj Bandaru
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Individual
Original Assignee
Individual
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Individual filed Critical Individual
Priority to US10/691,165 priority Critical patent/US20050003370A1/en
Publication of US20050003370A1 publication Critical patent/US20050003370A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/705—Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/08—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for gonadal disorders or for enhancing fertility, e.g. inducers of ovulation or of spermatogenesis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/02—Antithrombotic agents; Anticoagulants; Platelet aggregation inhibitors
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/06—Antianaemics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/46—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
    • C07K14/47—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals
    • C07K14/4701—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals not used
    • C07K14/4725—Proteoglycans, e.g. aggreccan
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/575—Hormones
    • C07K14/57581—Thymosin; Related peptides
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K48/00—Medicinal preparations containing genetic material which is inserted into cells of the living body to treat genetic diseases; Gene therapy

Definitions

  • the invention generally relates to nucleic acids and polypeptides encoded therefrom. More specifically, the invention relates to nucleic acids encoding membrane bound and secreted polypeptides, as well as vectors, host cells, antibodies, and recombinant methods for producing these nucleic acids and polypeptides.
  • the invention is based in part upon the discovery of novel nucleic acid sequences encoding polypeptides. Nucleic acids encoding these polypeptides and derivatives and fragments thereof, will hereinafter be collectively designated as “NOV.”
  • the invention provides an isolated NOV1 nucleic acid molecule encoding a NOV1 polypeptide that has identity to the polypeptide sequence for the small actin-sequestering peptide thymosin-beta-10.
  • the invention provides an isolated NOV2 nucleic acid molecule encoding a NOV2 polypeptide that has identity to ephrin type-A receptor 8.
  • the invention provides an isolated NOV3 nucleic acid molecule encoding a NOV3 polypeptide that has homology to a family of proteoglycans.
  • the NOV nucleic acid molecule can hybridize under stringent conditions to a nucleic acid sequence complementary to a nucleic acid molecule that includes a protein-coding sequence of the nucleic acid sequence.
  • an oligonucleotide e.g., an oligonucleotide which includes at least 6 contiguous nucleotides of a NOV nucleic acid (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6) or a complement of said oligonucleotide.
  • substantially purified NOV polypeptides SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7.
  • the invention also features antibodies that immunoselectively-bind to NOV polypeptides.
  • the invention includes pharmaceutical compositions which include therapeutically- or prophylactically-effective amounts of a therapeutic and a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier.
  • the therapeutic can be, e.g., a NOV nucleic acid, a NOV polypeptide, or an antibody specific for a NOV polypeptide.
  • the invention includes, in one or more containers, a therapeutically- or prophylactically-effective amount of this pharmaceutical composition.
  • the invention includes a method of producing a polypeptide by culturing a cell that includes a NOV nucleic acid, under conditions allowing for expression of the NOV polypeptide encoded by the DNA. If desired, the NOV polypeptide can then be recovered.
  • the invention includes a method of detecting the presence of a NOV polypeptide in a sample.
  • a sample is contacted with a compound that selectively binds to the polypeptide under conditions allowing for formation of a complex between the polypeptide and the compound.
  • the complex is detected, if present, thereby identifying the NOV polypeptide within the sample.
  • Also included in the invention is a method of detecting the presence of a NOV nucleic acid molecule in a sample by contacting the sample with a NOV nucleic acid probe or primer, and detecting whether the nucleic acid probe or primer bound to a NOV nucleic acid molecule in the sample.
  • the invention provides a method for modulating the activity of a NOV polypeptide by contacting a cell sample that includes the NOV polypeptide with a compound that binds to the NOV polypeptide in an amount sufficient to modulate the activity of said polypeptide.
  • the compound can be, e.g., a small molecule, such as a nucleic acid, peptide, polypeptide, peptidomimetic, carbohydrate, lipid or other organic (carbon containing) or inorganic molecule, as further described herein.
  • a therapeutic in the manufacture of a medicament for treating or preventing disorders or syndromes outlined in the preferred embodiment below.
  • the therapeutic can be, e.g., a NOV nucleic acid, a NOV polypeptide, or a NOV-specific antibody, or biologically-active derivatives or fragments thereof.
  • the invention further includes methods for screening for a modulator of disorders or syndromes including, e.g., those involving development, differentiation, and activation of thymic immune cells; in pathologies related to spermatogenesis and male infertility; diagnosis of several human neoplasias; in diseases or pathologies of cells in blood circulation such as red blood cells and platelets; neurological, cardiac and vascular pathologies; rheumatoid arthritis; congenital muscular dystrophies; various muscle disorders; fixed deformities (arthrogryposis); small cell lung cancer NCI-H23; prostate cancer; and abnormal white matter.
  • disorders or syndromes including, e.g., those involving development, differentiation, and activation of thymic immune cells; in pathologies related to spermatogenesis and male infertility; diagnosis of several human neoplasias; in diseases or pathologies of cells in blood circulation such as red blood cells and platelets; neurological, cardiac and vascular pathologies; rheumato
  • the method includes contacting a test compound with a NOV polypeptide and determining if the test compound binds to said NOV polypeptide. Binding of the test compound to the NOV polypeptide indicates the test compound is a modulator of activity, or of latency or predisposition to the aforementioned disorders or syndromes.
  • Also within the scope of the invention is a method for screening for a modulator of activity, or of latency or predisposition to disorders or syndromes listed above by administering a test compound to a test animal at increased risk for the aforementioned disorders or syndromes.
  • the test animal expresses a recombinant polypeptide encoded by a NOV nucleic acid. Expression or activity of NOV polypeptide is then measured in the test animal, as is expression or activity of the protein in a control animal which recombinantly-expresses NOV polypeptide and is not at increased risk for the disorder or syndrome.
  • the expression of NOV polypeptide in both the test animal and the control animal is compared. A change in the activity of NOV polypeptide in the test animal relative to the control animal indicates the test compound is a modulator of latency of the disorder or syndrome.
  • the invention includes a method for determining the presence of or predisposition to a disease associated with altered levels of a NOV polypeptide, a NOV nucleic acid, or both, in a subject (e.g., a human subject).
  • the method includes measuring the amount of the NOV polypeptide in a test sample from the subject and comparing the amount of the polypeptide in the test sample to the amount of the NOV polypeptide present in a control sample.
  • An alteration in the level of the NOV polypeptide in the test sample as compared to the control sample indicates the presence of or predisposition to a disease in the subject.
  • the predisposition including those listed in the preferred embodiment above.
  • the invention includes a method of treating or preventing a pathological condition associated with a disorder in a mammal by administering to the subject a NOV polypeptide, a NOV nucleic acid, or a NOV-specific antibody to a subject (e.g., a human subject), in an amount sufficient to alleviate or prevent the pathological condition.
  • FIG. 1 Western blot of a NOV2 polypeptide secreted by 293 cells.
  • FIG. 2 Western blot of a NOV3 polypeptide secreted by 293 cells.
  • the present invention provides novel nucleotides and polypeptides encoded thereby. Included in the invention are the novel nucleic acid sequences and their polypeptides. The sequences are collectively referred to as “NOV nucleic acids” or “NOV polynucleotides” and the corresponding encoded polypeptides are referred to as “NOV polypeptides” or “NOV proteins.” Unless indicated otherwise, “NOV” is meant to refer to any of the novel sequences disclosed herein. Table 11 provides a summary of the NOV nucleic acids and their encoded polypeptides.
  • NOV nucleic acids and their encoded polypeptides are useful in a variety of applications and contexts.
  • the various NOV nucleic acids and polypeptides according to the invention are useful as novel members of the protein families according to the presence of domains and sequence relatedness to previously described proteins.
  • NOV1 is homologous to members of the thymosin beta 10 family of proteins. As a result, NOV1 has various marker utilities as described herein. Also, NOV1 has efficacy in treatment of conditions involving development, differentiation, and activation of thymic immune cells; in pathologies related to spermatogenesis and male infertility; diagnosis of several human neoplasias; in diseases or pathologies of cells in blood circulation such as red blood cells and platelets; and detection of small cell lung cancer.
  • NOV2 is homologous to members of the ephrin A receptor family. As a result, NOV2 has various marker utilities as described herein.
  • NOV2 has efficacy in the treatment of conditions involving neurological, cardiac and vascular pathologies. NOV2 also has utility in the detection of prostate cancer. NOV3 is homologous to members of the proteoglycan family. As a result, NOV3 has various marker utilities as described herein. NOV3 also has efficacy in the treatment of conditions involving rheumatoid arthritis; congenital muscular dystrophies; various muscle disorders; fixed deformities (arthrogryposis); and abnormal white matter. Additional utilities for NOV nucleic acids and polypeptides according to the invention as also discussed herein.
  • a NOV1 nucleic acid sequence according to the invention includes nucleic acids encoding a polypeptide related to the small actin-sequestering peptide thymosin-beta-10.
  • An example of this nucleic acid and its encoded polypeptide is presented in Table 1.
  • the disclosed nucleic acid (SEQ ID NO:1) is 430 nucleotides in length and contains an open reading frame (ORF) that begins with an ATG initiation codon at nucleotides 61-63 and ends with a TAG stop codon at nucleotides 235-237.
  • the representative ORF includes a 58 amino acid polypeptide (SEQ ID NO:2) and is flanked by putative upstream and downstream untranslated regions that are underlined in Table 1.
  • the encoded polypeptide has a high degree of homology ( approximately 85 percent identity) with thymosin beta 10 from human (Table 2).
  • NOV1 polypeptide is a member of the thymosin beta family, which is defined by polypeptides containing a stretch of 11 highly conserved amino acid residues K-L-K-K-T-[E or N]-T-[Q or E]-E-K-N (SEQ ID NO: 3) located in the central part of the thymosin beta proteins (Table 2).
  • the PROSITE database consists of biologically significant sites, patterns and profiles that help to reliably identify to which known protein family a new sequence belongs.
  • NOV 1 polypeptide conforms to the sequence profile of thymosin beta family of proteins (Table 3).
  • the query sequence in the table is a NOV1 polypeptide and the subject is a consensus sequence formed from the thymosin beta family of proteins.
  • the presently disclosed NOV 1 polypeptide has 84 percent identity across its entire length to the consensus thymosin beta sequence (Table 4).
  • the NOV1 polypeptide bears more homology to the consensus thymosin beta sequence than do many other members of the family.
  • the thymosin-betas comprise a family of structurally related, highly conserved acidic polypeptides that sequester actin and regulate actin dynamics within cells. During embryogenesis the control of actin polymerization is essential in processes such as cell migration, angiogenesis and neurogenesis. Direct visualization and quantitation of actin filaments has shown that thymosin-betas, like agonists, induced actin depolymerization at the apical membrane where exocytosis occurs (Muallem S, Kwiatkowska K, Xu X, Yin H L, J Cell Biol February 1995; 128(4):589-98).
  • Thymosin-beta-10 is widely distributed in mammalian tissues including the nervous system, and the presence of this transcript in different regions of the rat forebrain, including hippocampus, neocortex and several brain nuclei, provides evidence for the participation of thymosin-beta-10 in the control of the actin dynamics that takes place in neurons. Thymosin-beta-10 is expressed at relatively high levels in embryonic and developing tissues (Hall A K Cell Mol Biol Res 1995;41(3):167-80), and given that it is involved in the inhibition of actin polymerization, the thymosin-beta-10 protein-like proteins can play an important role in early development.
  • mRNA species of similar molecular weights encoding thymosin beta-10 are found in most tissues of the rat; however, Lin and Morrison-Bogorad (J Biol Chem. 1991 Dec. 5;266(34):23347-53) identified an additional thymosin-beta-10 mRNA of higher molecular weight in the testis of sexually mature rats.
  • the latter mRNA differs from the ubiquitous form only in its 5-prime untranslated region, beginning 14 nucleotides upstream of the translation initiation codon. This finding, together with primer extension experiments, suggested that the two mRNA types are transcribed from the same gene through a combination of differential promoter utilization and alternative splicing.
  • Thymosin-beta-10-like proteins also influence several properties of lymphocytes including cyclic nucleotide levels, migration inhibitory factor production, T-dependent antibody production, as well as the expression of various cell surface maturation/differentiation markers (Bodey B, Bodey B Jr, Siegel S E, Kaiser H E Int J Immunopharmacol April 2000;22(4):261-73).
  • thymosin beta-10 (a) plays a significant and possibly obligatory role in cellular processes controlling apoptosis possibly by acting as an actin-mediated tumor suppressor, (b) functions as a neoapoptotic influence during embryogenesis, and (c) can mediate some of the pro-apoptotic anticancer actions of retinoids. Thymosin-beta-10 mRNA is also abundant in a variety of tumors and tumor cell lines.
  • Thymosin-beta-10 gene overexpression is a general event in human carcinogenesis. Analysis of thymosin-beta-10 mRNA levels in human colon carcinomas, germ cell tumors of different histological types, breast carcinomas, ovarian carcinomas, uterine carcinomas, colon and esophageal carcinoma cell lines all indicated thymosin-beta-10 was over expressed in all of the neoplastic tissues and cell lines compared to the respective normal tissues. Therefore, detection of thymosin-beta-10-like expression can be considered a potential tool for the diagnosis of several human neoplasias.
  • thymosins like thymosin beta-10 be used for early detection and diagnosis of neoplasms, but also in recent clinical trials derivatives of thymic hormones, mostly of thymosins, have been used to help treat neoplasms (Bodey B, Bodey B Jr, Siegel S E, Kaiser H E. Int J Immunopharmacol. April 2000;22(4):261-73).
  • Thymic hormones strengthen the effects of immunomodulators in immunodeficiencies, autoimmune diseases, and neoplastic malignancies. Combined chemo-immunotherapeutical anti-cancer treatment seems to be more efficacious than chemotherapy alone, and the significant hematopoietic toxicity associated with most chemotherapeutical clinical trials can be reduced significantly by the addition of immunotherapy.
  • the NOV1 protein is a novel member of the actin-sequestering protein family.
  • the discovery of molecules related to thymosin-beta-10 satisfies a need in the art by providing new diagnostic or therapeutic compositions useful in the treatment of disorders associated with alterations in the expression of members of thymosin-beta-10-like proteins.
  • Nucleic acids, polypeptides, antibodies, and other compositions of the present invention are useful in a variety of diseases and pathologies, including by way of nonlimiting example, those involving development, differentiation and activation of thymic immune cells, pathologies related to spermatogenesis and male infertility, diagnosis of several human neoplasias, and diseases or pathologies of cells in blood circulation such as red blood cells and platelets.
  • a NOV1 nucleic acid is useful for detecting specific cell-types.
  • a variant splice form of a NOV 1 nucleic acid according to the invention can be present in different levels in postmeiotic haploid spermatids.
  • the expression of a NOV1 nucleic acid has utility in identifying developing and embryonic tissues from other tissue types. Thymosin-beta-10 mRNA is overexpressed in a variety of tumors and tumor cell lines.
  • thymosin-beta-10 like nucleic acids such as NOV 1 are also useful in distinguishing T cell types given that expression of various cell surface/differentiation markers is influenced by thymosin-beta-10 like proteins such as a NOV1 polypeptide.
  • a NOV1 nucleic acid has enhanced expression in certain cancer cell lines, especially non-small cell lung cancer NCI-H23, but not in cell lines from the corresponding normal tissue; therefore, NOV1 nucleic acids are useful as a cancer specific marker in such tissues (Example 1).
  • thymosin-beta-10 related proteins can sequester actin and regulate actin dynamics within cells
  • proteins related to the NOV1 polypeptide are useful in screens for test compounds that can modulate actin polymerization or the formation or stability of actin-thymosin beta-10 complexes.
  • thymic hormones strengthen the effects of immunomodulators in immunodeficiencies, autoimmune diseases, and neoplastic malignancies
  • NOV1 related proteins can be used in combined chemo-immunotherapeutical anti-cancer treatments.
  • a NOV2 nucleic acid according to the invention includes nucleic acids encoding a polypeptide related to ephrin type-A receptors.
  • An example of nucleic acid and its encoded polypeptide is presented in Table 5.
  • the disclosed nucleic acid (SEQ ID NO:4) is 3018 nucleotides in length and contains an open reading frame that begins with an ATG initiation codon at nucleotide 1-3 and ends at nucleotides 2974-2976.
  • the representative ORF includes a 992 amino acid polypeptide (SEQ ID NO:5).
  • the encoded polypeptide has a high degree of homology (approximately 95 percent identity) with mouse ephrin type-A receptor 8 precursor (Table 6) (SWISSPROT ACC: O09127, 956 out of 1005 residues).
  • the NOV2 polypeptide also has an even higher degree of homology (100 percent identity) to a human eph- and elk-related kinase known as ephrin receptor EphA8 (Table 6A, partial sequence disclosed in Chan et al.
  • Eph receptors constitute the largest known family of receptor protein tyrosine kinases. They have been implicated in mediating developmental events, particularly in the nervous system. Receptors in the Eph subfamily typically have a single kinase domain and an extracellular region containing a Cys-rich domain and two fibronectin type III repeats. These receptors play important roles along with their ligands, called ephrins, in neural development, angiogenesis, and vascular network assembly. (Choi S, Jeong J, Kim T, Park S., Mol. Cells 9(4):44045 (1999)).
  • the ephrin type-A receptor 8 (EC 2.7.1.112) (tyrosine-protein kinase receptor eek) (eph- and elk-related kinase) (fragment) is designated as the gene product of the gene: epha8 or eek. It is a Type I membrane bound receptor, and its function is to serve as a receptor for members of the ephrin-a family. Its catalytic activity is as a protein tyrosine kinase, phosphorylating tyrosine in appropriate target proteins. It is similar to other protein-tyrosine kinases in the catalytic domain and belongs to the ephrin receptor family.
  • Eph receptors have tyrosine-kinase activity, and, together with their ephrin ligands, mediate contact-dependent cell interactions that are implicated in the repulsion mechanisms that guide migrating cells and neuronal growth cones to specific destinations. Since Eph receptors and ephrins have complementary expression in many tissues during embryogenesis, bidirectional activation of Eph receptors may occur at interfaces of their expression domains, for example, at segment boundaries in the vertebrate hindbrain. Indeed, Eph receptors play key roles in development of the nervous system and angiogenesis. In the nervous system, they provide positional information by empolying mechanisms that involve repulsion of migrating cells and growing axons (Frisen et al EMBO J. 18(19) .5159-5165). Also, an important function of Eph receptors and ephrins is to mediate cell-contact-dependent repulsion.
  • a NOV2 sequence according to the invention is useful for detecting cells that express GPI-anchored ephrin-A ligands.
  • cells expressing either a NOV2 nucleic acid or a NOV2 protein have utility in screening for other cells that express GPI-anchored ephrin-A ligands or mimics therefore.
  • a NOV2 sequence is useful for screening for new ephrin-A ligands expressed on cells.
  • NOV2 is highly expressed in many surgical tumor samples, especially prostate cancer, but minimally or not detectably in the immediate normal adjacent tissue; therefore, the NOV2 expression can be used as a marker for certain cancers, especially prostate cancer (Example 1).
  • a NOV2 sequence according to the invention is useful to direct the development of the nervous system and angiogenesis by modulating the boundaries between arteries and veins.
  • mice expressing defective Eph receptors similar to a NOV2 sequence have been shown to be defective in angiogensis and die in mid-gestation (Wang et al. 1998 Cell 93 741-753).
  • the protein of the present invention will be useful in a variety of diseases and pathologies, including by way of nonlimiting example, those involving neurological, cardiac and vascular pathologies.
  • MAPARGRLPPALWVVTAAAAAATCVSAARGEVNLL (SEQ ID NO: 5) DTSTIHGDWGWLTYPAHGWDSINEVDESFQPIHTY QVCNVMSPNQNNWLRTSWVPRDGARRVYAEIKFTL RDCNSMPGVLGTCKETFNLYYLESDRDLGASTQES QFLKIDTIAADESFTGADLGVRRLKLNTEVRSVGP LSKRGFYLAFQDIGACLAILSLRIYYKKCPAMVRN LAAFSEAVTGADSSSLVEVRGQCVRHSEERDTPKM YCSAEGEWLVPIGKCVCSAGYEERRDACVACELGF YKSAPGDQLCARCPPHSHSAAPAAQACHCDLSYYR AALDPPSSACTRPPSAPVNLISSVNGTSVTLEWAP PLDPGGRSDITYNAVCRRCPWALSRCEACGSGTRF VPQQTSLVQASLLVANLLAHMNYSFWIEAVNGVSD LSPEPRRAAVVNITTNQAAPS
  • a NOV3 nucleic acid sequence according to the invention includes nucleic acids encoding a polypeptide related to proteoglycans such as fibromodulin and fibronectin.
  • An example of this nucleic acid and its encoded polypeptide is presented in Table 8.
  • the disclosed nucleic acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:6) is 2025 nucleotides in length and contains an open reading frame that begins with an ATG initiation codon at nucleotides 1-3 and ends with a TGA stop codon at nucleotides 2023-2025.
  • the representative ORF includes a 674 amino acid polypeptide (SEQ ID NO:7).
  • the encoded polypeptide has a high degree of homology to several leucine-rich repeat members of the proteogylcan family found in the extracellular matrix including fibronectin (Table 9 human fibronectin like proteins, 99 percent to AAF28459.1 (Lacy et al (1999) Genomics 62 417-426)) and fibromodulin (Table 10, various fibromodulin or fibromodulin-like proteins).
  • the extracellular matrix is composed of collagens, protoglycans, and noncollagenous glycoproteins that provide cells and tissues with a mechanical scaffold for adhesion, migration, and signal transduction (Aumailley and Gayruad (1998) J. Mol. Med. 76(3-4) 253-265). These varied and complex functions depend on interactions between ECM components and cellular receptors such as protoglycans that are located on the cell surface. Fibronectins and fibromodulins are both protoglycans that comprise the extracellular matrix. Disruption of the cell-matrix interactions due to mutations in the genes of the matrix proteins can result in functional failures in all tissues (Bruckner-Tuderman and Bruckner (1998) J. Mol. Med. 76(3-4) 226-237). Included in these disorders are the congenital muscular dystrophies, various muscle disorders, fixed deformities (arthrogryposis), and abnormal white matter by cranial MRI.
  • Fibronectins are glycoproteins with 2 chains each linked by disulphide bonds that occur in insoluble fibrillar form in the extracellular matrix of animal tissues and soluble in plasma, the latter previously known as cold insoluble globulin.
  • the various slightly different forms of fibronectin appear to be generated by tissue specific differential splicing of fibronectin mRNA, transcribed from a single gene.
  • Fibronectins have multiple domains that confer the ability to interact with many extracellular substances such as collagen, fibrin and heparin and also with specific membrane receptors on responsive cells. Notable is the RGD domain recognized by integrins and two repeats of the EGF like domain. Interaction of a cell's fibronectin receptors (members of the integrin family) with fibronectin adsorbed to a surface results in adhesion and spreading of the cell.
  • Fibromodulin is collagen-binding protein component of the proteoglycan found in the extracellular matrix. It is mainly expressed in articular cartilage, tendon, and ligament, and is a member of a group of proteins having leucine-rich repeat (LRR) domains; fibromodulin includes as many as ten such motifs. Other components of this family include decorin, biglycan, and lumican. Proteins of this family bind to other matrix macromolecules and thereby help to stabilize the matrix. These proteins may also influence the function of the chondrocytes and bind growth factors.
  • LRR leucine-rich repeat
  • the core proteins of these proteoglycans are structurally related, consisting of a central region composed of leucine-rich repeats flanked by disulfide-bonded terminal domains. Fibromodulin's central region possesses up to 4 keratan sulfate chains within its leucine-rich domain. Fibromodulin exhibits a wide tissue distribution, with the highest abundance observed in articular cartilage, tendon, and ligament. It has been suggested that fibromodulin participates in the assembly of the extracellular matrix by virtue of its ability to interact with type I and type II collagen fibrils and to inhibit fibrillogenesis in vitro.
  • the 3-prime untranslated region of the fibromodulin cDNA has previously been cloned and used to map the gene by fluorescence in situ hybridization to 1q32. (Sztrolovics et al., Genomics 23: 715-717 (1994)). In that study, secondary signals were detected at 9q34.1; however, PCR analysis of somatic cell hybrids confirmed the localization to chromosome 1.
  • Small proteoglycans including decorin, biglycan, and fibromodulin, bind to other matrix macromolecules and thereby help to stabilize the matrix. They may also influence the function of the chondrocytes and bind growth factors.
  • interleukin-1 stimulated cartilage catabolism included the effect that the small leucine-rich repeat proteoglycans decorin, biglycan and lumican showed a resistance to both proteolytic cleavage and release throughout the culture period.
  • fibromodulin exhibited a marked decrease in size after day 4, presumably due to proteolytic modification (Sztrolovics R, et al., Biochem J, 339 ( Pt 3):571-577, 1999).
  • the nucleic acids and proteins of the invention are useful in potential therapeutic applications implicated in various orthopedic disorders and/or injuries. They are potentially of use in aiding repair of damage to cartilage and ligaments, and in therapeutic applications to joint repair. Additionally they may be used in treatment of inflammatory diseases of connective tissue, including by way of nonlimiting example, rheumatoid arthritis, congenital muscular dystrophies, various muscle disorders, fixed deformities (arthrogryposis), and abnormal white matter.
  • a cDNA encoding the proteoglycan-like protein may be useful in gene therapy, and the proteoglycan-like protein may be useful when administered to a subject in need thereof.
  • novel nucleic acid encoding proteoglycan-like protein, and the proteoglycan-like protein of the invention, or fragments thereof, may further be useful in diagnostic applications, wherein the presence or amount of the nucleic acid or the protein are to be assessed. For example in identifying tissue from kidney or brain. These materials are further useful in the generation of antibodies that bind immunospecifically to the novel substances of the invention for use in therapeutic or diagnostic methods.
  • nucleic acid molecules that encode NOV polypeptides or biologically-active portions thereof. Also included in the invention are nucleic acid fragments sufficient for use as hybridization probes to identify NOV-encoding nucleic acids (e.g., NOV mRNAs) and fragments for use as PCR primers for the amplification and/or mutation of NOV nucleic acid molecules.
  • nucleic acid molecule is intended to include DNA molecules (e.g., cDNA or genomic DNA), RNA molecules (e.g., mRNA), analogs of the DNA or RNA generated using nucleotide analogs, and derivatives, fragments and homologs thereof.
  • the nucleic acid molecule can be single-stranded or double-stranded, but preferably is comprised double-stranded DNA.
  • a NOV nucleic acid can encode a mature NOV polypeptide.
  • a “mature” form of a polypeptide or protein disclosed in the present invention is the product of a naturally occurring polypeptide or precursor form or proprotein.
  • the naturally occurring polypeptide, precursor or proprotein includes, by way of nonlimiting example, the full length gene product, encoded by the corresponding gene. Alternatively, it can be defined as the polypeptide, precursor or proprotein encoded by an open reading frame described herein.
  • the product “mature” form arises, again by way of nonlimiting example, as a result of one or more naturally occurring processing steps as they may take place within the cell, or host cell, in which the gene product arises.
  • Examples of such processing steps leading to a “mature” form of a polypeptide or protein include the cleavage of the N-terminal methionine residue encoded by the initiation codon of an open reading frame, or the proteolytic cleavage of a signal peptide or leader sequence.
  • a mature form arising from a precursor polypeptide or protein that has residues 1 to N, where residue 1 is the N-terminal methionine would have residues 2 through N remaining after removal of the N-terminal methionine.
  • a “mature” form of a polypeptide or protein may arise from a step of post-translational modification other than a proteolytic cleavage event. Such additional processes include, by way of non-limiting example, glycosylation, myristoylation or phosphorylation.
  • a mature polypeptide or protein may result from the operation of only one of these processes, or a combination of any of them.
  • probes refers to nucleic acid sequences of variable length, preferably between at least about 10 nucleotides (nt), 100 nt, or as many as approximately, e.g., 6,000 nt, depending upon the specific use. Probes are used in the detection of identical, similar, or complementary nucleic acid sequences. Longer length probes are generally obtained from a natural or recombinant source, are highly specific, and much slower to hybridize than shorter-length oligomer probes. Probes can be single- or double-stranded and designed to have specificity in PCR, membrane-based hybridization technologies, or ELISA-like technologies.
  • isolated nucleic acid molecule is one which is separated from other nucleic acid molecules which are present in the natural source of the nucleic acid.
  • an “isolated” nucleic acid is free of sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid (i.e., sequences located at the 5′- and 3′-termini of the nucleic acid) in the genomic DNA of the organism from which the nucleic acid is derived.
  • the isolated NOV nucleic acid molecules can contain less than about 5 kb, 4 kb, 3 kb, 2 kb, 1 kb, 0.5 kb or 0.1 kb of nucleotide sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid molecule in genomic DNA of the cell/tissue from which the nucleic acid is derived (e.g., brain, heart, liver, spleen, etc.).
  • an “isolated” nucleic acid molecule such as a cDNA molecule, can be substantially free of other cellular material or culture medium when produced by recombinant techniques, or of chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized.
  • a nucleic acid molecules of the invention e.g., a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6, or a complement of this aforementioned nucleotide sequence, can be isolated using standard molecular biology techniques and the sequence information provided herein.
  • NOV molecules can be isolated using standard hybridization and cloning techniques (e.g., as described in Sambrook, et al., (eds.), MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL 2nd Ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor N.Y., 1989; and Ausubel, et al., (eds.), CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, New York, N.Y., 1993.)
  • a nucleic acids of the invention can be amplified using cDNA, mRNA or alternatively, genomic DNA, as a template and appropriate oligonucleotide primers according to standard PCR amplification techniques.
  • the nucleic acid so amplified can be cloned into an appropriate vector and characterized by DNA sequence analysis.
  • oligonucleotides corresponding to NOV nucleotide sequences can be prepared by standard synthetic techniques, e.g., using an automated DNA synthesizer.
  • oligonucleotide refers to a series of linked nucleotide residues, which oligonucleotide has a sufficient number of nucleotide bases to be used in a PCR reaction.
  • a short oligonucleotide sequence can be based on, or designed from, a genomic or cDNA sequence and is used to amplify, confirm, or reveal the presence of an identical, similar or complementary DNA or RNA in a particular cell or tissue.
  • Oligonucleotides comprise portions of a nucleic acid sequence having about 10 nt, 50 nt, or 100 nt in length, preferably about 15 nt to 30 nt in length.
  • an oligonucleotide comprising a nucleic acid molecule less than 100 nt in length would further comprise at least 6 contiguous nucleotides of SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6 or a complement thereof. Oligonucleotides can be chemically synthesized and may also be used as probes.
  • an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention comprises a nucleic acid molecule that is a complement of the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6, or a portion of this nucleotide sequence (e.g., a fragment that can be used as a probe or primer or a fragment encoding a biologically-active portion of a NOV polypeptide).
  • a nucleic acid molecule that is complementary to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6, is one that is sufficiently complementary to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6, that it can hydrogen bond with little or no mismatches to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6, thereby forming a stable duplex.
  • binding means the physical or chemical interaction between two polypeptides or compounds or associated polypeptides or compounds or combinations thereof. Binding includes ionic, non-ionic, van der Waals, hydrophobic interactions, and the like.
  • a physical interaction can be either direct or indirect. Indirect interactions can be through or due to the effects of another polypeptide or compound. Direct binding refers to interactions that do not take place through, or due to, the effect of another polypeptide or compound, but instead are without other substantial chemical intermediates.
  • Fragments provided herein are defined as sequences of at least 6 (contiguous) nucleic acids or at least 4 (contiguous) amino acids, a length sufficient to allow for specific hybridization in the case of nucleic acids or for specific recognition of an epitope in the case of amino acids, respectively, and are at most some portion less than a full length sequence. Fragments can be derived from any contiguous portion of a nucleic acid or amino acid sequence of choice.
  • Derivatives are nucleic acid sequences or amino acid sequences formed from the native compounds either directly or by modification or partial substitution.
  • Analogs are nucleic acid sequences or amino acid sequences that have a structure similar to, but not identical to, the native compound but differs from it in respect to certain components or side chains. Analogs can be synthetic or from a different evolutionary origin and may have a similar or opposite metabolic activity compared to wild type.
  • Homologs are nucleic acid sequences or amino acid sequences of a particular gene that are derived from different species.
  • Derivatives and analogs can be full length or other than full length, if the derivative or analog contains a modified nucleic acid or amino acid, as described below.
  • Derivatives or analogs of the nucleic acids or proteins of the invention include, but are not limited to, molecules comprising regions that are substantially homologous to the nucleic acids or proteins of the invention, in various embodiments, by at least about 30%, 50%, 70%, 80%, or 95% identity (with a preferred identity of 80-95%) over a nucleic acid or amino acid sequence of identical size or when compared to an aligned sequence in which the alignment is done by a computer homology program known in the art, or whose encoding nucleic acid is capable of hybridizing to the complement of a sequence encoding the aforementioned proteins under stringent, moderately stringent, or low stringent conditions. See e.g. Ausubel, et al., CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, New York, N
  • a “homologous nucleic acid sequence” or “homologous amino acid sequence,” or variations thereof, refer to sequences characterized by a homology at the nucleotide level or amino acid level as discussed above. Homologous nucleotide sequences encode those sequences coding for isoforms of NOV polypeptides. Isoforms can be expressed in different tissues of the same organism as a result of, for example, alternative splicing of RNA. Alternatively, isoforms can be encoded by different genes.
  • homologous nucleotide sequences include nucleotide sequences encoding for a NOV polypeptide of species other than humans, including, but not limited to: vertebrates, and thus can include, e.g., frog, mouse, rat, rabbit, dog, cat, cow, horse, and other organisms.
  • homologous nucleotide sequences also include, but are not limited to, naturally occurring allelic variations and mutations of the nucleotide sequences set forth herein.
  • a homologous nucleotide sequence does not, however, include the exact nucleotide sequence encoding human NOV protein.
  • Homologous nucleic acid sequences include those nucleic acid sequences that encode conservative amino acid substitutions (see below) in SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7, as well as a polypeptide possessing NOV biological activity. Various biological activities of the NOV proteins are described below.
  • An ORF corresponds to a nucleotide sequence that could potentially be translated into a polypeptide.
  • a stretch of nucleic acids comprising an ORF is uninterrupted by a stop codon.
  • An ORF that represents the coding sequence for a full protein begins with an ATG “start” codon and terminates with one of the three “stop” codons, namely, TAA, TAG, or TGA.
  • an ORF can be any part of a coding sequence, with or without a start codon, a stop codon, or both.
  • a minimum size requirement is often set, e.g., a stretch of DNA that would encode a protein of 50 amino acids or more.
  • the nucleotide sequences determined from the cloning of the NOV genes allows for the generation of probes and primers designed for use in identifying and/or cloning NOV homologues in other cell types, e.g. from other tissues, as well as NOV homologues from other vertebrates.
  • the probe/primer typically comprises substantially purified oligonucleotide.
  • the oligonucleotide typically comprises a region of nucleotide sequence that hybridizes under stringent conditions to at least about 12, 25, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350 or 400 consecutive sense strand nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6; or an anti-sense strand nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6; or of a naturally occurring mutant of SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6.
  • Probes based on the NOV nucleotide sequences can be used to detect transcripts or genomic sequences encoding the same or homologous proteins.
  • the probe further comprises a label group attached thereto, e.g. the label group can be a radioisotope, a fluorescent compound, an enzyme, or an enzyme co-factor.
  • the label group can be a radioisotope, a fluorescent compound, an enzyme, or an enzyme co-factor.
  • Such probes can be used as a part of a diagnostic test kit for identifying cells or tissues which mis-express a NOV protein, such as by measuring a level of a NOV-encoding nucleic acid in a sample of cells from a subject e.g., detecting NOV mRNA levels or determining whether a genomic NOV gene has been mutated or deleted.
  • a polypeptide having a biologically-active portion of a NOV polypeptide refers to polypeptides exhibiting activity similar, but not necessarily identical to, an activity of a polypeptide of the invention, including mature forms, as measured in a particular biological assay, with or without dose dependency.
  • a nucleic acid fragment encoding a “biologically-active portion of NOV” can be prepared by isolating a portion of SEQ ID NO:1, 4, or 6, that encodes a polypeptide having a NOV biological activity (the biological activities of the NOV proteins are described below), expressing the encoded portion of NOV protein (e.g., by recombinant expression in vitro) and assessing the activity of the encoded portion of NOV.
  • the invention further encompasses nucleic acid molecules that differ from the nucleotide sequences shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6, due to degeneracy of the genetic code and thus encode the same NOV proteins as that encoded by the nucleotide sequences shown in SEQ ID NO:1, 4, or 6.
  • an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention has a nucleotide sequence encoding a protein having an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7.
  • DNA sequence polymorphisms that lead to changes in the amino acid sequences of the NOV polypeptides may exist within a population (e.g., the human population).
  • Such genetic polymorphism in the NOV genes may exist among individuals within a population due to natural allelic variation.
  • the terms “gene” and “recombinant gene” refer to nucleic acid molecules comprising an open reading frame (ORF) encoding a NOV protein, preferably a vertebrate NOV protein.
  • ORF open reading frame
  • Such natural allelic variations can typically result in 1-5% variance in the nucleotide sequence of the NOV genes.
  • nucleotide variations and resulting amino acid polymorphisms in the NOV polypeptides which are the result of natural allelic variation and that do not alter the functional activity of the NOV polypeptides, are intended to be within the scope of the invention.
  • nucleic acid molecules encoding NOV proteins from other species and thus that have a nucleotide sequence that differs from the human sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6, are intended to be within the scope of the invention.
  • Nucleic acid molecules corresponding to natural allelic variants and homologues of the NOV cDNAs of the invention can be isolated based on their homology to the human NOV nucleic acids disclosed herein using the human cDNAs, or a portion thereof, as a hybridization probe according to standard hybridization techniques under stringent hybridization conditions.
  • an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention is at least 6 nucleotides in length and hybridizes under stringent conditions to the nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, 4, or 6.
  • the nucleic acid is at least 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, 500, 750, 1000, 1500, or 2000 or more nucleotides in length.
  • an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention hybridizes to the coding region.
  • the term “hybridizes under stringent conditions” is intended to describe conditions for hybridization and washing under which nucleotide sequences at least 60% homologous to each other typically remain hybridized to each other.
  • Homologs i.e., nucleic acids encoding NOV proteins derived from species other than human
  • other related sequences e.g., paralogs
  • stringent hybridization conditions refers to conditions under which a probe, primer or oligonucleotide will hybridize to its target sequence, but to no other sequences. Stringent conditions are sequence-dependent and will be different in different circumstances. Longer sequences hybridize specifically at higher temperatures than shorter sequences. Generally, stringent conditions are selected to be about 5° C. lower than the thermal melting point (Tm) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH. The Tm is the temperature (under defined ionic strength, pH and nucleic acid concentration) at which 50% of the probes complementary to the target sequence hybridize to the target sequence at equilibrium. Since the target sequences are generally present at excess, at Tm, 50% of the probes are occupied at equilibrium.
  • Tm thermal melting point
  • stringent conditions will be those in which the salt concentration is less than about 1.0 M sodium ion, typically about 0.01 to 1.0 M sodium ion (or other salts) at pH 7.0 to 8.3 and the temperature is at least about 30° C. for short probes, primers or oligonucleotides (e.g., 10 nt to 50 nt) and at least about 60° C. for longer probes, primers and oligonucleotides.
  • Stringent conditions may also be achieved with the addition of destabilizing agents, such as formamide.
  • Stringent conditions are known to those skilled in the art and can be found in Ausubel, et al., (eds.), CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, N.Y. (1989), 6.3.1-6.3.6.
  • the conditions are such that sequences at least about 65%, 70%, 75%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, or 99% homologous to each other typically remain hybridized to each other.
  • a non-limiting example of stringent hybridization conditions are hybridization in a high salt buffer comprising 6 ⁇ SSC, 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5), 1 mM EDTA, 0.02% PVP, 0.02% Ficoll, 0.02% BSA, and 500 mg/ml denatured salmon sperm DNA at 65° C., followed by one or more washes in 0.2 ⁇ SSC, 0.01% BSA at 50° C.
  • An isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention that hybridizes under stringent conditions to the sequences of SEQ ID NO:1, 4, or 6, corresponds to a naturally-occurring nucleic acid molecule.
  • a “naturally-occurring” nucleic acid molecule refers to an RNA or DNA molecule having a nucleotide sequence that occurs in nature (e.g., encodes a natural protein).
  • a nucleic acid sequence that can hybridize to the nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, 4, 6, or fragments, analogs or derivatives thereof, under conditions of moderate stringency is provided.
  • moderate stringency hybridization conditions are hybridization in 6 ⁇ SSC, 5 ⁇ Denhardt's solution, 0.5% SDS and 100 mg/ml denatured salmon sperm DNA at 55° C., followed by one or more washes in 1 ⁇ SSC, 0.1% SDS at 37° C.
  • Other conditions of moderate stringency that can be used are well-known within the art. See, e.g., Ausubel ,et al.
  • nucleic acid that can hybridize to the nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO:1, 4, 6, or fragments, analogs or derivatives thereof, under conditions of low stringency, is provided.
  • low stringency hybridization conditions are hybridization in 35% formamide, 5 ⁇ SSC, 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5), 5 mM EDTA, 0.02% PVP, 0.02% Ficoll, 0.2% BSA, 100 mg/ml denatured salmon sperm DNA, 10% (wt/vol) dextran sulfate at 40° C., followed by one or more washes in 2 ⁇ SSC, 25 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.4), 5 mM EDTA, and 0.1% SDS at 50° C.
  • Other conditions of low stringency that can be used are well known in the art (e.g., as employed for cross-species hybridizations).
  • nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO:1, 4, or 6 can be made in the sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7.
  • a “non-essential” amino acid residue is a residue that can be altered from the wild-type sequences of the NOV proteins without altering their biological activity, whereas an “essential” amino acid residue is required for such biological activity.
  • amino acid residues that are conserved among the NOV proteins of the invention are predicted to be particularly non-amenable to alteration. Amino acids for which conservative substitutions can be made are well-known within the art.
  • nucleic acid molecules encoding NOV proteins that contain changes in amino acid residues that are not essential for activity. Such NOV proteins differ in amino acid sequence from SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7, yet retain biological activity.
  • the isolated nucleic acid molecule comprises a nucleotide sequence encoding a protein, wherein the protein comprises an amino acid sequence at least about 45% homologous to the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7.
  • the protein encoded by the nucleic acid molecule is at least about 60% homologous to SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7; more preferably at least about 70% homologous to SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7; still more preferably at least about 80% homologous to SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7; even more preferably at least about 90% homologous to SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7; and most preferably at least about 95% homologous to SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7.
  • An isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding a NOV protein homologous to the protein of SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7, can be created by introducing one or more nucleotide substitutions, additions or deletions into the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6, such that one or more amino acid substitutions, additions or deletions are introduced into the encoded protein.
  • Mutations can be introduced into SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7, by standard techniques, such as site-directed mutagenesis and PCR-mediated mutagenesis.
  • conservative amino acid substitutions are made at one or more predicted, non-essential amino acid residues.
  • a “conservative amino acid substitution” is one in which the amino acid residue is replaced with an amino acid residue having a similar side chain. Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined within the art.
  • amino acids with basic side chains e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine
  • acidic side chains e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid
  • uncharged polar side chains e.g., glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, cysteine
  • nonpolar side chains e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan
  • beta-branched side chains e.g., threonine, valine, isoleucine
  • aromatic side chains e.g., tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, histidine
  • a predicted non-essential amino acid residue in the NOV protein is replaced with another amino acid residue from the same side chain family.
  • mutations can be introduced randomly along all or part of a NOV coding sequence, such as by saturation mutagenesis, and the resultant mutants can be screened for NOV biological activity to identify mutants that retain activity. Following mutagenesis of SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7, the encoded protein can be expressed by any recombinant technology known in the art and the activity of the protein can be determined.
  • a mutant NOV protein can be assayed for (i) the ability to form protein:protein interactions with other NOV proteins, other cell-surface proteins, or biologically-active portions thereof, (ii) complex formation between a mutant NOV protein and a NOV ligand; or (iii) the ability of a mutant NOV protein to bind to an intracellular target protein or biologically-active portion thereof; (e.g. avidin proteins).
  • a mutant NOV protein can be assayed for the ability to regulate a specific biological function (e.g., regulation of insulin release).
  • antisense nucleic acid molecules that can hybridize to or complementary to the nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, 6, or fragments, analogs or derivatives thereof.
  • An “antisense” nucleic acid comprises a nucleotide sequence that is complementary to a “sense” nucleic acid encoding a protein (e.g., complementary to the coding strand of a double-stranded cDNA molecule or complementary to an mRNA sequence).
  • antisense nucleic acid molecules are provided that comprise a sequence complementary to at least about 10, 25, 50, 100, 250 or 500 nucleotides or an entire NOV coding strand, or to only a portion thereof.
  • Nucleic acid molecules encoding fragments, homologs, derivatives and analogs of a NOV protein of SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7; or antisense nucleic acids complementary to a NOV nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, 4, or 6, are additionally provided.
  • an antisense nucleic acid molecule is antisense to a “coding region” of the coding strand of a nucleotide sequence encoding a NOV protein.
  • coding region refers to the region of the nucleotide sequence comprising codons which are translated into amino acid residues.
  • the antisense nucleic acid molecule is antisense to a “noncoding region” of the coding strand of a nucleotide sequence encoding the NOV protein.
  • noncoding region refers to 5′ and 3′ sequences which flank the coding region that are not translated into amino acids (i.e., also referred to as 5′ and 3′ untranslated regions).
  • antisense nucleic acids of the invention can be designed according to the rules of Watson and Crick or Hoogsteen base pairing.
  • the antisense nucleic acid molecule can be complementary to the entire coding region of NOV mRNA, but more preferably is an oligonucleotide that is antisense to only a portion of the coding or noncoding region of NOV mRNA.
  • the antisense oligonucleotide can be complementary to the region surrounding the translation start site of NOV mRNA.
  • An antisense oligonucleotide can be, for example, about 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45 or 50 nucleotides in length.
  • an antisense nucleic acid of the invention can be constructed using chemical synthesis or enzymatic ligation reactions using procedures known in the art.
  • an antisense nucleic acid e.g., an antisense oligonucleotide
  • an antisense nucleic acid can be chemically synthesized using naturally-occurring nucleotides or variously modified nucleotides designed to increase the biological stability of the molecules or to increase the physical stability of the duplex formed between the antisense and sense nucleic acids (e.g., phosphorothioate derivatives and acridine substituted nucleotides can be used).
  • modified nucleotides that can be used to generate the antisense nucleic acid include: 5-fluorouracil, 5-bromouracil, 5-chlorouracil, 5-iodouracil, hypoxanthine, xanthine, 4-acetylcytosine, 5-(carboxyhydroxylmethyl) uracil, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-thiouridine, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyluracil, dihydrouracil, beta-D-galactosylqueosine, inosine, N6-isopentenyladenine, 1-methylguanine, 1-methylinosine, 2,2-dimethylguanine, 2-methyladenine, 2-methylguanine, 3-methylcytosine, 5-methylcytosine, N6-adenine, 7-methylguanine, 5-methylaminomethyluracil, 5-methoxyaminomethyl-2-thiouracil, beta-D-mannosylqueosine, 5′-methoxy
  • the antisense nucleic acid can be produced biologically using an expression vector into which a nucleic acid has been subcloned in an antisense orientation (i.e., RNA transcribed from the inserted nucleic acid will be of an antisense orientation to a target nucleic acid of interest, described further in the following subsection).
  • the antisense nucleic acid molecules of the invention are typically administered to a subject or generated in situ such that they hybridize with or bind to cellular mRNA and/or genomic DNA encoding a NOV protein to thereby inhibit expression of the protein (e.g., by inhibiting transcription and/or translation).
  • the hybridization can be by conventional nucleotide complementarity to form a stable duplex, or, for example, in the case of an antisense nucleic acid molecule that binds to DNA duplexes, through specific interactions in the major groove of the double helix.
  • An example of a route of administration of antisense nucleic acid molecules of the invention includes direct injection at a tissue site.
  • antisense nucleic acid molecules can be modified to target selected cells and then administered systemically.
  • antisense molecules can be modified such that they specifically bind to receptors or antigens expressed on a selected cell surface (e.g., by linking the antisense nucleic acid molecules to peptides or antibodies that bind to cell surface receptors or antigens).
  • the antisense nucleic acid molecules can also be delivered to cells using the vectors described herein. To achieve sufficient nucleic acid molecules, vector constructs in which the antisense nucleic acid molecule is placed under the control of a strong pol II or pol III promoter are preferred.
  • the antisense nucleic acid molecule of the invention is an alpha-anomeric nucleic acid molecule.
  • An alpha-anomeric nucleic acid molecule forms specific double-stranded hybrids with complementary RNA in which, contrary to the usual alpha-units, the strands run parallel to each other. See, e.g., Gaultier, et al., 1987. Nucl. Acids Res. 15: 6625-6641.
  • the antisense nucleic acid molecule can also comprise a 2′-o-methylribonucleotide (see, e.g., Inoue, et al. 1987. Nucl. Acids Res. 15: 6131-6148) or a chimeric RNA-DNA analogue (see, e.g., Inoue, et al., 1987. FEBS Lett. 215: 327-330.
  • Nucleic acid modifications include, by way of non-limiting example, modified bases, and nucleic acids whose sugar phosphate backbones are modified or derivatized. These modifications are carried out at least in part to enhance the chemical stability of the modified nucleic acid, such that they can be used, for example, as antisense binding nucleic acids in therapeutic applications in a subject.
  • an antisense nucleic acid of the invention is a ribozyme.
  • Ribozymes are catalytic RNA molecules with ribonuclease activity that are capable of cleaving a single-stranded nucleic acid, such as an mRNA, to which they have a complementary region.
  • ribozymes e.g., hammerhead ribozymes as described in Haselhoff and Gerlach 1988. Nature 334: 585-591
  • a ribozyme having specificity for a NOV-encoding nucleic acid can be designed based upon the nucleotide sequence of a NOV cDNA disclosed herein (i.e., SEQ ID NO:1, 4, or 6).
  • a derivative of a Tetrahymena L-19 IVS RNA can be constructed in which the nucleotide sequence of the active site is complementary to the nucleotide sequence to be cleaved in a NOV-encoding mRNA. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,987,071 to Cech, et al. and U.S. Pat. No. 5,116,742 to Cech, et al.
  • NOV mRNA can also be used to select a catalytic RNA having a specific ribonuclease activity from a pool of RNA molecules. See, e.g., Bartel et al., (1993) Science 261:1411-1418.
  • NOV gene expression can be inhibited by targeting nucleotide sequences complementary to the regulatory region of the NOV nucleic acid (e.g., the NOV promoter and/or enhancers) to form triple helical structures that prevent transcription of the NOV gene in target cells.
  • nucleotide sequences complementary to the regulatory region of the NOV nucleic acid e.g., the NOV promoter and/or enhancers
  • the NOV gene expression can be inhibited by targeting nucleotide sequences complementary to the regulatory region of the NOV nucleic acid (e.g., the NOV promoter and/or enhancers) to form triple helical structures that prevent transcription of the NOV gene in target cells.
  • nucleotide sequences complementary to the regulatory region of the NOV nucleic acid e.g., the NOV promoter and/or enhancers
  • the NOV nucleic acids can be modified at the base moiety, sugar moiety or phosphate backbone to improve, e.g., the stability, hybridization, or solubility of the molecule.
  • the deoxyribose phosphate backbone of the nucleic acids can be modified to generate peptide nucleic acids. See, e.g., Hyrup, et al., 1996. Bioorg Med Chem 4: 5-23.
  • peptide nucleic acids refer to nucleic acid mimics (e.g., DNA mimics) in which the deoxyribose phosphate backbone is replaced by a pseudopeptide backbone and only the four natural nucleobases are retained.
  • the neutral backbone of PNAs has been shown to allow for specific hybridization to DNA and RNA under conditions of low ionic strength.
  • the synthesis of PNA oligomers can be performed using standard solid phase peptide synthesis protocols as described in Hyrup, et al., 1996. supra; Perry-O'Keefe, et al., 1996. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93: 14670-14675.
  • PNAs of NOV can be used in therapeutic and diagnostic applications.
  • PNAs can be used as antisense or antigene agents for sequence-specific modulation of gene expression by, e.g., inducing transcription or translation arrest or inhibiting replication.
  • PNAs of NOV can also be used, for example, in the analysis of single base pair mutations in a gene (e.g., PNA directed PCR clamping; as artificial restriction enzymes when used in combination with other enzymes, e.g., S1 nucleases (see, Hyrup, et al., 1996.supra); or as probes or primers for DNA sequence and hybridization (see, Hyrup, et al., 1996, supra; Perry-O'Keefe, et al., 1996. supra).
  • PNAs of NOV can be modified, e.g., to enhance their stability or cellular uptake, by attaching lipophilic or other helper groups to PNA, by the formation of PNA-DNA chimeras, or by the use of liposomes or other techniques of drug delivery known in the art.
  • PNA-DNA chimeras of NOV can be generated that may combine the advantageous properties of PNA and DNA.
  • Such chimeras allow DNA recognition enzymes (e.g., RNase H and DNA polymerases) to interact with the DNA portion while the PNA portion would provide high binding affinity and specificity.
  • PNA-DNA chimeras can be linked using linkers of appropriate lengths selected in terms of base stacking, number of bonds between the nucleobases, and orientation (see, Hyrup, et al., 1996. supra).
  • the synthesis of PNA-DNA chimeras can be performed as described in Hyrup, et al., 1996. supra and Finn, et al., 1996. Nucl Acids Res 24: 3357-3363.
  • a DNA chain can be synthesized on a solid support using standard phosphoramidite coupling chemistry, and modified nucleoside analogs, e.g., 5′-(4-methoxytrityl)amino-5′-deoxy-thymidine phosphoramidite, can be used between the PNA and the 5′ end of DNA. See, e.g., Mag, et al., 1989. Nucl Acid Res 17: 5973-5988. PNA monomers are then coupled in a stepwise manner to produce a chimeric molecule with a 5′ PNA segment and a 3′ DNA segment. See, e.g., Finn, et al., 1996. supra.
  • chimeric molecules can be synthesized with a 5′ DNA segment and a 3′ PNA segment. See, e.g., Petersen, et al., 1975. Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 5: 1119-11124.
  • the oligonucleotide may include other appended groups such as peptides (e.g., for targeting host cell receptors in vivo), or agents facilitating transport across the cell membrane (see, e.g., Letsinger, et al., 1989. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 86: 6553-6556; Lemaitre, et al., 1987. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 84: 648-652; PCT Publication No. WO88/09810) or the blood-brain barrier (see, e.g., PCT Publication No. WO 89/10134).
  • other appended groups such as peptides (e.g., for targeting host cell receptors in vivo), or agents facilitating transport across the cell membrane (see, e.g., Letsinger, et al., 1989. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 86: 6553-6556
  • oligonucleotides can be modified with hybridization triggered cleavage agents (see, e.g., Krol, et al., 1988. BioTechniques 6:958-976) or intercalating agents (see, e.g., Zon, 1988. Pharm. Res. 5: 539-549).
  • the oligonucleotide can be conjugated to another molecule, e.g., a peptide, a hybridization triggered cross-linking agent, a transport agent, a hybridization-triggered cleavage agent, and the like.
  • a polypeptide according to the invention includes a polypeptide including the amino acid sequence of NOV polypeptides whose sequences are provided in SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7.
  • the invention also includes a mutant or variant protein any of whose residues can be changed from the corresponding residues shown in SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7, while still encoding a protein that maintains its NOV activities and physiological functions, or a functional fragment thereof.
  • a NOV variant that preserves NOV-like function includes any variant in which residues at a particular position in the sequence have been substituted by other amino acids, and further include the possibility of inserting an additional residue or residues between two residues of the parent protein as well as the possibility of deleting one or more residues from the parent sequence.
  • Any amino acid substitution, insertion, or deletion is encompassed by the invention. In favorable circumstances, the substitution is a conservative substitution as defined above.
  • One aspect of the invention pertains to isolated NOV proteins, and biologically-active portions thereof, or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof. Also provided are polypeptide fragments suitable for use as immunogens to raise anti-NOV antibodies.
  • native NOV proteins can be isolated from cells or tissue sources by an appropriate purification scheme using standard protein purification techniques.
  • NOV proteins are produced by recombinant DNA techniques.
  • a NOV protein or polypeptide can be synthesized chemically using standard peptide synthesis techniques.
  • an “isolated” or “purified” polypeptide or protein or biologically-active portion thereof is substantially free of cellular material or other contaminating proteins from the cell or tissue source from which the NOV protein is derived, or substantially free from chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized.
  • the language “substantially free of cellular material” includes preparations of NOV proteins in which the protein is separated from cellular components of the cells from which it is isolated or recombinantly-produced.
  • the language “substantially free of cellular material” includes preparations of NOV proteins having less than about 30% (by dry weight) of non-NOV proteins (also referred to herein as a “contaminating protein”), more preferably less than about 20% of non-NOV proteins, still more preferably less than about 10% of non-NOV proteins, and most preferably less than about 5% of non-NOV proteins.
  • non-NOV proteins also referred to herein as a “contaminating protein”
  • contaminating protein also preferably substantially free of culture medium, i.e., culture medium represents less than about 20%, more preferably less than about 10%, and most preferably less than about 5% of the volume of the NOV protein preparation.
  • the language “substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals” includes preparations of NOV proteins in which the protein is separated from chemical precursors or other chemicals that are involved in the synthesis of the protein.
  • the language “substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals” includes preparations of NOV proteins having less than about 30% (by dry weight) of chemical precursors or non-NOV chemicals, more preferably less than about 20% chemical precursors or non-NOV chemicals, still more preferably less than about 10% chemical precursors or non-NOV chemicals, and most preferably less than about 5% chemical precursors or non-NOV chemicals.
  • Biologically-active portions of NOV proteins include peptides comprising amino acid sequences sufficiently homologous to or derived from the amino acid sequences of the NOV proteins (e.g., the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7) that include fewer amino acids than the full-length NOV proteins, and exhibit at least one activity of a NOV protein.
  • biologically-active portions comprise a domain or motif with at least one activity of the NOV protein.
  • a biologically-active portion of a NOV protein can be a polypeptide which is, for example, 10, 25, 50, 100 or more amino acid residues in length.
  • other biologically-active portions, in which other regions of the protein are deleted can be prepared by recombinant techniques and evaluated for one or more of the functional activities of a native NOV protein.
  • the NOV protein has an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7.
  • the NOV protein is substantially homologous to SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7, and retains the functional activity of the protein of SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7, yet differs in amino acid sequence due to natural allelic variation or mutagenesis, as described in detail, below.
  • the NOV protein is a protein that comprises an amino acid sequence at least about 45% homologous to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7 and retains the functional activity of the NOV proteins of SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7.
  • the sequences are aligned for optimal comparison purposes (e.g., gaps can be introduced in the sequence of a first amino acid or nucleic acid sequence for optimal alignment with a second amino or nucleic acid sequence).
  • the amino acid residues or nucleotides at corresponding amino acid positions or nucleotide positions are then compared.
  • a position in the first sequence is occupied by the same amino acid residue or nucleotide as the corresponding position in the second sequence, then the molecules are homologous at that position (i.e., as used herein amino acid or nucleic acid “homology” is equivalent to amino acid or nucleic acid “identity”).
  • the nucleic acid sequence homology can be determined as the degree of identity between two sequences.
  • the homology can be determined using computer programs known in the art, such as GAP software provided in the GCG program package. See, Needleman and Wunsch, 1970. J Mol Biol 48: 443-453.
  • GAP software provided in the GCG program package. See, Needleman and Wunsch, 1970. J Mol Biol 48: 443-453.
  • GAP creation penalty of 5.0 and GAP extension penalty of 0.3 the coding region of the analogous nucleic acid sequences referred to above exhibits a degree of identity preferably of at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, or 99%, with the CDS (encoding) part of the DNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6.
  • sequence identity refers to the degree to which two polynucleotide or polypeptide sequences are identical on a residue-by-residue basis over a particular region of comparison.
  • percentage of sequence identity is calculated by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over that region of comparison, determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid base (e.g., A, T, C, G, U, or I, in the case of nucleic acids) occurs in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the region of comparison (i.e., the window size), and multiplying the result by 100 to yield the percentage of sequence identity.
  • substantially identical denotes a characteristic of a polynucleotide sequence, wherein the polynucleotide comprises a sequence that has at least 80 percent sequence identity, preferably at least 85 percent identity and often 90 to 95 percent sequence identity, more usually at least 99 percent sequence identity as compared to a reference sequence over a comparison region.
  • NOV chimeric or fusion proteins comprises a NOV polypeptide operatively-linked to a non-NOV polypeptide.
  • An “NOV polypeptide” refers to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence corresponding to a NOV protein (SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7), whereas a “non-NOV polypeptide” refers to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence corresponding to a protein that is not substantially homologous to the NOV protein, e.g., a protein that is different from the NOV protein and that is derived from the same or a different organism.
  • a NOV fusion protein comprises at least one biologically-active portion of a NOV protein.
  • a NOV fusion protein comprises at least two biologically-active portions of a NOV protein.
  • a NOV fusion protein comprises at least three biologically-active portions of a NOV protein.
  • the term “operatively-linked” is intended to indicate that the NOV polypeptide and the non-NOV polypeptide are fused in-frame with one another. The non-NOV polypeptide can be fused to the N-terminus or C-terminus of the NOV polypeptide.
  • the fusion protein is a GST-NOV fusion protein in which the NOV sequences are fused to the C-terminus of the GST (glutathione S-transferase) sequences.
  • Such fusion proteins can facilitate the purification of recombinant NOV polypeptides.
  • the fusion protein is a NOV protein containing a heterologous signal sequence at its N-terminus. In certain host cells (e.g., mammalian host cells), expression and/or secretion of NOV can be increased through use of a heterologous signal sequence.
  • the fusion protein is a NOV-immunoglobulin fusion protein in which the NOV sequences are fused to sequences derived from a member of the immunoglobulin protein family.
  • the NOV-immunoglobulin fusion proteins of the invention can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions and administered to a subject to inhibit an interaction between a NOV ligand and a NOV protein on the surface of a cell, to thereby suppress NOV-mediated signal transduction in vivo.
  • the NOV-immunoglobulin fusion proteins can be used to affect the bioavailability of a NOV cognate ligand.
  • NOV-immunoglobulin fusion proteins of the invention can be used as immunogens to produce anti-NOV antibodies in a subject, to purify NOV ligands, and in screening assays to identify molecules that inhibit the interaction of NOV with a NOV ligand.
  • a NOV chimeric or fusion protein of the invention can be produced by standard recombinant DNA techniques. For example, DNA fragments coding for the different polypeptide sequences are ligated together in-frame in accordance with conventional techniques, e.g., by employing blunt-ended or stagger-ended termini for ligation, restriction enzyme digestion to provide for appropriate termini, filling-in of cohesive ends as appropriate, alkaline phosphatase treatment to avoid undesirable joining, and enzymatic ligation.
  • the fusion gene can be synthesized by conventional techniques including automated DNA synthesizers.
  • PCR amplification of gene fragments can be carried out using anchor primers that give rise to complementary overhangs between two consecutive gene fragments that can subsequently be annealed and reamplified to generate a chimeric gene sequence (see, e.g., Ausubel, et al. (eds.) CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, 1992).
  • anchor primers that give rise to complementary overhangs between two consecutive gene fragments that can subsequently be annealed and reamplified to generate a chimeric gene sequence
  • expression vectors are commercially available that already encode a fusion moiety (e.g., a GST polypeptide).
  • a NOV-encoding nucleic acid can be cloned into such an expression vector such that the fusion moiety is linked in-frame to the NOV protein.
  • the invention also pertains to variants of the NOV proteins that function as either NOV agonists (i.e., mimetics) or as NOV antagonists.
  • Variants of the NOV protein can be generated by mutagenesis (e.g., discrete point mutation or truncation of the NOV protein).
  • An agonist of the NOV protein can retain substantially the same, or a subset of, the biological activities of the naturally occurring form of the NOV protein.
  • An antagonist of the NOV protein can inhibit one or more of the activities of the naturally occurring form of the NOV protein by, for example, competitively binding to a downstream or upstream member of a cellular signaling cascade which includes the NOV protein.
  • specific biological effects can be elicited by treatment with a variant of limited function.
  • treatment of a subject with a variant having a subset of the biological activities of the naturally occurring form of the protein has fewer side effects in a subject relative to treatment with the naturally occurring form of the NOV proteins.
  • Variants of the NOV proteins that function as either NOV agonists (i.e., mimetics) or as NOV antagonists can be identified by screening combinatorial libraries of mutants (e.g., truncation mutants) of the NOV proteins for NOV protein agonist or antagonist activity.
  • a variegated library of NOV variants is generated by combinatorial mutagenesis at the nucleic acid level and is encoded by a variegated gene library.
  • a variegated library of NOV variants can be produced by, for example, enzymatically ligating a mixture of synthetic oligonucleotides into gene sequences such that a degenerate set of potential NOV sequences is expressible as individual polypeptides, or alternatively, as a set of larger fusion proteins (e.g., for phage display) containing the set of NOV sequences therein.
  • a degenerate set of potential NOV sequences is expressible as individual polypeptides, or alternatively, as a set of larger fusion proteins (e.g., for phage display) containing the set of NOV sequences therein.
  • fusion proteins e.g., for phage display
  • degenerate set of genes allows for the provision, in one mixture, of all of the sequences encoding the desired set of potential NOV sequences.
  • Methods for synthesizing degenerate oligonucleotides are well-known within the art. See, e.g., Narang, 1983. Tetrahedron 39: 3; Itakura, et al., 1984. Annu. Rev. Biochem. 53: 323; Itakura, et al., 1984. Science 198: 1056; Ike, et al., 1983. Nucl. Acids Res. 11: 477.
  • libraries of fragments of the NOV protein coding sequences can be used to generate a variegated population of NOV fragments for screening and subsequent selection of variants of a NOV protein.
  • a library of coding sequence fragments can be generated by treating a double stranded PCR fragment of a NOV coding sequence with a nuclease under conditions wherein nicking occurs only about once per molecule, denaturing the double stranded DNA, renaturing the DNA to form double-stranded DNA that can include sense/antisense pairs from different nicked products, removing single stranded portions from reformed duplexes by treatment with S 1 nuclease, and ligating the resulting fragment library into an expression vector.
  • expression libraries can be derived which encodes N-terminal and internal fragments of various sizes of the NOV proteins.
  • Recursive ensemble mutagenesis (REM), a new technique that enhances the frequency of functional mutants in the libraries, can be used in combination with the screening assays to identify NOV variants. See, e.g., Arkin and Yourvan, 1992. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89: 7811-7815; Delgrave, et al., 1993. Protein Engineering 6:327-331.
  • the invention encompasses antibodies and antibody fragments, such as Fab or (Fab) 2 , that bind immunospecifically to any of the NOV polypeptides of said invention.
  • An isolated NOV protein, or a portion or fragment thereof, can be used as an immunogen to generate antibodies that bind to NOV polypeptides using standard techniques for polyclonal and monoclonal antibody preparation.
  • the full-length NOV proteins can be used or, alternatively, the invention provides antigenic peptide fragments of NOV proteins for use as immunogens.
  • the antigenic NOV peptides comprises at least 4 amino acid residues of the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7, and encompasses an epitope of NOV such that an antibody raised against the peptide forms a specific immune complex with NOV.
  • the antigenic peptide comprises at least 6, 8, 10, 15, 20, or 30 amino acid residues. Longer antigenic peptides are sometimes preferable over shorter antigenic peptides, depending on use and according to methods well known to someone skilled in the art.
  • At least one epitope encompassed by the antigenic peptide is a region of NOV that is located on the surface of the protein (e.g., a hydrophilic region).
  • hydropathy plots showing regions of hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity can be generated by any method well known in the art, including, for example, the Kyte Doolittle or the Hopp Woods methods, either with or without Fourier transformation (see, e.g., Hopp and Woods, 1981. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 78:3824-3828; Kyte and Doolittle, 1982. J. Mol. Biol. 157: 105-142, each incorporated herein by reference in their entirety).
  • NOV protein sequences of SEQ ID NO:2, 5, 7, or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof can be utilized as immunogens in the generation of antibodies that immunospecifically-bind these protein components.
  • antibody refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically-active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically-binds (immunoreacts with) an antigen, such as NOV.
  • Such antibodies include, but are not limited to, polyclonal, monoclonal, chimeric, single chain, Fab and F(ab′) 2 fragments, and an Fab expression library.
  • antibodies to human NOV proteins are disclosed.
  • Various procedures known within the art can be used for the production of polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies to a NOV protein sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, 5, 7, or a derivative, fragment, analog or homolog thereof. Some of these proteins are discussed below.
  • polyclonal antibodies For the production of polyclonal antibodies, various suitable host animals (e.g., rabbit, goat, mouse or other mammal) can be immunized by injection with the native protein, or a synthetic variant thereof, or a derivative of the foregoing.
  • An appropriate immunogenic preparation can contain, for example, recombinantly-expressed NOV protein or a chemically-synthesized NOV polypeptide.
  • the preparation can further include an adjuvant.
  • adjuvants used to increase the immunological response include, but are not limited to, Freund's (complete and incomplete), mineral gels (e.g., aluminum hydroxide), surface active substances (e.g., lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, dinitrophenol, etc.), human adjuvants such as Bacille Calmette-Guerin and Corynebacterium parvum , or similar immunostimulatory agents.
  • the antibody molecules directed against NOV can be isolated from the mammal (e.g., from the blood) and further purified by well known techniques, such as protein A chromatography to obtain the IgG fraction.
  • monoclonal antibody or “monoclonal antibody composition”, as used herein, refers to a population of antibody molecules that contain only one species of an antigen binding site capable of immunoreacting with a particular epitope of NOV.
  • a monoclonal antibody composition thus typically displays a single binding affinity for a particular NOV protein with which it immunoreacts.
  • any technique that provides for the production of antibody molecules by continuous cell line culture can be utilized. Such techniques include, but are not limited to, the hybridoma technique (see, e.g., Kohler & Milstein, 1975.
  • techniques can be adapted for the production of single-chain antibodies specific to a NOV protein (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,946,778).
  • methods can be adapted for the construction of Fab expression libraries (see, e.g., Huse, et al., 1989. Science 246: 1275-1281) to allow rapid and effective identification of monoclonal Fab fragments with the desired specificity for a NOV protein or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof.
  • Non-human antibodies can be “humanized” by techniques well known in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539.
  • Antibody fragments that contain the idiotypes to a NOV protein can be produced by techniques known in the art including, but not limited to: (i) an F(ab′) 2 fragment produced by pepsin digestion of an antibody molecule; (ii) an Fab fragment generated by reducing the disulfide bridges of an F(ab′) 2 fragment; (iii) an Fab fragment generated by the treatment of the antibody molecule with papain and a reducing agent; and (iv) Fv fragments.
  • recombinant anti-NOV antibodies such as chimeric and humanized monoclonal antibodies, comprising both human and non-human portions, which can be made using standard recombinant DNA techniques, are within the scope of the invention.
  • Such chimeric and humanized monoclonal antibodies can be produced by recombinant DNA techniques known in the art, for example using methods described in International Application No. PCT/US86/02269; European Patent Application No. 184,187; European Patent Application No. 171,496; European Patent Application No. 173,494; PCT International Publication No. WO 86/01533; U.S. Patent No. 4,816,567; U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539; European Patent Application No.
  • methods for the screening of antibodies that possess the desired specificity include, but are not limited to, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) and other immunologically-mediated techniques known within the art.
  • ELISA enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay
  • selection of antibodies that are specific to a particular domain of a NOV protein is facilitated by generation of hybridomas that bind to the fragment of a NOV protein possessing such a domain.
  • antibodies that are specific for a desired domain within a NOV protein, or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof, are also provided herein.
  • Anti-NOV antibodies can be used in methods known within the art relating to the localization and/or quantitation of a NOV protein (e.g., for use in measuring levels of the NOV protein within appropriate physiological samples, for use in diagnostic methods, for use in imaging the protein, and the like).
  • antibodies for NOV proteins, or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof, that contain the antibody derived binding domain are utilized as pharmacologically-active compounds (hereinafter “Therapeutics”).
  • An anti-NOV antibody e.g., monoclonal antibody
  • An anti-NOV antibody can facilitate the purification of natural NOV polypeptide from cells and of recombinantly-produced NOV polypeptide expressed in host cells. Moreover, an anti-NOV antibody can be used to detect NOV protein (e.g., in a cellular lysate or cell supernatant) in order to evaluate the abundance and pattern of expression of the NOV protein. Anti-NOV antibodies can be used diagnostically to monitor protein levels in tissue as part of a clinical testing procedure, e.g., to, for example, determine the efficacy of a given treatment regimen. Detection can be facilitated by coupling (i.e., physically linking) the antibody to a detectable substance.
  • detectable substances include various enzymes, prosthetic groups, fluorescent materials, luminescent materials, bioluminescent materials, and radioactive materials.
  • suitable enzymes include horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, beta-galactosidase, or acetylcholinesterase;
  • suitable prosthetic group complexes include streptavidin/biotin and avidin/biotin;
  • suitable fluorescent materials include umbelliferone, fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, dichlorotriazinylamine fluorescein, dansyl chloride or phycoerythrin;
  • an example of a luminescent material includes luminol;
  • bioluminescent materials include luciferase, luciferin, and aequorin, and examples of suitable radioactive material include 125 I, 131 I, 35 S or 3 H.
  • vectors preferably expression vectors, containing a nucleic acid encoding a NOV protein, or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof.
  • vector refers to a nucleic acid molecule capable of transporting another nucleic acid to which it has been linked.
  • plasmid refers to a circular double stranded DNA loop into which additional DNA segments can be ligated.
  • viral vector is another type of vector, wherein additional DNA segments can be ligated into the viral genome.
  • vectors are capable of autonomous replication in a host cell into which they are introduced (e.g., bacterial vectors having a bacterial origin of replication and episomal mammalian vectors).
  • Other vectors e.g., non-episomal mammalian vectors
  • certain vectors are capable of directing the expression of genes to which they are operatively-linked. Such vectors are referred to herein as “expression vectors”.
  • expression vectors of utility in recombinant DNA techniques are often in the form of plasmids.
  • plasmid and “vector” can be used interchangeably as the plasmid is the most commonly used form of vector.
  • the invention is intended to include such other forms of expression vectors, such as viral vectors (e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses), which serve equivalent functions.
  • viral vectors e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses
  • the recombinant expression vectors of the invention comprise a nucleic acid of the invention in a form suitable for expression of the nucleic acid in a host cell, which means that the recombinant expression vectors include one or more regulatory sequences, selected on the basis of the host cells to be used for expression, that is operatively-linked to the nucleic acid sequence to be expressed.
  • “operably-linked” is intended to mean that the nucleotide sequence of interest is linked to the regulatory sequence(s) in a manner that allows for expression of the nucleotide sequence (e.g., in an in vitro transcription/translation system or in a host cell when the vector is introduced into the host cell).
  • regulatory sequence is intended to includes promoters, enhancers and other expression control elements (e.g., polyadenylation signals). Such regulatory sequences are described, for example, in Goeddel, GENE EXPRESSION TECHNOLOGY: METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY 185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. (1990). Regulatory sequences include those that direct constitutive expression of a nucleotide sequence in many types of host cell and those that direct expression of the nucleotide sequence only in certain host cells (e.g., tissue-specific regulatory sequences). It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the design of the expression vector can depend on such factors as the choice of the host cell to be transformed, the level of expression of protein desired, etc.
  • the expression vectors of the invention can be introduced into host cells to thereby produce proteins or peptides, including fusion proteins or peptides, encoded by nucleic acids as described herein (e.g., NOV proteins, mutant forms of NOV proteins, fusion proteins, etc.).
  • the recombinant expression vectors of the invention can be designed for expression of NOV proteins in prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells.
  • NOV proteins can be expressed in bacterial cells such as Escherichia coli, insect cells (using baculovirus expression vectors) yeast cells or mammalian cells. Suitable host cells are discussed further in Goeddel, GENE EXPRESSION TECHNOLOGY: METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY 185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. (1990).
  • the recombinant expression vector can be transcribed and translated in vitro, for example using T7 promoter regulatory sequences and T7 polymerase.
  • Fusion vectors add a number of amino acids to a protein encoded therein, usually to the amino terminus of the recombinant protein.
  • Such fusion vectors typically serve three purposes: (i) to increase expression of recombinant protein; (ii) to increase the solubility of the recombinant protein; and (iii) to aid in the purification of the recombinant protein by acting as a ligand in affinity purification.
  • a proteolytic cleavage site is introduced at the junction of the fusion moiety and the recombinant protein to enable separation of the recombinant protein from the fusion moiety subsequent to purification of the fusion protein.
  • enzymes, and their cognate recognition sequences include Factor Xa, thrombin and enterokinase.
  • Typical fusion expression vectors include pGEX (Pharmacia Biotech Inc; Smith and Johnson, 1988.
  • GST glutathione S-transferase
  • suitable inducible non-fusion E. coli expression vectors include pTrc (Amrann et al., (1988) Gene 69:301-315) and pET 11d (Studier et al., GENE EXPRESSION TECHNOLOGY: METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY 185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. (1990) 60-89).
  • One strategy to maximize recombinant protein expression in E. coli is to express the protein in a host bacteria with an impaired capacity to proteolytically cleave the recombinant protein. See, e.g., Gottesman, GENE EXPRESSION TECHNOLOGY: METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY 185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. (1990) 119-128.
  • Another strategy is to alter the nucleic acid sequence of the nucleic acid to be inserted into an expression vector so that the individual codons for each amino acid are those preferentially utilized in E. coli (see, e.g., Wada, et al., 1992. Nucl. Acids Res. 20: 2111-2118).
  • the NOV expression vector is a yeast expression vector.
  • yeast expression vectors for expression in yeast Saccharomyces cerivisae include pYepSec1 (Baldari, et al., 1987. EMBO J. 6: 229-234), pMFa (Kurjan and Herskowitz, 1982. Cell 30: 933-943), pJRY88 (Schultz et al., 1987. Gene 54: 113-123), pYES2 (Invitrogen Corporation, San Diego, Calif.), and picZ (InVitrogen Corp, San Diego, Calif.).
  • NOV can be expressed in insect cells using baculovirus expression vectors.
  • Baculovirus vectors available for expression of proteins in cultured insect cells include the pAc series (Smith, et al., 1983. Mol. Cell. Biol. 3: 2156-2165) and the pVL series (Lucklow and Summers, 1989. Virology 170: 31-39).
  • a nucleic acid of the invention is expressed in mammalian cells using a mammalian expression vector.
  • mammalian expression vectors include pCDM8 (Seed, 1987. Nature 329: 840) and pMT2PC (Kaufman, et al., 1987. EMBO J. 6: 187-195).
  • the expression vector's control functions are often provided by viral regulatory elements.
  • commonly used promoters are derived from polyoma, adenovirus 2, cytomegalovirus, and simian virus 40.
  • the recombinant mammalian expression vector is capable of directing expression of the nucleic acid preferentially in a particular cell type (e.g., tissue-specific regulatory elements are used to express the nucleic acid).
  • tissue-specific regulatory elements are known in the art.
  • suitable tissue-specific promoters include the albumin promoter (liver-specific; Pinkert, et al., 1987. Genes Dev. 1: 268-277), lymphoid-specific promoters (Calame and Eaton, 1988. Adv. Immunol. 43: 235-275), in particular promoters of T cell receptors (Winoto and Baltimore, 1989. EMBO J.
  • promoters are also encompassed, e.g., the murine hox promoters (Kessel and Gruss, 1990. Science 249: 374-379) and the ⁇ -fetoprotein promoter (Campes and Tilghman, 1989. Genes Dev. 3: 537-546).
  • the invention further provides a recombinant expression vector comprising a DNA molecule of the invention cloned into the expression vector in an antisense orientation. That is, the DNA molecule is operatively-linked to a regulatory sequence in a manner that allows for expression (by transcription of the DNA molecule) of an RNA molecule that is antisense to NOV mRNA.
  • Regulatory sequences operatively linked to a nucleic acid cloned in the antisense orientation can be chosen that direct the continuous expression of the antisense RNA molecule in a variety of cell types, for instance viral promoters and/or enhancers, or regulatory sequences can be chosen that direct constitutive, tissue specific or cell type specific expression of antisense RNA.
  • the antisense expression vector can be in the form of a recombinant plasmid, phagemid or attenuated virus in which antisense nucleic acids are produced under the control of a high efficiency regulatory region, the activity of which can be determined by the cell type into which the vector is introduced.
  • a high efficiency regulatory region the activity of which can be determined by the cell type into which the vector is introduced.
  • host cell and “recombinant host cell” are used interchangeably herein. It is understood that such terms refer not only to the particular subject cell but also to the progeny or potential progeny of such a cell. Because certain modifications may occur in succeeding generations due to either mutation or environmental influences, such progeny may not, in fact, be identical to the parent cell, but are still included within the scope of the term as used herein.
  • a host cell can be any prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell.
  • NOV protein can be expressed in bacterial cells such as E. coli , insect cells, yeast or mammalian cells (such as Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO) or COS cells).
  • bacterial cells such as E. coli
  • insect cells such as E. coli
  • yeast or mammalian cells such as Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO) or COS cells.
  • Other suitable host cells are known to those skilled in the art.
  • Vector DNA can be introduced into prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells via conventional transformation or transfection techniques.
  • transformation and “transfection” are intended to refer to a variety of art-recognized techniques for introducing foreign nucleic acid (e.g., DNA) into a host cell, including calcium phosphate or calcium chloride co-precipitation, DEAE-dextran-mediated transfection, lipofection, or electroporation. Suitable methods for transforming or transfecting host cells can be found in Sambrook, et al. (MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL. 2nd ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989), and other laboratory manuals.
  • a gene that encodes a selectable marker (e.g., resistance to antibiotics) is generally introduced into the host cells along with the gene of interest.
  • selectable markers include those that confer resistance to drugs, such as G418, hygromycin and methotrexate.
  • Nucleic acid encoding a selectable marker can be introduced into a host cell on the same vector as that encoding NOV or can be introduced on a separate vector. Cells stably transfected with the introduced nucleic acid can be identified by drug selection (e.g., cells that have incorporated the selectable marker gene will survive, while the other cells die).
  • a host cell of the invention such as a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell in culture, can be used to produce (i.e., express) NOV protein.
  • the invention further provides methods for producing NOV protein using the host cells of the invention.
  • the method comprises culturing the host cell of invention (into which a recombinant expression vector encoding NOV protein has been introduced) in a suitable medium such that NOV protein is produced.
  • the method further comprises isolating NOV protein from the medium or the host cell.
  • the host cells of the invention can also be used to produce non-human transgenic animals.
  • a host cell of the invention is a fertilized oocyte or an embryonic stem cell into which NOV protein-coding sequences have been introduced.
  • Such host cells can then be used to create non-human transgenic animals in which exogenous NOV sequences have been introduced into their genome or homologous recombinant animals in which endogenous NOV sequences have been altered.
  • Such animals are useful for studying the function and/or activity of NOV protein and for identifying and/or evaluating modulators of NOV protein activity.
  • a “transgenic animal” is a non-human animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a rodent such as a rat or mouse, in which one or more of the cells of the animal includes a transgene.
  • Other examples of transgenic animals include non-human primates, sheep, dogs, cows, goats, chickens, amphibians, etc.
  • a transgene is exogenous DNA that is integrated into the genome of a cell from which a transgenic animal develops and that remains in the genome of the mature animal, thereby directing the expression of an encoded gene product in one or more cell types or tissues of the transgenic animal.
  • a “homologous recombinant animal” is a non-human animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a mouse, in which an endogenous NOV gene has been altered by homologous recombination between the endogenous gene and an exogenous DNA molecule introduced into a cell of the animal, e.g., an embryonic cell of the animal, prior to development of the animal.
  • a transgenic animal of the invention can be created by introducing NOV-encoding nucleic acid into the male pronuclei of a fertilized oocyte (e.g., by microinjection, retroviral infection) and allowing the oocyte to develop in a pseudopregnant female foster animal.
  • the human NOV cDNA sequences of SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6 can be introduced as a transgene into the genome of a non-human animal.
  • a non-human homologue of the human NOV gene such as a mouse NOV gene, can be isolated based on hybridization to the human NOV cDNA (described further supra) and used as a transgene.
  • Intronic sequences and polyadenylation signals can also be included in the transgene to increase the efficiency of expression of the transgene.
  • a tissue-specific regulatory sequence(s) can be operably-linked to the NOV transgene to direct expression of NOV protein to particular cells.
  • transgenic animals via embryo manipulation and microinjection, particularly animals such as mice, have become conventional in the art and are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,736,866; 4,870,009; and 4,873,191; and Hogan, 1986. In: MANIPULATING THE MOUSE EMBRYO, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. Similar methods are used for production of other transgenic animals.
  • a transgenic founder animal can be identified based upon the presence of the NOV transgene in its genome and/or expression of NOV mRNA in tissues or cells of the animals. A transgenic founder animal can then be used to breed additional animals carrying the transgene.
  • transgenic animals carrying a transgene-encoding NOV protein can further be bred to other transgenic animals carrying other transgenes.
  • a vector which contains at least a portion of a NOV gene into which a deletion, addition or substitution has been introduced to thereby alter, e.g., functionally disrupt, the NOV gene.
  • the NOV gene can be a human gene (e.g., the cDNA of SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6), but more preferably, is a non-human homologue of a human NOV gene.
  • a mouse homologue of human NOV gene of SEQ ID NO:1, 4, or 6 can be used to construct a homologous recombination vector suitable for altering an endogenous NOV gene in the mouse genome.
  • the vector is designed such that, upon homologous recombination, the endogenous NOV gene is functionally disrupted (i.e., no longer encodes a functional protein; also referred to as a “knock out” vector).
  • the vector can be designed such that, upon homologous recombination, the endogenous NOV gene is mutated or otherwise altered but still encodes functional protein (e.g., the upstream regulatory region can be altered to thereby alter the expression of the endogenous NOV protein).
  • the altered portion of the NOV gene is flanked at its 5′- and 3′-termini by additional nucleic acid of the NOV gene to allow for homologous recombination to occur between the exogenous NOV gene carried by the vector and an endogenous NOV gene in an embryonic stem cell.
  • the additional flanking NOV nucleic acid is of sufficient length for successful homologous recombination with the endogenous gene.
  • flanking DNA both at the 5′- and 3′-termini
  • Cell 51: 503 for a description of homologous recombination vectors.
  • the vector is then introduced into an embryonic stem cell line (e.g., by electroporation) and cells in which the introduced NOV gene has homologously-recombined with the endogenous NOV gene are selected. See, e.g., Li, et al., 1992. Cell 69: 915.
  • the selected cells are then injected into a blastocyst of an animal (e.g., a mouse) to form aggregation chimeras. See, e.g., Bradley, 1987. In: TERATOCARCINOMAS AND EMBRYONIC STEM CELLS: A PRACTICAL APPROACH, Robertson, ed. IRL, Oxford, pp. 113-152.
  • a chimeric embryo can then be implanted into a suitable pseudopregnant female foster animal and the embryo brought to term.
  • Progeny harboring the homologously-recombined DNA in their germ cells can be used to breed animals in which all cells of the animal contain the homologously-recombined DNA by germline transmission of the transgene.
  • Methods for constructing homologous recombination vectors and homologous recombinant animals are described further in Bradley, 1991. Curr. Opin. Biotechnol. 2: 823-829; PCT International Publication Nos.: WO 90/11354; WO 91/01140; WO 92/0968; and WO 93/04169.
  • transgenic non-humans animals can be produced that contain selected systems that allow for regulated expression of the transgene.
  • a system is the cre/loxP recombinase system of bacteriophage P1.
  • cre/loxP recombinase system See, e.g., Lakso, et al., 1992. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89: 6232-6236.
  • FLP recombinase system of Saccharomyces cerevisiae. See, O'Gorman, et al., 1991. Science 251:1351-1355.
  • mice containing transgenes encoding both the Cre recombinase and a selected protein are required.
  • Such animals can be provided through the construction of “double” transgenic animals, e.g., by mating two transgenic animals, one containing a transgene encoding a selected protein and the other containing a transgene encoding a recombinase.
  • Clones of the non-human transgenic animals described herein can also be produced according to the methods described in Wilmut, et al., 1997. Nature 385: 810-813.
  • a cell e.g., a somatic cell
  • the quiescent cell can then be fused, e.g., through the use of electrical pulses, to an enucleated oocyte from an animal of the same species from which the quiescent cell is isolated.
  • the reconstructed oocyte is then cultured such that it develops to morula or blastocyte and then transferred to pseudopregnant female foster animal.
  • the offspring borne of this female foster animal will be a clone of the animal from which the cell (e.g., the somatic cell) is isolated.
  • compositions suitable for administration can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration.
  • Such compositions typically comprise the nucleic acid molecule, protein, or antibody and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is intended to include any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration. Suitable carriers are described in the most recent edition of Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, a standard reference text in the field, which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • Such carriers or diluents include, but are not limited to, water, saline, finger's solutions, dextrose solution, and 5% human serum albumin. Liposomes and non-aqueous vehicles such as fixed oils may also be used.
  • the use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions.
  • a pharmaceutical composition of the invention is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration.
  • routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral (e.g., inhalation), transdermal (i.e., topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration.
  • Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA); buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates, and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose.
  • the pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide.
  • the parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.
  • compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion.
  • suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor ELTM (BASF, Parsippany, N.J.) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
  • the composition must be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringeability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi.
  • the carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof.
  • the proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants.
  • Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like.
  • isotonic agents for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition.
  • Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
  • Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound (e.g., a NOV protein or anti-NOV antibody) in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization.
  • the active compound e.g., a NOV protein or anti-NOV antibody
  • dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle that contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above.
  • methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying that yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
  • Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. They can be enclosed in gelatin capsules or compressed into tablets. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules. Oral compositions can also be prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash, wherein the compound in the fluid carrier is applied orally and swished and expectorated or swallowed. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition.
  • the tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.
  • a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin
  • an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch
  • a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes
  • a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide
  • the compounds are delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from pressured container or dispenser which contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.
  • a suitable propellant e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.
  • Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means.
  • penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation.
  • penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives.
  • Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories.
  • the active compounds are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art.
  • the compounds can also be prepared in the form of suppositories (e.g., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides) or retention enemas for rectal delivery.
  • the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
  • a controlled release formulation including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
  • Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
  • the materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Corporation and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
  • Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,522,811.
  • Dosage unit form refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.
  • the specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of the active compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of individuals.
  • the nucleic acid molecules of the invention can be inserted into vectors and used as gene therapy vectors.
  • Gene therapy vectors can be delivered to a subject by, for example, intravenous injection, local administration (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,328,470) or by stereotactic injection (see, e.g., Chen, et al., 1994. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91: 3054-3057).
  • the pharmaceutical preparation of the gene therapy vector can include the gene therapy vector in an acceptable diluent, or can comprise a slow release matrix in which the gene delivery vehicle is imbedded.
  • the pharmaceutical preparation can include one or more cells that produce the gene delivery system.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions can be included in a container, pack, or dispenser together with instructions for administration.
  • the isolated nucleic acid molecules of the invention can be used to express NOV protein (e.g., via a recombinant expression vector in a host cell in gene therapy applications), to detect NOV mRNA (e.g., in a biological sample) or a genetic lesion in a NOV gene, and to modulate NOV activity, as described further, below.
  • NOV proteins can be used to screen drugs or compounds that modulate the NOV protein activity or expression as well as to treat disorders characterized by insufficient or excessive production of NOV protein or production of NOV protein forms that have decreased or aberrant activity compared to NOV wild-type protein.
  • the anti-NOV antibodies of the invention can be used to detect and isolate NOV proteins and modulate NOV activity.
  • the invention further pertains to novel agents identified by the screening assays described herein and uses thereof for treatments as described, supra.
  • the invention provides a method (also referred to herein as a “screening assay”) for identifying modulators, i.e., candidate or test compounds or agents (e.g., peptides, peptidomimetics, small molecules or other drugs) that bind to NOV proteins or have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on, e.g., NOV protein expression or NOV protein activity.
  • modulators i.e., candidate or test compounds or agents (e.g., peptides, peptidomimetics, small molecules or other drugs) that bind to NOV proteins or have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on, e.g., NOV protein expression or NOV protein activity.
  • the invention also includes compounds identified in the screening assays described herein.
  • the invention provides assays for screening candidate or test compounds which bind to or modulate the activity of the membrane-bound form of a NOV protein or polypeptide or biologically-active portion thereof.
  • test compounds of the invention can be obtained using any of the numerous approaches in combinatorial library methods known in the art, including: biological libraries; spatially addressable parallel solid phase or solution phase libraries; synthetic library methods requiring deconvolution; the “one-bead one-compound” library method; and synthetic library methods using affinity chromatography selection.
  • biological libraries are limited to peptide libraries, while the other four approaches are applicable to peptide, non-peptide oligomer or small molecule libraries of compounds. See, e.g., Lam, 1997. Anticancer Drug Design 12: 145.
  • a “small molecule” as used herein, is meant to refer to a composition that has a molecular weight of less than about 5 kD and most preferably less than about 4 kD.
  • Small molecules can be, e.g., nucleic acids, peptides, polypeptides, peptidomimetics, carbohydrates, lipids or other organic or inorganic molecules.
  • Libraries of chemical and/or biological mixtures, such as fungal, bacterial, or algal extracts, are known in the art and can be screened with any of the assays of the invention.
  • an assay is a cell-based assay in which a cell which expresses a membrane-bound form of NOV protein, or a biologically-active portion thereof, on the cell surface is contacted with a test compound and the ability of the test compound to bind to a NOV protein determined.
  • the cell for example, can of mammalian origin or a yeast cell. Determining the ability of the test compound to bind to the NOV protein can be accomplished, for example, by coupling the test compound with a radioisotope or enzymatic label such that binding of the test compound to the NOV protein or biologically-active portion thereof can be determined by detecting the labeled compound in a complex.
  • test compounds can be labeled with 125 I, 35 S, 14 C, or 3 H, either directly or indirectly, and the radioisotope detected by direct counting of radioemission or by scintillation counting.
  • test compounds can be enzymatically-labeled with, for example, horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, or luciferase, and the enzymatic label detected by determination of conversion of an appropriate substrate to product.
  • the assay comprises contacting a cell which expresses a membrane-bound form of NOV protein, or a biologically-active portion thereof, on the cell surface with a known compound which binds NOV to form an assay mixture, contacting the assay mixture with a test compound, and determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a NOV protein, wherein determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a NOV protein comprises determining the ability of the test compound to preferentially bind to NOV protein or a biologically-active portion thereof as compared to the known compound.
  • an assay is a cell-based assay comprising contacting a cell expressing a membrane-bound form of NOV protein, or a biologically-active portion thereof, on the cell surface with a test compound and determining the ability of the test compound to modulate (e.g., stimulate or inhibit) the activity of the NOV protein or biologically-active portion thereof.
  • Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of NOV or a biologically-active portion thereof can be accomplished, for example, by determining the ability of the NOV protein to bind to or interact with a NOV target molecule.
  • a “target molecule” is a molecule with which a NOV protein binds or interacts in nature, for example, a molecule on the surface of a cell which expresses a NOV interacting protein, a molecule on the surface of a second cell, a molecule in the extracellular milieu, a molecule associated with the internal surface of a cell membrane or a cytoplasmic molecule.
  • a NOV target molecule can be a non-NOV molecule or a NOV protein or polypeptide of the invention .
  • a NOV target molecule is a component of a signal transduction pathway that facilitates transduction of an extracellular signal (e.g. a signal generated by binding of a compound to a membrane-bound NOV molecule) through the cell membrane and into the cell.
  • the target for example, can be a second intercellular protein that has catalytic activity or a protein that facilitates the association of downstream signaling molecules with NOV.
  • Determining the ability of the NOV protein to bind to or interact with a NOV target molecule can be accomplished by one of the methods described above for determining direct binding. In one embodiment, determining the ability of the NOV protein to bind to or interact with a NOV target molecule can be accomplished by determining the activity of the target molecule. For example, the activity of the target molecule can be determined by detecting induction of a cellular second messenger of the target (i.e.
  • a reporter gene comprising a NOV-responsive regulatory element operatively linked to a nucleic acid encoding a detectable marker, e.g., luciferase
  • a cellular response for example, cell survival, cellular differentiation, or cell proliferation.
  • an assay of the invention is a cell-free assay comprising contacting a NOV protein or biologically-active portion thereof with a test compound and determining the ability of the test compound to bind to the NOV protein or biologically-active portion thereof. Binding of the test compound to the NOV protein can be determined either directly or indirectly as described above.
  • the assay comprises contacting the NOV protein or biologically-active portion thereof with a known compound which binds NOV to form an assay mixture, contacting the assay mixture with a test compound, and determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a NOV protein, wherein determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a NOV protein comprises determining the ability of the test compound to preferentially bind to NOV or biologically-active portion thereof as compared to the known compound.
  • an assay is a cell-free assay comprising contacting NOV protein or biologically-active portion thereof with a test compound and determining the ability of the test compound to modulate (e.g. stimulate or inhibit) the activity of the NOV protein or biologically-active portion thereof. Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of NOV can be accomplished, for example, by determining the ability of the NOV protein to bind to a NOV target molecule by one of the methods described above for determining direct binding. In an alternative embodiment, determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of NOV protein can be accomplished by determining the ability of the NOV protein to further modulate a NOV target molecule. For example, the catalytic/enzymatic activity of the target molecule on an appropriate substrate can be determined as described, supra.
  • the cell-free assay comprises contacting the NOV protein or biologically-active portion thereof with a known compound which binds NOV protein to form an assay mixture, contacting the assay mixture with a test compound, and determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a NOV protein, wherein determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a NOV protein comprises determining the ability of the NOV protein to preferentially bind to or modulate the activity of a NOV target molecule.
  • the cell-free assays of the invention are amenable to use of both the soluble form or the membrane-bound form of NOV protein.
  • solubilizing agents include non-ionic detergents such as n-octylglucoside, n-dodecylglucoside, n-dodecylmaltoside, octanoyl-N-methylglucamide, decanoyl-N-methylglucamide, Triton® X-100, Triton® X-114, Thesit®, Isotridecypoly(ethylene glycol ether)n, N-dodecyl-N,N-dimethyl-3-ammonio-1-propane sulfonate, 3-(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylamminiol-1-propane sulfonate (CHAPS), or 3-(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylamminiol-2-hydroxy-1-propane sulfonate (CHAPSO).
  • non-ionic detergents such as n-octylglucoside, n-d
  • binding of a test compound to NOV protein, or interaction of NOV protein with a target molecule in the presence and absence of a candidate compound can be accomplished in any vessel suitable for containing the reactants. Examples of such vessels include microtiter plates, test tubes, and micro-centrifuge tubes.
  • a fusion protein can be provided that adds a domain that allows one or both of the proteins to be bound to a matrix.
  • GST-NOV fusion proteins or GST-target fusion proteins can be adsorbed onto glutathione sepharose beads (Sigma Chemical, St. Louis, Mo.) or glutathione derivatized microtiter plates, that are then combined with the test compound or the test compound and either the non-adsorbed target protein or NOV protein, and the mixture is incubated under conditions conducive to complex formation (e.g., at physiological conditions for salt and pH). Following incubation, the beads or microtiter plate wells are washed to remove any unbound components, the matrix immobilized in the case of beads, complex determined either directly or indirectly, for example, as described, supra. Alternatively, the complexes can be dissociated from the matrix, and the level of NOV protein binding or activity determined using standard techniques.
  • NOV protein or its target molecule can be immobilized utilizing conjugation of biotin and streptavidin.
  • Biotinylated NOV protein or target molecules can be prepared from biotin-NHS (N-hydroxy-succinimide) using techniques well-known within the art (e.g., biotinylation kit, Pierce Chemicals, Rockford, Ill.), and immobilized in the wells of streptavidin-coated 96 well plates (Pierce Chemical).
  • antibodies reactive with NOV protein or target molecules can be derivatized to the wells of the plate, and unbound target or NOV protein trapped in the wells by antibody conjugation.
  • Methods for detecting such complexes include immunodetection of complexes using antibodies reactive with the NOV protein or target molecule, as well as enzyme-linked assays that rely on detecting an enzymatic activity associated with the NOV protein or target molecule.
  • modulators of NOV protein expression are identified in a method wherein a cell is contacted with a candidate compound and the expression of NOV mRNA or protein in the cell is determined. The level of expression of NOV mRNA or protein in the presence of the candidate compound is compared to the level of expression of NOV mRNA or protein in the absence of the candidate compound. The candidate compound can then be identified as a modulator of NOV mRNA or protein expression based upon this comparison. For example, when expression of NOV mRNA or protein is greater (i.e., statistically significantly greater) in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as a stimulator of NOV mRNA or protein expression.
  • the candidate compound when expression of NOV mRNA or protein is less (statistically significantly less) in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as an inhibitor of NOV mRNA or protein expression.
  • the level of NOV mRNA or protein expression in the cells can be determined by methods described herein for detecting NOV mRNA or protein.
  • the NOV proteins can be used as “bait proteins” in a two-hybrid assay or three hybrid assay (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,283,317; Zervos, et al., 1993. Cell 72: 223-232; Madura, et al., 1993. J. Biol. Chem.
  • NOV-binding proteins proteins that bind to or interact with NOV
  • NOV-binding proteins proteins that bind to or interact with NOV
  • Such NOV-binding proteins are also likely to be involved in the propagation of signals by the NOV proteins as, for example, upstream or downstream elements of the NOV pathway.
  • the two-hybrid system is based on the modular nature of most transcription factors, which consist of separable DNA-binding and activation domains.
  • the assay utilizes two different DNA constructs.
  • the gene that codes for NOV is fused to a gene encoding the DNA binding domain of a known transcription factor (e.g., GAL-4).
  • a DNA sequence, from a library of DNA sequences, that encodes an unidentified protein (“prey” or “sample”) is fused to a gene that codes for the activation domain of the known transcription factor.
  • the DNA-binding and activation domains of the transcription factor are brought into close proximity. This proximity allows transcription of a reporter gene (e.g., LacZ) that is operably linked to a transcriptional regulatory site responsive to the transcription factor. Expression of the reporter gene can be detected and cell colonies containing the functional transcription factor can be isolated and used to obtain the cloned gene that encodes the protein which interacts with NOV.
  • a reporter gene e.g., LacZ
  • the invention further pertains to novel agents identified by the aforementioned screening assays and uses thereof for treatments as described herein.
  • cDNA sequences identified herein can be used in numerous ways as polynucleotide reagents.
  • these sequences can be used to: (i) map their respective genes on a chromosome; and, thus, locate gene regions associated with genetic disease; (ii) identify an individual from a minute biological sample (tissue typing); and (iii) aid in forensic identification of a biological sample.
  • this sequence can be used to map the location of the gene on a chromosome.
  • This process is called chromosome mapping.
  • portions or fragments of the NOV sequences, SEQ ID NO:1, 4, or 6, or fragments or derivatives thereof, can be used to map the location of the NOV genes, respectively, on a chromosome.
  • the mapping of the NOV sequences to chromosomes is an important first step in correlating these sequences with genes associated with disease.
  • NOV genes can be mapped to chromosomes by preparing PCR primers (preferably 15-25 bp in length) from the NOV sequences. Computer analysis of the NOV, sequences can be used to rapidly select primers that do not span more than one exon in the genomic DNA, thus complicating the amplification process. These primers can then be used for PCR screening of somatic cell hybrids containing individual human chromosomes. Only those hybrids containing the human gene corresponding to the NOV sequences will yield an amplified fragment.
  • Somatic cell hybrids are prepared by fusing somatic cells from different mammals (e.g., human and mouse cells). As hybrids of human and mouse cells grow and divide, they gradually lose human chromosomes in random order, but retain the mouse chromosomes. By using media in which mouse cells cannot grow, because they lack a particular enzyme, but in which human cells can, the one human chromosome that contains the gene encoding the needed enzyme will be retained. By using various media, panels of hybrid cell lines can be established. Each cell line in a panel contains either a single human chromosome or a small number of human chromosomes, and a full set of mouse chromosomes, allowing easy mapping of individual genes to specific human chromosomes.
  • mammals e.g., human and mouse cells.
  • Somatic cell hybrids containing only fragments of human chromosomes can also be produced by using human chromosomes with translocations and deletions.
  • PCR mapping of somatic cell hybrids is a rapid procedure for assigning a particular sequence to a particular chromosome. Three or more sequences can be assigned per day using a single thermal cycler. Using the NOV sequences to design oligonucleotide primers, sub-localization can be achieved with panels of fragments from specific chromosomes. Fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH) of a DNA sequence to a metaphase chromosomal spread can further be used to provide a precise chromosomal location in one step. Chromosome spreads can be made using cells whose division has been blocked in metaphase by a chemical like colcemid that disrupts the mitotic spindle.
  • FISH Fluorescence in situ hybridization
  • the chromosomes can be treated briefly with trypsin, and then stained with Giemsa. A pattern of light and dark bands develops on each chromosome, so that the chromosomes can be identified individually.
  • the FISH technique can be used with a DNA sequence as short as 500 or 600 bases. However, clones larger than 1,000 bases have a higher likelihood of binding to a unique chromosomal location with sufficient signal intensity for simple detection. Preferably 1,000 bases, and more preferably 2,000 bases, will suffice to get good results at a reasonable amount of time. For a review of this technique, see, Verma, et al., HUMAN CHROMOSOMES: A MANUAL OF BASIC TECHNIQUES (Pergamon Press, New York 1988).
  • Reagents for chromosome mapping can be used individually to mark a single chromosome or a single site on that chromosome, or panels of reagents can be used for marking multiple sites and/or multiple chromosomes. Reagents corresponding to noncoding regions of the genes actually are preferred for mapping purposes. Coding sequences are more likely to be conserved within gene families, thus increasing the chance of cross hybridizations during chromosomal mapping.
  • differences in the DNA sequences between individuals affected and unaffected with a disease associated with the NOV gene can be determined. If a mutation is observed in some or all of the affected individuals but not in any unaffected individuals, then the mutation is likely to be the causative agent of the particular disease. Comparison of affected and unaffected individuals generally involves first looking for structural alterations in the chromosomes, such as deletions or translocations that are visible from chromosome spreads or detectable using PCR based on that DNA sequence. Ultimately, complete sequencing of genes from several individuals can be performed to confirm the presence of a mutation and to distinguish mutations from polymorphisms.
  • the NOV sequences of the invention can also be used to identify individuals from minute biological samples.
  • an individual's genomic DNA is digested with one or more restriction enzymes, and probed on a Southern blot to yield unique bands for identification.
  • the sequences of the invention are useful as additional DNA markers for RFLP (“restriction fragment length polymorphisms,” described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,272,057).
  • sequences of the invention can be used to provide an alternative technique that determines the actual base-by-base DNA sequence of selected portions of an individual's genome.
  • the NOV sequences described herein can be used to prepare two PCR primers from the 5′- and 3′-termini of the sequences. These primers can then be used to amplify an individual's DNA and subsequently sequence it.
  • Panels of corresponding DNA sequences from individuals, prepared in this manner, can provide unique individual identifications, as each individual will have a unique set of such DNA sequences due to allelic differences.
  • the sequences of the invention can be used to obtain such identification sequences from individuals and from tissue.
  • the NOV sequences of the invention uniquely represent portions of the human genome. Allelic variation occurs to some degree in the coding regions of these sequences, and to a greater degree in the noncoding regions. It is estimated that allelic variation between individual humans occurs with a frequency of about once per each 500 bases. Much of the allelic variation is due to single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs), which include restriction fragment length polymorphisms (RFLPs).
  • SNPs single nucleotide polymorphisms
  • RFLPs restriction fragment length polymorphisms
  • each of the sequences described herein can, to some degree, be used as a standard against which DNA from an individual can be compared for identification purposes. Because greater numbers of polymorphisms occur in the noncoding regions, fewer sequences are necessary to differentiate individuals.
  • the noncoding sequences can comfortably provide positive individual identification with a panel of perhaps 10 to 1,000 primers that each yield a noncoding amplified sequence of 100 bases. If predicted coding sequences, such as those in SEQ ID NO:1, 4, or 6, are used, a more appropriate number of primers for positive individual identification would be 500-2,000.
  • the invention also pertains to the field of predictive medicine in which diagnostic assays, prognostic assays, pharmacogenomics, and monitoring clinical trials are used for prognostic (predictive) purposes to thereby treat an individual prophylactically.
  • diagnostic assays for determining NOV protein and/or nucleic acid expression as well as NOV activity, in the context of a biological sample (e.g., blood, serum, cells, tissue) to thereby determine whether an individual is afflicted with a disease or disorder, or is at risk of developing a disorder, associated with aberrant NOV expression or activity.
  • a biological sample e.g., blood, serum, cells, tissue
  • the invention also provides for prognostic (or predictive) assays for determining whether an individual is at risk of developing a disorder associated with NOV protein, nucleic acid expression or activity. For example, mutations in a NOV gene can be assayed in a biological sample. Such assays can be used for prognostic or predictive purpose to thereby prophylactically treat an individual prior to the onset of a disorder characterized by or associated with NOV protein, nucleic acid expression, or biological activity.
  • Another aspect of the invention provides methods for determining NOV protein, nucleic acid expression or activity in an individual to thereby select appropriate therapeutic or prophylactic agents for that individual (referred to herein as “pharmacogenomics”).
  • Pharmacogenomics allows for the selection of agents (e.g., drugs) for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of an individual based on the genotype of the individual (e.g., the genotype of the individual examined to determine the ability of the individual to respond to a particular agent.)
  • Yet another aspect of the invention pertains to monitoring the influence of agents (e.g., drugs, compounds) on the expression or activity of NOV in clinical trials.
  • An exemplary method for detecting the presence or absence of NOV in a biological sample involves obtaining a biological sample from a test subject and contacting the biological sample with a compound or an agent capable of detecting NOV protein or nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA, genomic DNA) that encodes NOV protein such that the presence of NOV is detected in the biological sample.
  • a compound or an agent capable of detecting NOV protein or nucleic acid e.g., mRNA, genomic DNA
  • An agent for detecting NOV mRNA or genomic DNA is a labeled nucleic acid probe capable of hybridizing to NOV mRNA or genomic DNA.
  • the nucleic acid probe can be, for example, a full-length NOV nucleic acid, such as the nucleic acid of SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, 6, or a portion thereof, such as an oligonucleotide of at least 15, 30, 50, 100, 250 or 500 nucleotides in length and sufficient to specifically hybridize under stringent conditions to NOV mRNA or genomic DNA.
  • a full-length NOV nucleic acid such as the nucleic acid of SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, 6, or a portion thereof, such as an oligonucleotide of at least 15, 30, 50, 100, 250 or 500 nucleotides in length and sufficient to specifically hybridize under stringent conditions to NOV mRNA or genomic DNA.
  • Other suitable probes for use in the diagnostic assays of the invention are described herein.
  • An agent for detecting NOV protein is an antibody capable of binding to NOV protein, preferably an antibody with a detectable label.
  • Antibodies can be polyclonal, or more preferably, monoclonal. An intact antibody, or a fragment thereof (e.g., Fab or F(ab′) 2 ) can be used.
  • the term “labeled”, with regard to the probe or antibody, is intended to encompass direct labeling of the probe or antibody by coupling (i.e., physically linking) a detectable substance to the probe or antibody, as well as indirect labeling of the probe or antibody by reactivity with another reagent that is directly labeled.
  • Examples of indirect labeling include detection of a primary antibody using a fluorescently-labeled secondary antibody and end-labeling of a DNA probe with biotin such that it can be detected with fluorescently-labeled streptavidin.
  • biological sample is intended to include tissues, cells and biological fluids isolated from a subject, as well as tissues, cells and fluids present within a subject. That is, the detection method of the invention can be used to detect NOV mRNA, protein, or genomic DNA in a biological sample in vitro as well as in vivo.
  • in vitro techniques for detection of NOV mRNA include Northern hybridizations and in situ hybridizations.
  • In vitro techniques for detection of NOV protein include enzyme linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), Western blots, immunoprecipitations, and immunofluorescence.
  • In vitro techniques for detection of NOV genomic DNA include Southern hybridizations.
  • in vivo techniques for detection of NOV protein include introducing into a subject a labeled anti-NOV antibody.
  • the antibody can be labeled with a radioactive marker whose presence and location in a subject can be detected by standard imaging techniques.
  • the biological sample contains protein molecules from the test subject.
  • the biological sample can contain mRNA molecules from the test subject or genomic DNA molecules from the test subject.
  • a preferred biological sample is a peripheral blood leukocyte sample isolated by conventional means from a subject.
  • the methods further involve obtaining a control biological sample from a control subject, contacting the control sample with a compound or agent capable of detecting NOV protein, mRNA, or genomic DNA, such that the presence of NOV protein, mRNA or genomic DNA is detected in the biological sample, and comparing the presence of NOV protein, mRNA or genomic DNA in the control sample with the presence of NOV protein, mRNA or genomic DNA in the test sample.
  • kits for detecting the presence of NOV in a biological sample can comprise: a labeled compound or agent capable of detecting NOV protein or mRNA in a biological sample; means for determining the amount of NOV in the sample; and means for comparing the amount of NOV in the sample with a standard.
  • the compound or agent can be packaged in a suitable container.
  • the kit can further comprise instructions for using the kit to detect NOV protein or nucleic acid.
  • the diagnostic methods described herein can furthermore be utilized to identify subjects having or at risk of developing a disease or disorder associated with aberrant NOV expression or activity.
  • the assays described herein such as the preceding diagnostic assays or the following assays, can be utilized to identify a subject having or at risk of developing a disorder associated with NOV protein, nucleic acid expression or activity.
  • prognostic assays can be utilized to identify a subject having or at risk for developing a disease or disorder.
  • the invention provides a method for identifying a disease or disorder associated with aberrant NOV expression or activity in which a test sample is obtained from a subject and NOV protein or nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA, genomic DNA) is detected, wherein the presence of NOV protein or nucleic acid is diagnostic for a subject having or at risk of developing a disease or disorder associated with aberrant NOV expression or activity.
  • a test sample refers to a biological sample obtained from a subject of interest.
  • a test sample can be a biological fluid (e.g., serum), cell sample, or tissue.
  • the prognostic assays described herein can be used to determine whether a subject can be administered an agent (e.g., an agonist, antagonist, peptidomimetic, protein, peptide, nucleic acid, small molecule, or other drug candidate) to treat a disease or disorder associated with aberrant NOV expression or activity.
  • an agent e.g., an agonist, antagonist, peptidomimetic, protein, peptide, nucleic acid, small molecule, or other drug candidate
  • agents e.g., an agonist, antagonist, peptidomimetic, protein, peptide, nucleic acid, small molecule, or other drug candidate
  • the invention provides methods for determining whether a subject can be effectively treated with an agent for a disorder associated with aberrant NOV expression or activity in which a test sample is obtained and NOV protein or nucleic acid is detected (e.g., wherein the presence of NOV protein or nucleic acid is diagnostic for a subject that can be administered the agent to treat a disorder associated with aberrant NOV expression or activity).
  • the methods of the invention can also be used to detect genetic lesions in a NOV gene, thereby determining if a subject with the lesioned gene is at risk for a disorder characterized by aberrant cell proliferation and/or differentiation.
  • the methods include detecting, in a sample of cells from the subject, the presence or absence of a genetic lesion characterized by at least one of an alteration affecting the integrity of a gene encoding a NOV-protein, or the misexpression of the NOV gene.
  • such genetic lesions can be detected by ascertaining the existence of at least one of: (i) a deletion of one or more nucleotides from a NOV gene; (ii) an addition of one or more nucleotides to a NOV gene; (iii) a substitution of one or more nucleotides of a NOV gene, (iv) a chromosomal rearrangement of a NOV gene; (v) an alteration in the level of a messenger RNA transcript of a NOV gene, (vi) aberrant modification of a NOV gene, such as of the methylation pattern of the genomic DNA, (vii) the presence of a non-wild-type splicing pattern of a messenger RNA transcript of a NOV gene, (viii) a non-wild-type level of a NOV protein, (ix) allelic loss of a NOV gene, and (x) inappropriate post-translational modification of a NOV protein.
  • a preferred biological sample is a peripheral blood leukocyte sample isolated by conventional means from a subject.
  • any biological sample containing nucleated cells can be used, including, for example, buccal mucosal cells.
  • detection of the lesion involves the use of a probe/primer in a polymerase chain reaction (PCR) (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,683,195 and 4,683,202), such as anchor PCR or RACE PCR, or, alternatively, in a ligation chain reaction (LCR) (see, e.g., Landegran, et al., 1988. Science 241: 1077-1080; and Nakazawa, et al., 1994. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91: 360-364), the latter of which can be particularly useful for detecting point mutations in the NOV-gene (see, Abravaya, et al., 1995.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • LCR ligation chain reaction
  • This method can include the steps of collecting a sample of cells from a patient, isolating nucleic acid (e.g., genomic, mRNA or both) from the cells of the sample, contacting the nucleic acid sample with one or more primers that specifically hybridize to a NOV gene under conditions such that hybridization and amplification of the NOV gene (if present) occurs, and detecting the presence or absence of an amplification product, or detecting the size of the amplification product and comparing the length to a control sample. It is anticipated that PCR and/or LCR can be desirable to use as a preliminary amplification step in conjunction with any of the techniques used for detecting mutations described herein.
  • nucleic acid e.g., genomic, mRNA or both
  • Alternative amplification methods include: self sustained sequence replication (see, Guatelli, et al., 1990. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87: 1874-1878), transcriptional amplification system (see, Kwoh, et al., 1989. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86: 1173-1177); Q ⁇ Replicase (see, Lizardi, et al, 1988. BioTechnology 6: 1197), or any other nucleic acid amplification method, followed by the detection of the amplified molecules using techniques well known to those of skill in the art. These detection schemes are especially useful for the detection of nucleic acid molecules if such molecules are present in very low numbers.
  • mutations in a NOV gene from a sample cell can be identified by alterations in restriction enzyme cleavage patterns.
  • sample and control DNA is isolated, amplified (optionally), digested with one or more restriction endonucleases, and fragment length sizes are determined by gel electrophoresis and compared. Differences in fragment length sizes between sample and control DNA indicates mutations in the sample DNA.
  • sequence specific ribozymes see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,493,531 can be used to score for the presence of specific mutations by development or loss of a ribozyme cleavage site.
  • genetic mutations in NOV can be identified by hybridizing a sample and control nucleic acids, e.g., DNA or RNA, to high-density arrays containing hundreds or thousands of oligonucleotides probes. See, e.g., Cronin, et al., 1996. Human Mutation 7: 244-255; Kozal, et al., 1996. Nat. Med. 2: 753-759.
  • genetic mutations in NOV can be identified in two dimensional arrays containing light-generated DNA probes as described in Cronin, et al., supra.
  • a first hybridization array of probes can be used to scan through long stretches of DNA in a sample and control to identify base changes between the sequences by making linear arrays of sequential overlapping probes. This step allows the identification of point mutations. This is followed by a second hybridization array that allows the characterization of specific mutations by using smaller, specialized probe arrays complementary to all variants or mutations detected.
  • Each mutation array is composed of parallel probe sets, one complementary to the wild-type gene and the other complementary to the mutant gene.
  • any of a variety of sequencing reactions known in the art can be used to directly sequence the NOV gene and detect mutations by comparing the sequence of the sample NOV with the corresponding wild-type (control) sequence.
  • Examples of sequencing reactions include those based on techniques developed by Maxim and Gilbert, 1977. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 74: 560 or Sanger, 1977. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 74: 5463. It is also contemplated that any of a variety of automated sequencing procedures can be utilized when performing the diagnostic assays (see, e.g., Naeve, et al., 1995.
  • Biotechniques 19: 448 including sequencing by mass spectrometry (see, e.g., PCT International Publication No. WO 94/16101; Cohen, et al., 1996. Adv. Chromatography 36: 127-162; and Griffin, et al., 1993. Appl. Biochem. Biotechnol. 38: 147-159).
  • RNA/RNA or RNA/DNA heteroduplexes Other methods for detecting mutations in the NOV gene include methods in which protection from cleavage agents is used to detect mismatched bases in RNA/RNA or RNA/DNA heteroduplexes. See, e.g., Myers, et al., 1985. Science 230: 1242.
  • the art technique of “mismatch cleavage” starts by providing heteroduplexes of formed by hybridizing (labeled) RNA or DNA containing the wild-type NOV sequence with potentially mutant RNA or DNA obtained from a tissue sample.
  • the double-stranded duplexes are treated with an agent that cleaves single-stranded regions of the duplex such as which will exist due to basepair mismatches between the control and sample strands.
  • RNA/DNA duplexes can be treated with RNase and DNA/DNA hybrids treated with S 1 nuclease to enzymatically digesting the mismatched regions.
  • either DNA/DNA or RNA/DNA duplexes can be treated with hydroxylamine or osmium tetroxide and with piperidine in order to digest mismatched regions. After digestion of the mismatched regions, the resulting material is then separated by size on denaturing polyacrylamide gels to determine the site of mutation. See, e.g., Cotton, et al., 1988. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85: 4397; Saleeba, et al., 1992. Methods Enzymol. 217: 286-295.
  • the control DNA or RNA can be labeled for detection.
  • the mismatch cleavage reaction employs one or more proteins that recognize mismatched base pairs in double-stranded DNA (so called “DNA mismatch repair” enzymes) in defined systems for detecting and mapping point mutations in NOV cDNAs obtained from samples of cells.
  • DNA mismatch repair enzymes
  • the mutY enzyme of E. coli cleaves A at G/A mismatches and the thymidine DNA glycosylase from HeLa cells cleaves T at G/T mismatches. See, e.g., Hsu, et al., 1994. Carcinogenesis 15: 1657-1662.
  • a probe based on a NOV sequence e.g., a wild-type NOV sequence
  • a cDNA or other DNA product from a test cell(s).
  • the duplex is treated with a DNA mismatch repair enzyme, and the cleavage products, if any, can be detected from electrophoresis protocols or the like. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,459,039.
  • alterations in electrophoretic mobility will be used to identify mutations in NOV genes.
  • SSCP single strand conformation polymorphism
  • Single-stranded DNA fragments of sample and control NOV nucleic acids will be denatured and allowed to renature.
  • the secondary structure of single-stranded nucleic acids varies according to sequence, the resulting alteration in electrophoretic mobility enables the detection of even a single base change.
  • the DNA fragments can be labeled or detected with labeled probes.
  • the sensitivity of the assay can be enhanced by using RNA (rather than DNA), in which the secondary structure is more sensitive to a change in sequence.
  • the subject method utilizes heteroduplex analysis to separate double stranded heteroduplex molecules on the basis of changes in electrophoretic mobility. See, e.g., Keen, et al., 1991. Trends Genet. 7: 5.
  • the movement of mutant or wild-type fragments in polyacrylamide gels containing a gradient of denaturant is assayed using denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis (DGGE).
  • DGGE denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis
  • DNA will be modified to insure that it does not completely denature, for example by adding a GC clamp of approximately 40 bp of high-melting GC-rich DNA by PCR.
  • a temperature gradient is used in place of a denaturing gradient to identify differences in the mobility of control and sample DNA. See, e.g., Rosenbaum and Reissner, 1987. Biophys. Chem. 265: 12753.
  • oligonucleotide primers can be prepared in which the known mutation is placed centrally and then hybridized to target DNA under conditions that permit hybridization only if a perfect match is found. See, e.g., Saiki, et al., 1986. Nature 324: 163; Saiki, et al., 1989. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86: 6230.
  • Such allele specific oligonucleotides are hybridized to PCR amplified target DNA or a number of different mutations when the oligonucleotides are attached to the hybridizing membrane and hybridized with labeled target DNA.
  • Oligonucleotides used as primers for specific amplification may carry the mutation of interest in the center of the molecule (so that amplification depends on differential hybridization; see, e.g., Gibbs, et al., 1989. Nucl. Acids Res. 17: 2437-2448) or at the extreme 3′-terminus of one primer where, under appropriate conditions, mismatch can prevent, or reduce polymerase extension (see, e.g., Prossner, 1993. Tibtech. 11: 238).
  • amplification may also be performed using Taq ligase for amplification. See, e.g., Barany, 1991. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88: 189. In such cases, ligation will occur only if there is a perfect match at the 3′-terminus of the 5′ sequence, making it possible to detect the presence of a known mutation at a specific site by looking for the presence or absence of amplification.
  • the methods described herein can be performed, for example, by utilizing pre-packaged diagnostic kits comprising at least one probe nucleic acid or antibody reagent described herein, which can be conveniently used, e.g., in clinical settings to diagnose patients exhibiting symptoms or family history of a disease or illness involving a NOV gene.
  • any cell type or tissue preferably peripheral blood leukocytes, in which NOV is expressed can be utilized in the prognostic assays described herein.
  • any biological sample containing nucleated cells can be used, including, for example, buccal mucosal cells.
  • Agents, or modulators that have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on NOV activity can be administered to individuals to treat (prophylactically or therapeutically) disorders (e.g., cancer or immune disorders associated with aberrant NOV activity.
  • disorders e.g., cancer or immune disorders associated with aberrant NOV activity.
  • the pharmacogenomics i.e., the study of the relationship between an individual's genotype and that individual's response to a foreign compound or drug
  • Differences in metabolism of therapeutics can lead to severe toxicity or therapeutic failure by altering the relation between dose and blood concentration of the pharmacologically active drug.
  • the pharmacogenomics of the individual permits the selection of effective agents (e.g., drugs) for prophylactic or therapeutic treatments based on a consideration of the individual's genotype.
  • agents e.g., drugs
  • Such pharmacogenomics can further be used to determine appropriate dosages and therapeutic regimens.
  • the activity of NOV protein, expression of NOV nucleic acid, or mutation content of NOV genes in an individual can be determined to thereby select appropriate agent(s) for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of the individual.
  • Pharmacogenomics deals with clinically significant hereditary variations in the response to drugs due to altered drug disposition and abnormal action in affected persons. See e.g., Eichelbaum, 1996. Clin. Exp. Pharmacol. Physiol., 23: 983-985; Linder, 1997. Clin. Chem., 43: 254-266.
  • two types of pharmacogenetic conditions can be differentiated. Genetic conditions transmitted as a single factor altering the way drugs act on the body (altered drug action) or genetic conditions transmitted as single factors altering the way the body acts on drugs (altered drug metabolism). These pharmacogenetic conditions can occur either as rare defects or as polymorphisms.
  • G6PD glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase
  • the activity of drug metabolizing enzymes is a major determinant of both the intensity and duration of drug action.
  • drug metabolizing enzymes e.g., N-acetyltransferase 2 (NAT 2) and cytochrome P450 enzymes CYP2D6 and CYP2C19
  • NAT 2 N-acetyltransferase 2
  • CYP2D6 and CYP2C19 cytochrome P450 enzymes
  • CYP2D6 and CYP2C19 cytochrome P450 enzymes
  • These polymorphisms are expressed in two phenotypes in the population, the extensive metabolizer (EM) and poor metabolizer (PM). The prevalence of PM is different among different populations.
  • the gene coding for CYP2D6 is highly polymorphic and several mutations have been identified in PM, which all lead to the absence of functional CYP2D6. Poor metabolizers of CYP2D6 and CYP2Cl9 quite frequently experience exaggerated drug response and side effects when they receive standard doses. If a metabolite is the active therapeutic moiety, PM show no therapeutic response, as demonstrated for the analgesic effect of codeine mediated by its CYP2D6-formed metabolite morphine. At the other extreme are the so called ultra-rapid metabolizers who do not respond to standard doses. Recently, the molecular basis of ultra-rapid metabolism has been identified to be due to CYP2D6 gene amplification.
  • the activity of NOV protein, expression of NOV nucleic acid, or mutation content of NOV genes in an individual can be determined to thereby select appropriate agent(s) for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of the individual.
  • pharmacogenetic studies can be used to apply genotyping of polymorphic alleles encoding drug-metabolizing enzymes to the identification of an individual's drug responsiveness phenotype. This knowledge, when applied to dosing or drug selection, can avoid adverse reactions or therapeutic failure and thus enhance therapeutic or prophylactic efficiency when treating a subject with a NOV modulator, such as a modulator identified by one of the exemplary screening assays described herein.
  • Monitoring the influence of agents (e.g., drugs, compounds) on the expression or activity of NOV can be applied not only in basic drug screening, but also in clinical trials.
  • agents e.g., drugs, compounds
  • the effectiveness of an agent determined by a screening assay as described herein to increase NOV gene expression, protein levels, or upregulate NOV activity can be monitored in clinical trails of subjects exhibiting decreased NOV gene expression, protein levels, or downregulated NOV activity.
  • the effectiveness of an agent determined by a screening assay to decrease NOV gene expression, protein levels, or downregulate NOV activity can be monitored in clinical trails of subjects exhibiting increased NOV gene expression, protein levels, or upregulated NOV activity.
  • the expression or activity of NOV and, preferably, other genes that have been implicated in, for example, a cellular proliferation or immune disorder can be used as a “read out” or markers of the immune responsiveness of a particular cell.
  • genes, including NOV, that are modulated in cells by treatment with an agent (e.g., compound, drug or small molecule) that modulates NOV activity can be identified.
  • an agent e.g., compound, drug or small molecule
  • NOV activity e.g., identified in a screening assay as described herein
  • cells can be isolated and RNA prepared and analyzed for the levels of expression of NOV and other genes implicated in the disorder.
  • the levels of gene expression can be quantified by Northern blot analysis or RT-PCR, as described herein, or alternatively by measuring the amount of protein produced, by one of the methods as described herein, or by measuring the levels of activity of NOV or other genes.
  • the gene expression pattern can serve as a marker, indicative of the physiological response of the cells to the agent. Accordingly, this response state can be determined before, and at various points during, treatment of the individual with the agent.
  • the invention provides a method for monitoring the effectiveness of treatment of a subject with an agent (e.g., an agonist, antagonist, protein, peptide, peptidomimetic, nucleic acid, small molecule, or other drug candidate identified by the screening assays described herein) comprising the steps of (i) obtaining a pre-administration sample from a subject prior to administration of the agent; (ii) detecting the level of expression of a NOV protein, mRNA, or genomic DNA in the preadministration sample; (iii) obtaining one or more post-administration samples from the subject; (iv) detecting the level of expression or activity of the NOV protein, mRNA, or genomic DNA in the post-administration samples; (v) comparing the level of expression or activity of the NOV protein, mRNA, or genomic DNA in the pre-administration sample with the NOV protein, mRNA, or genomic DNA in the post administration sample or samples; and (vi) altering the administration of the agent to the subject accordingly.
  • an agent e.g., an
  • increased administration of the agent can be desirable to increase the expression or activity of NOV to higher levels than detected, i.e., to increase the effectiveness of the agent.
  • decreased administration of the agent can be desirable to decrease expression or activity of NOV to lower levels than detected, i.e., to decrease the effectiveness of the agent.
  • the invention provides for both prophylactic and therapeutic methods of treating a subject at risk of (or susceptible to) a disorder or having a disorder associated with aberrant NOV expression or activity.
  • diseases or disorders include for NOV 1 for example, those involving development, differentiation, and activation of thymic immune cells; in pathologies related to spermatogenesis and male infertility; diagnosis of several human neoplasias; in diseases or pathologies of cells in blood circulation such as red blood cells and platelets; and small cell lung cancer NCI-H23; for NOV2, for example, neurological, cardiac and vascular pathologies; for NOV3, for example, rheumatoid arthritis; congenital muscular dystrophies; various muscle disorders; fixed deformities (arthrogryposis); prostate cancer; and abnormal white matter.
  • NOV 1 for example, those involving development, differentiation, and activation of thymic immune cells
  • pathologies related to spermatogenesis and male infertility diagnosis of several human neoplasia
  • Therapeutics that antagonize activity can be administered in a therapeutic or prophylactic manner.
  • Therapeutics that can be utilized include, but are not limited to: (i) an aforementioned peptide, or analogs, derivatives, fragments or homologs thereof; (ii) antibodies to an aforementioned peptide; (iii) nucleic acids encoding an aforementioned peptide; (iv) administration of antisense nucleic acid and nucleic acids that are “dysfunctional” (i.e., due to a heterologous insertion within the coding sequences of coding sequences to an aforementioned peptide) that are utilized to “knockout” endoggenous function of an aforementioned peptide by homologous recombination (see, e.g., Capecchi, 1989.
  • modulators i.e., inhibitors, agonists and antagonists, including additional peptide mimetic of the invention or antibodies specific to a peptide of the invention
  • modulators i.e., inhibitors, agonists and antagonists, including additional peptide mimetic of the invention or antibodies specific to a peptide of the invention
  • Therapeutics that increase (i.e., are agonists to) activity can be administered in a therapeutic or prophylactic manner.
  • Therapeutics that can be utilized include, but are not limited to, an aforementioned peptide, or analogs, derivatives, fragments or homologs thereof; or an agonist that increases bioavailability.
  • Increased or decreased levels can be readily detected by quantifying peptide and/or RNA, by obtaining a patient tissue sample (e.g., from biopsy tissue) and assaying it in vitro for RNA or peptide levels, structure and/or activity of the expressed peptides (or mRNAs of an aforementioned peptide).
  • tissue sample e.g., from biopsy tissue
  • assaying it in vitro for RNA or peptide levels, structure and/or activity of the expressed peptides (or mRNAs of an aforementioned peptide).
  • Methods that are well-known within the art include, but are not limited to, immunoassays (e.g., by Western blot analysis, immunoprecipitation followed by sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, immunocytochemistry, etc.) and/or hybridization assays to detect expression of mRNAs (e.g., Northern assays, dot blots, in situ hybridization, and the like).
  • immunoassays e.g., by Western blot analysis, immunoprecipitation followed by sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, immunocytochemistry, etc.
  • hybridization assays to detect expression of mRNAs (e.g., Northern assays, dot blots, in situ hybridization, and the like).
  • the invention provides a method for preventing, in a subject, a disease or condition associated with an aberrant NOV expression or activity, by administering to the subject an agent that modulates NOV expression or at least one NOV activity.
  • NOV include for NOV 1, for example, those involving development, differentiation, and activation of thymic immune cells; in pathologies related to spermatogenesis and male infertility; diagnosis of several human neoplasias; in diseases or pathologies of cells in blood circulation such as red blood cells and platelets; and small cell lung cancer NCI-H23; for NOV2, for example, neurological, cardiac and vascular pathologies; for NOV3, for example, rheumatoid arthritis; congenital muscular dystrophies; various muscle disorders; fixed deformities (arthrogryposis); prostate cancer; and abnormal white matter.
  • Subjects at risk for a disease that is caused or contributed to by aberrant NOV expression or activity can be identified by, for example, any or a combination of diagnostic or prognostic assays as described herein.
  • Administration of a prophylactic agent can occur prior to the manifestation of symptoms characteristic of the NOV aberrancy, such that a disease or disorder is prevented or, alternatively, delayed in its progression.
  • a NOV agonist or NOV antagonist agent can be used for treating the subject.
  • the appropriate agent can be determined based on screening assays described herein.
  • the modulatory method of the invention involves contacting a cell with an agent that modulates one or more of the activities of NOV protein activity associated with the cell.
  • An agent that modulates NOV protein activity can be an agent as described herein, such as a nucleic acid or a protein, a naturally-occurring cognate ligand of a NOV protein, a peptide, a NOV peptidomimetic, or other small molecule.
  • the agent stimulates one or more NOV protein activity. Examples of such stimulatory agents include active NOV protein and a nucleic acid molecule encoding NOV that has been introduced into the cell.
  • the agent inhibits one or more NOV protein activity.
  • inhibitory agents include antisense NOV nucleic acid molecules and anti-NOV antibodies. These modulatory methods can be performed in vitro (e.g., by culturing the cell with the agent) or, alternatively, in vivo (e.g., by administering the agent to a subject).
  • the invention provides methods of treating an individual afflicted with a disease or disorder characterized by aberrant expression or activity of a NOV protein or nucleic acid molecule.
  • the method involves administering an agent (e.g., an agent identified by a screening assay described herein), or combination of agents that modulates (e.g., up-regulates or down-regulates) NOV expression or activity.
  • an agent e.g., an agent identified by a screening assay described herein
  • the method involves administering a NOV protein or nucleic acid molecule as therapy to compensate for reduced or aberrant NOV expression or activity.
  • Stimulation of NOV activity is desirable in situations in which NOV is abnormally downregulated and/or in which increased NOV activity is likely to have a beneficial effect.
  • a subject has a disorder characterized by aberrant cell proliferation and/or differentiation (e.g., cancer or immune associated disorders).
  • a gestational disease e.g., preclampsia
  • suitable in vitro or in vivo assays are performed to determine the effect of a specific Therapeutic and whether its administration is indicated for treatment of the affected tissue.
  • in vitro assays can be performed with representative cells of the type(s) involved in the patient's disorder, to determine if a given Therapeutic exerts the desired effect upon the cell type(s).
  • Compounds for use in therapy can be tested in suitable animal model systems including, but not limited to rats, mice, chicken, cows, monkeys, rabbits, and the like, prior to testing in human subjects.
  • suitable animal model systems including, but not limited to rats, mice, chicken, cows, monkeys, rabbits, and the like, prior to testing in human subjects.
  • any of the animal model system known in the art can be used prior to administration to human subjects.
  • NOV nucleic acids and proteins of the invention are useful in potential prophylactic and therapeutic applications implicated in a variety of disorders including, but not limited to: for NOV1 those involving development, differentiation, and activation of thymic immune cells; in pathologies related to spermatogenesis and male infertility; diagnosis of several human neoplasias; in diseases or pathologies of cells in blood circulation such as red blood cells and platelets; in blood circulation such as red blood cells and platelets; for NOV2 neurological, cardiac and vascular pathologies; for NOV3 rheumatoid arthritis; congenital muscular dystrophies; various muscle disorders; fixed deformities (arthrogryposis); and abnormal white matter.
  • a cDNA encoding the NOV protein of the invention can be useful in gene therapy, and the protein can be useful when administered to a subject in need thereof.
  • the compositions of the invention will have efficacy for treatment of patients suffering from the above mentioned disorders.
  • Both the novel nucleic acid encoding the NOV protein, and the NOV protein of the invention, or fragments thereof, may also be useful in diagnostic applications, wherein the presence or amount of the nucleic acid or the protein are to be assessed.
  • a further use could be as an anti-bacterial molecule (i.e., some peptides have been found to possess anti-bacterial properties).
  • These materials are further useful in the generation of antibodies which immunospecifically-bind to the novel substances of the invention for use in therapeutic or diagnostic methods.
  • thymic immune cells Those involving development, differentiation, and activation of thymic immune cells; in pathologies related to spermatogenesis and male infertility; diagnosis of several human neoplasias; in diseases or pathologies of cells in blood circulation such as red blood cells and platelets; neurological, cardiac and vascular pathologies; rheumatoid arthritis; congenital muscular dystrophies; various muscle disorders; fixed deformities (arthrogryposis); and abnormal white matter
  • RNA samples were normalized to ⁇ -actin and GAPDH.
  • RNA ⁇ 50 ng total or ⁇ 1 ng polyA+
  • TAQMAN® Reverse Transcription Reagents Kit PE Biosystems, Foster City, Calif.; Catalog No. N808-0234
  • random hexamers according to the manufacturer's protocol. Reactions were performed in 20 ul and incubated for 30 min. at 48° C.
  • cDNA (5 ul) was then transferred to a separate plate for the TAQMAN® reaction using ⁇ -actin and GAPDH TAQMAN® Assay Reagents (PE Biosystems; Catalog Nos.
  • the relative expression percent is in reference to the ⁇ -actin and GAPDH levels. Higher relative expression in a normal versus a cancerous tissues indicates an increased expression of gene in cancerous tissues and that the gene is a marker for a type of cancer.
  • the average CT values obtained for ⁇ -actin and GAPDH were used to normalize RNA samples. The RNA sample generating the highest CT value required no further diluting, while all other samples were diluted relative to this sample according to their ⁇ -actin /GAPDH average CT values.
  • RNA Normalized RNA (5 ul) was converted to cDNA and analyzed via TAQMAN® using One Step RT-PCR Master Mix Reagents (PE Biosystems; Catalog No. 4309169) and gene-specific primers according to the manufacturer's instructions. Probes and primers were designed for each assay according to Perkin Elmer Biosystem's Primer Express Software package (version I for Apple Computer's Macintosh Power PC) or a similar algorithm using the target sequence as input.
  • primer concentration 250 mM
  • primer melting temperature (T m ) range 58°-60° C.
  • primer optimal Tm 59° C.
  • maximum primer difference 2° C.
  • probe does not have 5′ G probe T m must be 10° C. greater than primer T m , amplicon size 75 bp to 100 bp.
  • the probes and primers selected were synthesized by Synthegen (Houston, Tex., USA). Probes were double purified by HPLC to remove uncoupled dye and evaluated by mass spectroscopy to verify coupling of reporter and quencher dyes to the 5′ and 3′ ends of the probe, respectively. Their final concentrations were: forward and reverse primers, 900 mM each, and probe, 200 nM.
  • PCR conditions Normalized RNA from each tissue and each cell line was spotted in each well of a 96 well PCR plate (Perkin Elmer Biosystems). PCR cocktails including two probes (SEQX-specific and another gene-specific probe multiplexed with the SEQX probe) were set up using 1 ⁇ TaqManTM PCR Master Mix for the PE Biosystems 7700, with 5 mM MgCl2, dNTPs (dA, G, C, U at 1:1:1:2 ratios), 0.25 U/ml AmpliTaq GoldTM (PE Biosystems), and 0.4 U/ ⁇ l RNase inhibitor, and 0.25 U/ ⁇ l reverse transcriptase. Reverse transcription was performed at 48° C. for 30 minutes followed by amplification/PCR cycles as follows: 95° C. 10 min, then 40 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds, 60° C. for 1 minute.
  • MCF-7 2.1 CNS ca. (glio) U251 0.0 Breast ca.* (pl. ef) MDA-MB-231 0.0 CNS ca. (glio) SF-295 0.3 Breast ca.* (pl. effusion) T47D 21.0 Heart 0.0 Breast ca. BT-549 0.0 Skeletal Muscle (new lot*) 0.0 Breast ca. MDA-N 16.5 Bone marrow 0.0 Ovary 0.0 Thymus 0.0 Ovarian ca. OVCAR-3 1.0 Spleen 0.0 Ovarian ca. OVCAR-4 0.2 Lymph node 0.0 Ovarian ca. OVCAR-5 1.8 Colorectal 0.0 Ovarian ca. OVCAR-8 7.5 Stomach 0.0 Ovarian ca.
  • HCC-2998 55.1 Melanoma* (met) Hs688(B).T 0.0 Gastric ca.* (liver met) NCI-N87 0.0 Melanoma UACC-62 0.0 Bladder 0.0 Melanoma M14 0.0 Trachea 0.0 Melanoma LOX IMVI 0.0 Kidney 4.4 Melanoma* (met) SK-MEL-5 0.0 Kidney (fetal) 6.1
  • NOV1 can be used as a cancer-specific marker in such tissues.
  • Kidney Ca Nuclear grade 1 ⁇ 2 0.0 0.0 Ovarian Cancer GENPAK 064008 0.0 0.0 (OD04339) 83789 Kidney NAT (OD04339) 0.9 0.6 87492 Ovary Cancer (OD04768-07) 25.9 11.7 83790 Kidney Ca, Clear cell type 0.0 0.0 87493 Ovary NAT (OD04768-08) 0.0 0.0 (OD04340) 83791 Kidney NAT (OD04340) 0.0 0.0 Normal Stomach GENPAK 061017 0.0 0.0 83792 Kidney Ca, Nuclear grade 3 0.0 0.0 NAT Stomach Clontech 9060359 0.0 0.0 (OD04348) 83793 Kidney NAT (OD04348) 0.0 0.0 Gastric Cancer Clontech 9060395 20.7 27.9 87474 Kidney Cancer (OD04622-01) 0.0 0.0 NAT Stomach Clontech 9060394 1.7 0.0 87475 Kidney NAT (OD04622-03)
  • Tables 13 and 14 demonstrate that clone NOV2 is highly expressed in certain tumors, especially prostate cancer metastasis, but not in corresponding normal cell lines (Table 13), and that this clone is highly expressed in many surgical tumor samples, especially prostate cancer, but minimally or not detectably in the immediate normal adjacent tissue. These results indicate that clone NOV2 may be used as a marker for certain cancers, especially prostate cancer.
  • Table 15 provides the results obtained for two of the three clones of the present invention, showing the markers straddling the gene of the invention, and the distance in cR separating them. TABLE 15 Distance from Clone Chromosome Marker, cR NOV2 1 AFMA129ZB5, 0.0 NOV3 11 D11S913, 5.5 NOV3 11 WI-1409, 4.7
  • the open reading frame of clone NOV2 codes for a Type I membrane protein with a transmembrane domain, predicted by PSORT, to be between residues 540-566.
  • SIGNALP predicts that a signal peptidase cleavage site occurs between residues 27 and 28. Accordingly the mature form of the predicted extracellular domain of clone NOV2 was targeted for cloning, from residue 28 to 538.
  • Oligonucleotide primers were designed to PCR amplify a DNA segment coding for this mature domain of NOV2.
  • the forward primer includes an in frame BamHI site.
  • the reverse primer contains an in frame XhoI restriction site.
  • sequences of the primers are the following: NOV2 Forward: GGATCCGCGCGCGGCGAAGTGAATTTGCTGG (SEQ ID NO: 14) and NOV2 Reverse: CTCGAGGGTCCTGGTGTCATAGCGGGGCC. (SEQ ID NO: 15)
  • PCR reactions were set up using 5 ng human hypothalamus cDNA as a template, 1 microM of each of the NOV2 Forward and NOV2 Reverse primers, 5 micromoles dNTP (Clontech Laboratories, Palo Alto Calif.) and 1 microliter of 50 ⁇ Advantage-HF 2 polymerase (Clontech Laboratories, Palo Alto Calif.) in 50 microliter volume.
  • the following reaction conditions were used:
  • a single amplified product having a size of approximately 1500 bp was detected by agarose gel electrophoresis.
  • the product was isolated and ligated into the pCR2.1 vector (Invitrogen Corp, Carlsbad Calif.).
  • NOV2 S1 TACCTGGAGTCGGACCGC
  • SEQ ID NO: 16 NOV2 S2: GCGGTCCGACTCCAGGTA
  • SEQ ID NO: 17 NOV2 S3: CAGTGCGTGCGGCACTCAG
  • NOV2 S4 TGAGTGCCGCACGCACTGG
  • NOV2 S5 CTGGACCCAGGTGGCCGC
  • SEQ ID NO: 20 NOV2 S6: GCGGCCACCTGGGTCCAG
  • NOV2 S7 CCCGAGCAGCCGAACGGC
  • SEQ ID NO: 22 NOV2 S8: GCCGTTCGGCTGCTCGGG.
  • the cloned insert was verified to be 100% identical to the nucleotide sequence of clone NOV2 (SEQ ID NO:4) from residues 28 to 538.
  • the construct is called pCR2.1- cgNOV2-S340-1C.
  • the open reading frame of clone NOV3 codes for a Type I membrane protein with a transmembrane domain, predicted by PSORT, between residues 547-580.
  • SIGNALP predicted the signal peptidase cleavage site between residues 51 and 52. For these reasons the mature form of the extracellular domain was targeted for cloning, from residues 52 to 546.
  • Oligonucleotide primers were designed to PCR amplify a DNA segment coding for this mature extracellular domain.
  • the forward primer includes an in frame BamHI site.
  • the reverse primer contains an in frame XhoI restriction site.
  • sequences of the primers are the following: NOV3Forw: GGATCCACCACCTGCCCCTCGGTGTGC (SEQ ID NO: 24) and NOV3Rev: CTCGAGGCCAGCGTTCTGCTCCTGGTT (SEQ ID NO: 25) GAGTGTGG.
  • PCR reactions were set up using 5 ng human fetal brain cDNA template, 1 microM of each of the NOV3Forw and NOV3Rev primers, 5 micromoles dNTP (Clontech Laboratories, Palo Alto Calif.) and 1 microliter of 50 ⁇ Advantage-HF 2 polymerase (Clontech Laboratories, Palo Alto Calif.) in 50 microliter volume.
  • the reaction conditions used were the same as described in Example A.
  • a single amplified product having a size of approximately 1500 bp was detected by agarose gel electrophoresis.
  • the product was isolated and ligated into the pCR2.1 vector (Invitrogen Corp, Carlsbad Calif.).
  • NOV3S1 CGCACCATTGCCAGGGAC
  • NOV3S2 GTCCCTGGCAATGGTGCG
  • NOV3S3 CTGGTGCGCAATTCGCTGGCC
  • NOV3S4 GGCCAGCGAATTGCGCACCAG
  • NOV3S5 CACGCCTCTGCCACCACG
  • SEQ ID NO: 30 NOV3S6; CGTGGTGGCAGAGGCGTG.
  • the oligonucleotide primers pSec-V5-His Forward: CTCGTCCTCGAGGGTAAGCCTATCCCTAAC (SEQ ID NO: 32) and pSec-V5-His Reverse: CTCGTCGGGCCCCTGATCAGCGGGTTTAAAC, (SEQ ID NO: 33) were designed to amplify a fragment from the pcDNA3.1-V5His (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.) expression vector that includes V5 and His6.
  • the PCR product was digested with XhoI and ApaI and ligated into the XhoI/ApaI digested pSecTag2 B vector harboring an Ig kappa leader sequence (Invitrogen, Carlsbad Calif.).
  • the correct structure of the resulting vector, pSecV5His, including an in-frame Ig-kappa leader and V5-His6 was verified by DNA sequence analysis.
  • the vector pSecV5His was digested with PmeI and NheI to provide a fragment retaining the above elements in the correct frame.
  • the PmeI-NheI fragment was ligated into the BamHI/Klenow and NheI treated vector pCEP4 (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.).
  • the resulting vector was named pCEP4/Sec and includes an in-frame Ig kappa leader, a site for insertion of a clone of interest, V5 and His6 under control of the PCMV and/or the PT7 promoter.
  • pCEP4/Sec is an expression vector that allows heterologous protein expression and secretion by fusing any protein to the Ig Kappa chain signal peptide. Detection and purification of the expressed protein are aided by the presence of the V5 epitope tag and 6 ⁇ His tag at the C-terminus (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.).
  • the BamHI-XhoI fragment containing the NOV2 sequence was isolated from pCR2.1-cgNOV2-S340-1C (Example 3) and subcloned into the vector pCEP4/Sec (Example 5) to generate expression vector pCEP4/Sec-NOV2.
  • the pCEP4/Sec-NOV2 vector was transfected into HEK293 cells using the LipofectaminePlus reagent following the manufacturer's instructions (Gibco/BRL/Life Technologies, Rockville, Md.). The cell pellet and supernatant were harvested 72 hours after transfection and examined for NOV2 expression by Western blotting, after SDS-PAGE run under reducing conditions, with an anti-V5 antibody.
  • NOV2 is highly expressed in the supernatant medium as a polypeptide having an apparent molecular weight of approximately 64 kDa protein that is secreted by the transfected 293 cells.
  • the molecular weight standard used was SeeBlue Marker (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.). This result is in reasonable agreement with the predicted molecular weight of 56842.5 Da.
  • the program PROSITE predicts that there are three N-glycosylation sites in this polypeptide. Glycosylation of the polypeptide expressed in the transfected cells may be responsible for the difference between the predicted and observed molecular weights.
  • the BamHI-XhoI fragment containing the NOV3 sequence was isolated from pCR2.1-cgNOV3-S331-3A (Example 4) and subcloned into the vector pCEP4/Sec (Example 5) to generate expression vector pCEP4/Sec-NOV3.
  • the pCEP4/Sec-NOV3 vector was transfected into HEK293 cells using the LipofectaminePlus reagent following the manufacturer's instructions (Gibco/BRL/Life Technologies). The cell pellet and supernatant were harvested 72 hours after transfection and examined for NOV3 expression by Western blotting, after SDS-PAGE run under reducing conditions, with an anti-V5 antibody.
  • NOV3 is highly expressed in the supernatant as a polypeptide with an apparent molecular weight of approximately 70 kDa, secreted by the transfected 293 cells.
  • the molecular weight standard used was SeeBlue Marker (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.). This result is in reasonable agreement with the predicted molecular weight of 54572.3 Da.
  • the program PROSITE predicts that there are three N-glycosylation sites in this polypeptide. Glycosylation of the polypeptide produced in the transfected cells may be responsible for the difference in the molecular weights.
  • the program PROSITE predicts that there are two N-glycosylation sites in this polypeptide. Glycosylation of the polypeptide expressed in the transfected cells may be responsible for the difference between the predicted and observed molecular weights.

Abstract

Disclosed herein are novel human nucleic acid sequences. Also disclosed are polypeptides encoded by these nucleic acid sequences, and antibodies which immunospecifically-bind to the polypeptide, as well as derivatives, variants, mutants, or fragments of the aforementioned polypeptide, polynucleotide, or antibody. The invention further discloses therapeutic, diagnostic and research methods for diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of disorders involving these novel nucleic acids and proteins.

Description

    RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application claims priority to U.S. non provisional Ser. No. 09/689,486 filed Oct. 12, 2000 and to U.S. Provisionals Ser. No. 60/159,805, filed Oct. 15, 1999; U.S. Ser. No. 60/159,992 filed Oct. 18, 1999, U.S. Ser. No. 60/160,952 filed Oct. 22, 1999. The contents of these applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • The invention generally relates to nucleic acids and polypeptides encoded therefrom. More specifically, the invention relates to nucleic acids encoding membrane bound and secreted polypeptides, as well as vectors, host cells, antibodies, and recombinant methods for producing these nucleic acids and polypeptides.
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The invention is based in part upon the discovery of novel nucleic acid sequences encoding polypeptides. Nucleic acids encoding these polypeptides and derivatives and fragments thereof, will hereinafter be collectively designated as “NOV.”
  • In one aspect, the invention provides an isolated NOV1 nucleic acid molecule encoding a NOV1 polypeptide that has identity to the polypeptide sequence for the small actin-sequestering peptide thymosin-beta-10. In another aspect, the invention provides an isolated NOV2 nucleic acid molecule encoding a NOV2 polypeptide that has identity to ephrin type-A receptor 8. In yet another aspect, the invention provides an isolated NOV3 nucleic acid molecule encoding a NOV3 polypeptide that has homology to a family of proteoglycans.
  • In some embodiments, the NOV nucleic acid molecule can hybridize under stringent conditions to a nucleic acid sequence complementary to a nucleic acid molecule that includes a protein-coding sequence of the nucleic acid sequence. Also included in the invention is an oligonucleotide, e.g., an oligonucleotide which includes at least 6 contiguous nucleotides of a NOV nucleic acid (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6) or a complement of said oligonucleotide.
  • Also included in the invention are substantially purified NOV polypeptides (SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7. The invention also features antibodies that immunoselectively-bind to NOV polypeptides.
  • In another aspect, the invention includes pharmaceutical compositions which include therapeutically- or prophylactically-effective amounts of a therapeutic and a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier. The therapeutic can be, e.g., a NOV nucleic acid, a NOV polypeptide, or an antibody specific for a NOV polypeptide. In a further aspect, the invention includes, in one or more containers, a therapeutically- or prophylactically-effective amount of this pharmaceutical composition.
  • In a further aspect, the invention includes a method of producing a polypeptide by culturing a cell that includes a NOV nucleic acid, under conditions allowing for expression of the NOV polypeptide encoded by the DNA. If desired, the NOV polypeptide can then be recovered.
  • In another aspect, the invention includes a method of detecting the presence of a NOV polypeptide in a sample. In the method, a sample is contacted with a compound that selectively binds to the polypeptide under conditions allowing for formation of a complex between the polypeptide and the compound. The complex is detected, if present, thereby identifying the NOV polypeptide within the sample.
  • Also included in the invention is a method of detecting the presence of a NOV nucleic acid molecule in a sample by contacting the sample with a NOV nucleic acid probe or primer, and detecting whether the nucleic acid probe or primer bound to a NOV nucleic acid molecule in the sample.
  • In a further aspect, the invention provides a method for modulating the activity of a NOV polypeptide by contacting a cell sample that includes the NOV polypeptide with a compound that binds to the NOV polypeptide in an amount sufficient to modulate the activity of said polypeptide. The compound can be, e.g., a small molecule, such as a nucleic acid, peptide, polypeptide, peptidomimetic, carbohydrate, lipid or other organic (carbon containing) or inorganic molecule, as further described herein.
  • Also within the scope of the invention is the use of a therapeutic in the manufacture of a medicament for treating or preventing disorders or syndromes outlined in the preferred embodiment below. The therapeutic can be, e.g., a NOV nucleic acid, a NOV polypeptide, or a NOV-specific antibody, or biologically-active derivatives or fragments thereof.
  • In the preferred embodiments, the invention further includes methods for screening for a modulator of disorders or syndromes including, e.g., those involving development, differentiation, and activation of thymic immune cells; in pathologies related to spermatogenesis and male infertility; diagnosis of several human neoplasias; in diseases or pathologies of cells in blood circulation such as red blood cells and platelets; neurological, cardiac and vascular pathologies; rheumatoid arthritis; congenital muscular dystrophies; various muscle disorders; fixed deformities (arthrogryposis); small cell lung cancer NCI-H23; prostate cancer; and abnormal white matter. The method includes contacting a test compound with a NOV polypeptide and determining if the test compound binds to said NOV polypeptide. Binding of the test compound to the NOV polypeptide indicates the test compound is a modulator of activity, or of latency or predisposition to the aforementioned disorders or syndromes.
  • Also within the scope of the invention is a method for screening for a modulator of activity, or of latency or predisposition to disorders or syndromes listed above by administering a test compound to a test animal at increased risk for the aforementioned disorders or syndromes. The test animal expresses a recombinant polypeptide encoded by a NOV nucleic acid. Expression or activity of NOV polypeptide is then measured in the test animal, as is expression or activity of the protein in a control animal which recombinantly-expresses NOV polypeptide and is not at increased risk for the disorder or syndrome. Next, the expression of NOV polypeptide in both the test animal and the control animal is compared. A change in the activity of NOV polypeptide in the test animal relative to the control animal indicates the test compound is a modulator of latency of the disorder or syndrome.
  • In yet another aspect, the invention includes a method for determining the presence of or predisposition to a disease associated with altered levels of a NOV polypeptide, a NOV nucleic acid, or both, in a subject (e.g., a human subject). The method includes measuring the amount of the NOV polypeptide in a test sample from the subject and comparing the amount of the polypeptide in the test sample to the amount of the NOV polypeptide present in a control sample. An alteration in the level of the NOV polypeptide in the test sample as compared to the control sample indicates the presence of or predisposition to a disease in the subject. Preferably, the predisposition including those listed in the preferred embodiment above.
  • In a further aspect, the invention includes a method of treating or preventing a pathological condition associated with a disorder in a mammal by administering to the subject a NOV polypeptide, a NOV nucleic acid, or a NOV-specific antibody to a subject (e.g., a human subject), in an amount sufficient to alleviate or prevent the pathological condition.
  • Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which the invention belongs. Although methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice or testing of the invention, suitable methods and materials are described below. All publications, patent applications, patents, and other references mentioned herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety. In case of conflict, the present specification, including definitions, will control. In addition, the materials, methods, and examples are illustrative purposes only, and not intended to be limiting in any manner. Other features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the following detailed description and claims.
    • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
  • FIG. 1. Western blot of a NOV2 polypeptide secreted by 293 cells.
  • FIG. 2. Western blot of a NOV3 polypeptide secreted by 293 cells.
    • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention provides novel nucleotides and polypeptides encoded thereby. Included in the invention are the novel nucleic acid sequences and their polypeptides. The sequences are collectively referred to as “NOV nucleic acids” or “NOV polynucleotides” and the corresponding encoded polypeptides are referred to as “NOV polypeptides” or “NOV proteins.” Unless indicated otherwise, “NOV” is meant to refer to any of the novel sequences disclosed herein. Table 11 provides a summary of the NOV nucleic acids and their encoded polypeptides.
  • NOV nucleic acids and their encoded polypeptides are useful in a variety of applications and contexts. The various NOV nucleic acids and polypeptides according to the invention are useful as novel members of the protein families according to the presence of domains and sequence relatedness to previously described proteins.
  • For example, NOV1 is homologous to members of the thymosin beta 10 family of proteins. As a result, NOV1 has various marker utilities as described herein. Also, NOV1 has efficacy in treatment of conditions involving development, differentiation, and activation of thymic immune cells; in pathologies related to spermatogenesis and male infertility; diagnosis of several human neoplasias; in diseases or pathologies of cells in blood circulation such as red blood cells and platelets; and detection of small cell lung cancer. NOV2 is homologous to members of the ephrin A receptor family. As a result, NOV2 has various marker utilities as described herein. NOV2 has efficacy in the treatment of conditions involving neurological, cardiac and vascular pathologies. NOV2 also has utility in the detection of prostate cancer. NOV3 is homologous to members of the proteoglycan family. As a result, NOV3 has various marker utilities as described herein. NOV3 also has efficacy in the treatment of conditions involving rheumatoid arthritis; congenital muscular dystrophies; various muscle disorders; fixed deformities (arthrogryposis); and abnormal white matter. Additional utilities for NOV nucleic acids and polypeptides according to the invention as also discussed herein.
  • NOV1
  • A NOV1 nucleic acid sequence according to the invention includes nucleic acids encoding a polypeptide related to the small actin-sequestering peptide thymosin-beta-10. An example of this nucleic acid and its encoded polypeptide is presented in Table 1. The disclosed nucleic acid (SEQ ID NO:1) is 430 nucleotides in length and contains an open reading frame (ORF) that begins with an ATG initiation codon at nucleotides 61-63 and ends with a TAG stop codon at nucleotides 235-237.
  • The representative ORF includes a 58 amino acid polypeptide (SEQ ID NO:2) and is flanked by putative upstream and downstream untranslated regions that are underlined in Table 1. The encoded polypeptide has a high degree of homology ( approximately 85 percent identity) with thymosin beta 10 from human (Table 2). A search of the PROSITE database of protein families and domains confirmed that a NOV1 polypeptide is a member of the thymosin beta family, which is defined by polypeptides containing a stretch of 11 highly conserved amino acid residues
    K-L-K-K-T-[E or N]-T-[Q or E]-E-K-N (SEQ ID NO: 3)

    located in the central part of the thymosin beta proteins (Table 2). The PROSITE database consists of biologically significant sites, patterns and profiles that help to reliably identify to which known protein family a new sequence belongs.
  • Furthermore, a search of the PFAM database reveals that a NOV 1 polypeptide conforms to the sequence profile of thymosin beta family of proteins (Table 3). The query sequence in the table is a NOV1 polypeptide and the subject is a consensus sequence formed from the thymosin beta family of proteins. The presently disclosed NOV 1 polypeptide has 84 percent identity across its entire length to the consensus thymosin beta sequence (Table 4). The NOV1 polypeptide bears more homology to the consensus thymosin beta sequence than do many other members of the family. Also, this degree of homology between a NOV1 polypeptide and the thymosin beta consensus (both in terms of length and complexity) is very unlikely to have occurred by change alone (Expect value in Table 3 less than 1 in 5*1010 by chance). Pfam is a large collection of multiple sequence alignments and profile hidden Markov models covering many common protein domain families. It is designed to be both an accurate and comprehensive method to determine homology. A multiple alignment of the thymosin-beta family is presented in Table 3. Based on its relatedness to the thymosin-beta-10 protein, the NOV1 protein is a novel member of the actin-sequestering protein family.
  • The thymosin-betas comprise a family of structurally related, highly conserved acidic polypeptides that sequester actin and regulate actin dynamics within cells. During embryogenesis the control of actin polymerization is essential in processes such as cell migration, angiogenesis and neurogenesis. Direct visualization and quantitation of actin filaments has shown that thymosin-betas, like agonists, induced actin depolymerization at the apical membrane where exocytosis occurs (Muallem S, Kwiatkowska K, Xu X, Yin H L, J Cell Biol February 1995; 128(4):589-98). Thymosin-beta-10 is widely distributed in mammalian tissues including the nervous system, and the presence of this transcript in different regions of the rat forebrain, including hippocampus, neocortex and several brain nuclei, provides evidence for the participation of thymosin-beta-10 in the control of the actin dynamics that takes place in neurons. Thymosin-beta-10 is expressed at relatively high levels in embryonic and developing tissues (Hall A K Cell Mol Biol Res 1995;41(3):167-80), and given that it is involved in the inhibition of actin polymerization, the thymosin-beta-10 protein-like proteins can play an important role in early development.
  • mRNA species of similar molecular weights encoding thymosin beta-10 are found in most tissues of the rat; however, Lin and Morrison-Bogorad (J Biol Chem. 1991 Dec. 5;266(34):23347-53) identified an additional thymosin-beta-10 mRNA of higher molecular weight in the testis of sexually mature rats. The latter mRNA differs from the ubiquitous form only in its 5-prime untranslated region, beginning 14 nucleotides upstream of the translation initiation codon. This finding, together with primer extension experiments, suggested that the two mRNA types are transcribed from the same gene through a combination of differential promoter utilization and alternative splicing. Both mRNAs were present in pachytene spermatocytes; only the testis-specific mRNA was detected in postmeiotic haploid spermatids. Immunohistochemical analysis showed that the protein was present in differentiating spermatids, suggesting that the testis-specific thymosin-beta-10 mRNA is translated in haploid male germ cells. Immunoblot analysis using specific antibodies showed that the thymosin-beta-10 protein synthesized in adult testis was identical in size to that synthesized in brain.
  • Thymosin-beta-10-like proteins also influence several properties of lymphocytes including cyclic nucleotide levels, migration inhibitory factor production, T-dependent antibody production, as well as the expression of various cell surface maturation/differentiation markers (Bodey B, Bodey B Jr, Siegel S E, Kaiser H E Int J Immunopharmacol April 2000;22(4):261-73). These and other observations suggest that thymosin beta-10 (a) plays a significant and possibly obligatory role in cellular processes controlling apoptosis possibly by acting as an actin-mediated tumor suppressor, (b) functions as a neoapoptotic influence during embryogenesis, and (c) can mediate some of the pro-apoptotic anticancer actions of retinoids. Thymosin-beta-10 mRNA is also abundant in a variety of tumors and tumor cell lines.
  • Thymosin-beta-10 gene overexpression is a general event in human carcinogenesis. Analysis of thymosin-beta-10 mRNA levels in human colon carcinomas, germ cell tumors of different histological types, breast carcinomas, ovarian carcinomas, uterine carcinomas, colon and esophageal carcinoma cell lines all indicated thymosin-beta-10 was over expressed in all of the neoplastic tissues and cell lines compared to the respective normal tissues. Therefore, detection of thymosin-beta-10-like expression can be considered a potential tool for the diagnosis of several human neoplasias. (Santelli G, Califano D, Chiappetta G, Vento M T, Bartoli P C, Zullo F, Trapasso F, Viglietto G, Fusco A Am J Pathol September 1999;155(3):799-804). Not only can thymosins like thymosin beta-10 be used for early detection and diagnosis of neoplasms, but also in recent clinical trials derivatives of thymic hormones, mostly of thymosins, have been used to help treat neoplasms (Bodey B, Bodey B Jr, Siegel S E, Kaiser H E. Int J Immunopharmacol. April 2000;22(4):261-73). Thymic hormones strengthen the effects of immunomodulators in immunodeficiencies, autoimmune diseases, and neoplastic malignancies. Combined chemo-immunotherapeutical anti-cancer treatment seems to be more efficacious than chemotherapy alone, and the significant hematopoietic toxicity associated with most chemotherapeutical clinical trials can be reduced significantly by the addition of immunotherapy.
  • Based on its relatedness to the thymosin-beta-10 protein, the NOV1 protein is a novel member of the actin-sequestering protein family. The discovery of molecules related to thymosin-beta-10 satisfies a need in the art by providing new diagnostic or therapeutic compositions useful in the treatment of disorders associated with alterations in the expression of members of thymosin-beta-10-like proteins. Nucleic acids, polypeptides, antibodies, and other compositions of the present invention are useful in a variety of diseases and pathologies, including by way of nonlimiting example, those involving development, differentiation and activation of thymic immune cells, pathologies related to spermatogenesis and male infertility, diagnosis of several human neoplasias, and diseases or pathologies of cells in blood circulation such as red blood cells and platelets.
  • A NOV1 nucleic acid is useful for detecting specific cell-types. For example a variant splice form of a NOV 1 nucleic acid according to the invention can be present in different levels in postmeiotic haploid spermatids. Also, according to the invention the expression of a NOV1 nucleic acid has utility in identifying developing and embryonic tissues from other tissue types. Thymosin-beta-10 mRNA is overexpressed in a variety of tumors and tumor cell lines. Expression levels of thymosin-beta-10 like nucleic acids such as NOV 1 are also useful in distinguishing T cell types given that expression of various cell surface/differentiation markers is influenced by thymosin-beta-10 like proteins such as a NOV1 polypeptide. A NOV1 nucleic acid has enhanced expression in certain cancer cell lines, especially non-small cell lung cancer NCI-H23, but not in cell lines from the corresponding normal tissue; therefore, NOV1 nucleic acids are useful as a cancer specific marker in such tissues (Example 1).
  • Given that thymosin-beta-10 related proteins can sequester actin and regulate actin dynamics within cells, proteins related to the NOV1 polypeptide are useful in screens for test compounds that can modulate actin polymerization or the formation or stability of actin-thymosin beta-10 complexes. Finally, since thymic hormones strengthen the effects of immunomodulators in immunodeficiencies, autoimmune diseases, and neoplastic malignancies, NOV1 related proteins can be used in combined chemo-immunotherapeutical anti-cancer treatments.
    TABLE 1
    A representative cDNA sequence
    encoding the thymosin-beta-10-like
    protein according to the invention
    Putative untranslated regions are underlined.
    The start and stop codons are in bold type.
    GCCAGCAGGAGTGCCATGGTGAGAGGCACTGGCAGG (SEQ ID NO: 1)
    GAATGCTAGGATTGTTTTAAGAAA ATGGCAGACAAA
    CCAGACATAGGGGAAATCGCCAGCTTCAATAAGGCC
    AAGCTGAAGAAAACAGAGATGCAGGAGAACACCCTG
    CTGACCAAAGAGGCCATTGAGCAGGAGAAGCGGGTG
    AAATTTCCTAAGAGCCTGGAGGATTCCCTACCCCTG
    TCATCTTCGAGACCCCAGTAG TAATGTGGAGGAAGA
    ATCACCACAAGATGGACACAAGCCACAAACTGTGAC
    GTGAACCTGGGCACTCCGTGCTGATGCCACCAGCCT
    GAGGGTCCCTATGGGTCCAATCAGACTGCCAAATTC
    TCTGGTTTGCCCTGGGATATTATAGAAAATTATTTG
    CGTGAATAATGAAAACACAGCTCATGGCAAAAAA
    A representative amino acid
    sequence of the thymosin-beta-10-like
    protein according to the invention
    MADKPDIGEIASFNKAKLKKTEMQENTLLTKEAIEQ (SEQ ID NO: 2)
    EKRVKFPKSLEDSLPLSSSRPQ
  • TABLE 2
    Comparison between a NOV1
    polypeptide and thymosin beta-10 from human
    >gb|AAA36746.1| (M92383) thymosin beta-10 [Homo sapiens]
              Length = 49
    Score = 84.5 bits (192), Expect = 3e−16
    Identities = 34/40 (85%), Positives = 36/40 (90%), Gaps 1/40 (2%)
    NOV1 : 1  MADKPDIGEIASFNKAKLKKTEMQE-NTLLTKEAIEQEKR 39
              ||||||+||||||+|||||||| || ||| ||| ||||||
    Sbjct: 6  MADKPDMGEIASFDKAKLKKTETQEKNTLPTKETIEQEKR 45
  • Figure US20050003370A1-20050106-P00002
    TABLE 4
    PFAM alignment of a NOV1 polypeptide to the
    consensus sequence of the thymosin beta family
    >PD005116 (Closest domain: TYB0_HUMAN 1-13)
    Number of sequences in family: 16
    Most frequent protein names:   TYB4(4) TYB9(2) TYBB(2)
    Commentary (automatic):
               THYMOSIN ACETYLATION T-CELL DIFFERENTIATION
               IMMUNOPOTENTIATION THYMUS BETA-4 ACTIN-BINDING PROTEIN
               BETA
               Length = 38
        Score = 145 (60.9 bits), Expect = 5e−10
       Identities = 32/38 (84%), Positives = 34/38 (89%), Gaps = 1/38 (2%)
    NOV1:        2 ADKPDIGEIASFNKAKLKKTEMQE-NTLLTKEAIEQEK 38
                   |||||+||||||+|||||||| || ||| ||| |||||
    Sbjct:       1 ADKPDMGEIASFDKAKLKKTETQEKNTLPTKETIEQEK 38

    NOV2
  • A NOV2 nucleic acid according to the invention includes nucleic acids encoding a polypeptide related to ephrin type-A receptors. An example of nucleic acid and its encoded polypeptide is presented in Table 5. The disclosed nucleic acid (SEQ ID NO:4) is 3018 nucleotides in length and contains an open reading frame that begins with an ATG initiation codon at nucleotide 1-3 and ends at nucleotides 2974-2976.
  • The representative ORF includes a 992 amino acid polypeptide (SEQ ID NO:5). The encoded polypeptide has a high degree of homology (approximately 95 percent identity) with mouse ephrin type-A receptor 8 precursor (Table 6) (SWISSPROT ACC: O09127, 956 out of 1005 residues). The NOV2 polypeptide also has an even higher degree of homology (100 percent identity) to a human eph- and elk-related kinase known as ephrin receptor EphA8 (Table 6A, partial sequence disclosed in Chan et al. (1991) Oncogene 6 1057-1061; the full length human ephrin receptor EphA8 full length sequence was deposited in Genbank Sep. 14, 2000 as accession number NP—065387.1.) A multiple alignment with similar proteins showed comparable degrees of similarity to ephrin receptors from mouse (EPA8_mouse), human (EPA5_human), and chicken (EPA5_chick) (Table 7). In the predicted extracellular domain, a cysteine-rich region and tandem fibronectin type III repeats are present while a catalytic domain is present in the intracellular domain. These features are consistent with other members of the Eph family. Based on its relatedness, the NOV2 protein is a member of the ephrin type-A receptor tyrosine-protein kinase family.
  • The Eph receptors constitute the largest known family of receptor protein tyrosine kinases. They have been implicated in mediating developmental events, particularly in the nervous system. Receptors in the Eph subfamily typically have a single kinase domain and an extracellular region containing a Cys-rich domain and two fibronectin type III repeats. These receptors play important roles along with their ligands, called ephrins, in neural development, angiogenesis, and vascular network assembly. (Choi S, Jeong J, Kim T, Park S., Mol. Cells 9(4):44045 (1999)).
  • The ephrin type-A receptor 8 (EC 2.7.1.112) (tyrosine-protein kinase receptor eek) (eph- and elk-related kinase) (fragment) is designated as the gene product of the gene: epha8 or eek. It is a Type I membrane bound receptor, and its function is to serve as a receptor for members of the ephrin-a family. Its catalytic activity is as a protein tyrosine kinase, phosphorylating tyrosine in appropriate target proteins. It is similar to other protein-tyrosine kinases in the catalytic domain and belongs to the ephrin receptor family.
  • Eph receptors have tyrosine-kinase activity, and, together with their ephrin ligands, mediate contact-dependent cell interactions that are implicated in the repulsion mechanisms that guide migrating cells and neuronal growth cones to specific destinations. Since Eph receptors and ephrins have complementary expression in many tissues during embryogenesis, bidirectional activation of Eph receptors may occur at interfaces of their expression domains, for example, at segment boundaries in the vertebrate hindbrain. Indeed, Eph receptors play key roles in development of the nervous system and angiogenesis. In the nervous system, they provide positional information by empolying mechanisms that involve repulsion of migrating cells and growing axons (Frisen et al EMBO J. 18(19) .5159-5165). Also, an important function of Eph receptors and ephrins is to mediate cell-contact-dependent repulsion.
  • A NOV2 sequence according to the invention is useful for detecting cells that express GPI-anchored ephrin-A ligands. For example, cells expressing either a NOV2 nucleic acid or a NOV2 protein have utility in screening for other cells that express GPI-anchored ephrin-A ligands or mimics therefore. As a result, a NOV2 sequence is useful for screening for new ephrin-A ligands expressed on cells. NOV2 is highly expressed in many surgical tumor samples, especially prostate cancer, but minimally or not detectably in the immediate normal adjacent tissue; therefore, the NOV2 expression can be used as a marker for certain cancers, especially prostate cancer (Example 1).
  • Also, a NOV2 sequence according to the invention is useful to direct the development of the nervous system and angiogenesis by modulating the boundaries between arteries and veins. For example, mice expressing defective Eph receptors similar to a NOV2 sequence have been shown to be defective in angiogensis and die in mid-gestation (Wang et al. 1998 Cell 93 741-753). The protein of the present invention will be useful in a variety of diseases and pathologies, including by way of nonlimiting example, those involving neurological, cardiac and vascular pathologies.
    TABLE 5
    A representative DNA sequence
    encoding the ephrin type-A receptor
    8-like protein of the invention
    ATGGCCCCCGCCCGGGGCCGCCTGCCCCCTGCGCT (SEQ ID NO: 4)
    CTGGGTCGTCACGGCCGCGGCGGCGGCGGCCACCT
    GCGTGTCCGCGGCGCGCGGCGAAGTGAATTTGCTG
    GACACGTCGACCATCCACGGGGACTGGGGCTGGCT
    CACGTATCCGGCTCATGGGTGGGACTCCATCAACG
    AGGTGGACGAGTCCTTCCAGCCCATCCACACGTAC
    CAGGTTTGCAACGTCATGAGCCCCAACCAGAACAA
    CTGGCTGCGCACGAGCTGGGTCCCCCGAGACGGCG
    CCCGGCGCGTCTATGCTGAGATCAAGTTTACCCTG
    CGCGACTGCAACAGCATGCCTGGTGTGCTGGGCAC
    CTGCAAGGAGACCTTCAACCTCTACTACCTGGAGT
    CGGACCGCGACCTGGGGGCCAGCACACAAGAAAGC
    CAGTTCCTCAAAATCGACACCATTGCGGCCGACGA
    GAGCTTCACAGGTGCCGACCTTGGTGTGCGGCGTC
    TCAAGCTCAACACGGAGGTGCGCAGTGTGGGTCCC
    CTCAGCAAGCGCGGCTTCTACCTGGCCTTCCAGGA
    CATAGGTGCCTGCCTGGCCATCCTCTCTCTCCGCA
    TCTACTATAAGAAGTGCCCTGCCATGGTGCGCAAT
    CTGGCTGCCTTCTCGGAGGCAGTGACGGGGGCCGA
    CTCGTCCTCACTGGTGGAGGTGAGGGGCCAGTGCG
    TGCGGCACTCAGAGGAGCGGGACACACCCAAGATG
    TACTGCAGCGCGGAGGGCGAGTGGCTCGTGCCCAT
    CGGCAAATGCGTGTGCAGTGCCGGCTACGAGGAGC
    GGCGGGATGCCTGTGTGGCCTGTGAGCTGGGCTTC
    TACAAGTCAGCCCCTGGGGACCAGCTGTGTGCCCG
    CTGCCCTCCCCACAGCCACTCCGCAGCTCCAGCCG
    CCCAAGCCTGCCACTGTGACCTCAGCTACTACCGT
    GCAGCCCTGGACCCGCCGTCCTCAGCCTGCACCCG
    GCCACCCTCGGCACCAGTGAACCTGATCTCCAGTG
    TGAATGGGACATCAGTGACTCTGGAGTGGGCCCCT
    CCCCTGGACCCAGGTGGCCGCAGTGACATCACCTA
    CAATGCCGTGTGCCGCCGCTGCCCCTGGGCACTGA
    GCCGCTGCGAGGCATGTGGGAGCGGCACCCGCTTT
    GTGCCCCAGCAGACAAGCCTGGTGCAGGCCAGCCT
    GCTGGTGGCCAACCTGCTGGCCCACATGAACTACT
    CCTTCTGGATCGAGGCCGTCAATGGCGTGTCCGAC
    CTGAGCCCCGAGCCCCGCCGGGCCGCTGTGGTCAA
    CATCACCACGAACCAGGCAGCCCCGTCCCAGGTGG
    TGGTGATCCGTCAAGAGCGGGCGGGGCAGACCAGC
    GTCTCGCTGCTGTGGCAGGAGCCCGAGCAGCCGAA
    CGGCATCATCCTGGAGTATGAGATCAAGTACTACG
    AGAAGGACAAGGAGATGCAGAGCTACTCCACCCTC
    AAGGCCGTCACCACCAGAGCCACCGTCTCCGGCCT
    CAAGCCGGGCACCCGCTACGTGTTCCAGGTCCGAG
    CCCGCACCTCAGCAGGCTGTGGCCGCTTCAGCCAG
    GCCATGGAGGTGGAGACCGGGAAACCCCGGCCCCG
    CTATGACACCAGGACCATTGTCTGGATCTGCCTGA
    CGCTCATCACGGGCCTGGTGGTGCTTCTGCTCCTG
    CTCATCTGCAAGAAGAGGCACTGTGGCTACAGCAA
    GGCCTTCCAGGACTCGGACGAGGAGAAGATGCACT
    ATCAGAATGGACAGGCACCCCCACCTGTCTTCCTG
    CCTCTGCATCACCCCCCGGGAAAGCTCCCAGAGCC
    CCAGTTCTATGCGGAACCCCACACCTACGAGGAGC
    CAGGCCGGGCGGGCCGCAGTTTCACTCGGGAGATC
    GAGGCCTCTAGGATCCACATCGAGAAAATCATCGG
    CTCTGGAGACTCCGGGGAAGTCTGCTACGGGAGGC
    TGCGGGTGCCAGGGCAGCGGGATGTGCCCGTGGCC
    ATCAAGGCCCTCAAAGCCGGCTACACGGAGAGACA
    GAGGCGGGACTTCCTGAGCGAGGCGTCCATCATGG
    GGCAATTCGACCATCCCAACATCATCCGCCTCGAG
    GGTGTCGTCACCCGTGGCCGCCTGGCAATGATTGT
    GACTGAGTACATGGAGAACGGCTCTCTGGACACCT
    TCCTGAGGACCCACGACGGGCAGTTCACCATCATG
    CAGCTGGTGGGCATGCTGAGAGGAGTGGGTGCCGG
    CATGCGCTACCTCTCAGACCTGGGCTATGTCCACC
    GAGACCTGGCCGCCCGCAACGTCCTGGTTGACAGC
    AACCTGGTCTGCAAGGTGTCTGACTTCGGGCTCTC
    ACGGGTGCTGGAGGACGACCCGGATGCTGCCTACA
    CCACCACGGGCGGGAAGATCCCCATCCGCTGGACG
    GCCCCAGAGGCCATCGCCTTCCGCACCTTCTCCTC
    GGCCAGCGACGTGTGGAGCTTCGGCGTGGTCATGT
    GGGAGGTGCTGGCCTATGGGGAGCGGCCCTACTGG
    AACATGACCAACCGGGATGTGATCAGCTCTGTGGA
    GGAGGGGTACCGCCTGCCCGCACCCATGGGCTGCC
    CCCACGCCCTGCACCAGCTCATGCTCGACTGTTGG
    CACAAGGACCGGGCGCAGCGGCCTCGCTTCTCCCA
    GATTGTCAGTGTCCTCGATGCGCTCATCCGCAGCC
    CTGAGAGTCTCAGGGCCACCGCCACAGTCAGCAGG
    TGCCCACCCCCTGCCTTCGTCCGGAGCTGCTTTGA
    CCTCCGAGGGGGCAGCGGTGGCGGTGGGGGCCTCA
    CCGTGGGGGACTGGCTGGACTCCATCCGCATGGGC
    CGGTACCGAGACCACTTCGCTGCGGGCGGATACTC
    CTCTCTGGGCATGGTGCTACGCATGAACGCCCAGG
    ACGTGCGCGCCCTGGGCATCACCCTCATGGGCCAC
    CAGAAGAAGATCCTGGGCAGCATTCAGACCATGCG
    GGCCCAGCTGACCAGCACCCAGGGGCCCCGCCGGC
    ACCTCTGA
    A representative amino acid sequence
    of the ephrin type-A receptor
    8-like protein of the invention.
    MAPARGRLPPALWVVTAAAAAATCVSAARGEVNLL (SEQ ID NO: 5)
    DTSTIHGDWGWLTYPAHGWDSINEVDESFQPIHTY
    QVCNVMSPNQNNWLRTSWVPRDGARRVYAEIKFTL
    RDCNSMPGVLGTCKETFNLYYLESDRDLGASTQES
    QFLKIDTIAADESFTGADLGVRRLKLNTEVRSVGP
    LSKRGFYLAFQDIGACLAILSLRIYYKKCPAMVRN
    LAAFSEAVTGADSSSLVEVRGQCVRHSEERDTPKM
    YCSAEGEWLVPIGKCVCSAGYEERRDACVACELGF
    YKSAPGDQLCARCPPHSHSAAPAAQACHCDLSYYR
    AALDPPSSACTRPPSAPVNLISSVNGTSVTLEWAP
    PLDPGGRSDITYNAVCRRCPWALSRCEACGSGTRF
    VPQQTSLVQASLLVANLLAHMNYSFWIEAVNGVSD
    LSPEPRRAAVVNITTNQAAPSQVVVIRQERAGQTS
    VSLLWQEPEQPNGIILEYEIKYYEKDKEMQSYSTL
    KAVTTRATVSGLKPGTRYVFQVRARTSAGCGRFSQ
    AMEVETGKPRPRYDTRTIVWICLTLITGLVVLLLL
    LICKKRHCGYSKAFQDSDEEKMHYQNGQAPPPVFL
    PLHHPPGKLPEPQFYAEPHTYEEPGRAGRSFTREI
    EASRIHIEKIIGSGDSGEVCYGRLRVPGQRDVPVA
    IKALKAGYTERQRRDFLSEASIMGQFDHPNIIRLE
    GVVTRGRLAMIVTEYMENGSLDTFLRTHDGQFTIM
    QLVGMLRGVGAGMRYLSDLGYVHRDLAARNVLVDS
    NLVCKVSDFGLSRVLEDDPDAAYTTTGGKIPIRWT
    APEAIAFRTFSSASDVWSFGVVMWEVLAYGERPYW
    NMTNRDVISSVEEGYRLPAPMGCPHALHQLMLDCW
    HKDRAQRPRFSQIVSVLDALIRSPESLRATATVSR
    CPPPAFVRSCFDLRGGSGGGGGLTVGDWLDSIRMG
    RYRDHFAAGGYSSLGMVLRMNAQDVRALGITLMGH
    QKKILGSIQTMR
  • TABLE 6
    Comparison between a NOV2 polypeptide and mouse ephrin type-A receptor 8 precursor
    >ref|NP_031965.1| Eph receptor A8
     sp|O09127|EPA8_MOUSE EPHRIN TYPE-A RECEPTOR 8 PRECURSOR (TYROSINE-PROTEIN KINASE
               RECEPTOR EEK) (EPH-AND ELK-RELATED KINASE)
     gb|AAB39218.1| (U72207) Eph-and Elk-related kinase [Mus musculus]
              Length = 1004
     Score = 3036 bits (7128), Expect = 0.0
     Identities = 945/992 (95%), Positives = 964/992 (96%), Gaps = 1/992 (0%)
    NOV2:   1 MAPARGRLPPALWVVTAAAAAATCVSAARGEVNLLDTSTIHGDWGWLTYPAHGWDSINEV  60
    ||||| || |||||||||||| ||||| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
    Sbjct:   1 MAPARARLSPALWVVTAAAAA-TCVSAGRGEVNLLDTSTIHGDWGWLTYPAHGWDSINEV  59
    NOV2:  61 DESFQPIHTYQVCNVMSPNQNNWLRTSWVPRDGARRVYAEIKFTLRDCNSMPGVLGTCKE 120
    ||||+|||||||||||||||||||||+|||||||||||||||||||||||+|||||||||
    Sbjct:  60 DESFRPIHTYQVCNVMSPNQNNWLRTNWVPRDGARRVYAEIKFTLRDCNSIPGVLGTCKE 119
    NOV2: 121 TFNLYYLESDRDLGASTQESQFLKIDTIAADESFTGADLGVRRLKLNTEVRSVGPLSKRG 180
    ||||+|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| ||||||||
    Sbjct: 120 TFNLHYLESDRDLGASTQESQFLKIDTIAADESFTGADLGVRRLKLNTEVRGVGPLSKRG 179
    NOV2: 181 FYLAFQDIGACLAILSLRIYYKKCPAMVRNLAAFSEAVTGADSSSLVEVRGQCVRHSEER 240
    ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
    Sbjct: 180 FYLAFQDIGACLAILSLRIYYKKCPAMVRNLAAFSEAVTGADSSSLVEVRGQCVRHSEER 239
    NOV2: 241 DTPKMYCSAEGEWLVPIGKCVCSAGYEERRDACVACELGFYKSAPGDQLCARCPPHSHSA 300
    |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||+||||||||||||||||||||||||||
    Sbjct: 240 DTPKMYCSAEGEWLVPIGKCVCSAGYEERRDACMACELGFYKSAPGDQLCARCPPHSHSA 299
    NOV2: 301 APAAQACHCDLSYYRAALDPPSSACTRPPSAPVNLISSVNGTSVTLEWAPPLDPGGRSDI 360
     |||| | ||||||||||||||+|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
    Sbjct: 300 TPAAQTCRCDLSYYRAALDPPSAACTRPPSAPVNLISSVNGTSVTLEWAPPLDPGGRSDI 359
    NOV2: 361 TYNAVCRRCPWALSRCEACGSGTRFVPQQTSLVQASLLVANLLAHMNYSFWIEAVNGVSD 420
    |||||||||||||| ||||||||||||||||| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||+
    Sbjct: 360 TYNAVCRRCPWALSHCEACGSGTRFVPQQTSLAQASLLVANLLAHMNYSFWIEAVNGVSN 419
    NOV2: 421 LSPEPRRAAVVNITTNQAAPSQVVVIRQERAGQTSVSLLWQEPEQPNGIILEYEIKYYEK 480
    |||||| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
    Sbjct: 420 LSPEPRSAAVVNITTNQAAPSQVVVIRQERAGQTSVSLLWQEPEQPNGIILEYEIKYYEK 479
    NOV2: 481 DKEMQSYSTLKAVTTRATVSGLKPGTRYVFQVRARTSAGCGRFSQAMEVETGKPRPRYDT 540
    ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
    Sbjct: 480 DKEMQSYSTLKAVTTRATVSGLKPGTRYVFQVRARTSAGCGRFSQAMEVETGKPRPRYDT 539
    NOV2: 541 RTIVWICLTLITGLVVLLLLLICKKRHCGYSKAFQDSDEEKMHYQNGQAPPPVFLPLHHP 600
    |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||+||
    Sbjct: 540 RTIVWICLTLITGLVVLLLLLICKKRHCGYSKAFQDSDEEKMHYQNGQAPPPVFLPLNHP 599
    NOV2: 601 PGKLPEPQFYAEPHTYEEPGRAGRSFTREIEASRIHIEKIIGSGDSGEVCYGRLRVPGQR 660
    ||| || || ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||+|||||||||+|||||
    Sbjct: 600 PGKFPETQFSAEPHTYEEPGRAGRSFTREIEASRIHIEKIIGSGESGEVCYGRLQVPGQR 659
    NOV2: 661 DVPVAIKALKAGYTERQRRDFLSEASIMGQFDHPNIIRLEGVVTRGRLAMIVTEYMENGS 720
    ||||||||||||||||||+||||||+||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
    Sbjct: 660 DVPVAIKALKAGYTERQRQDFLSEAAIMGQFDHPNIIRLEGVVTRGRLAMIVTEYMENGS 719
    NOV2: 721 LDTFLRTHDGQFTIMQLVGMLRGVGAGMRYLSDLGYVHRDLAARNVLVDSNLVCKVSDFG 780
    || |||||||||||+|||||||||||||||||||||+||||||||||||  |||||||||
    Sbjct: 720 LDAFLRTHDGQFTIVQLVGMLRGVGAGMRYLSDLGYIHRDLAARNVLVDGRLVCKVSDFG 779
    NOV2: 781 LSRVLEDDPDAAYTTTGGKIPIRWTAPEAIAFRTFSSASDVWSFGVVMWEVLAYGERPYW 840
    ||| |||||+||||| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
    Sbjct: 780 LSRALEDDPEAAYTTAGGKIPIRWTAPEAIAFRTFSSASDVWSFGVVMWEVLAYGERPYW 839
    NOV2: 841 NMTNRDVISSVEEGYRLPAPMGCPHALHQLMLDCWHKDRAQRPRFSQIVSVLDALIRSPE 900
    ||||+||||||||||||||||||| ||||||||||||||||||||+ +|||||||+ |||
    Sbjct: 840 NMTNQDVISSVEEGYRLPAPMGCPRALHQLMLDCWHKDRAQRPRFAHVVSVLDALVHSPE 899
    NOV2: 901 SLRATATVSRCPPPAFVRSCFDLRGGSGGGGGLTVGDWLDSIRMGRYRDHFAAGGYSSLG 960
    |||||||||||||||| ||||||| |  | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
    Sbjct: 900 SLRATATVSRCPPPAFARSCFDLRAGGSGNGDLTVGDWLDSIRMGRYRDHFAAGGYSSLG 959
    NOV2: 961 MVLRMNAQDVRALGITLMGHQKKILGSIQTMR 992
    ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
    Sbjct: 960 MVLRMNAQDVRALGITLMGHQKKILGSIQTMR 991
  • TABLE 6A
    Comparison between a NOV2 polypeptide and human ephrin receptor EphA8
    >ref|NP_065387.1| EphA8; Ephrin receptor EphA8 (eph- and elk-related kinase); Hek3;
               eph-, elk-related tyrosine kinase; ephrin receptor EphA8
     emb|CABB1612.1| (AL035703) dJ61A9.1 (tyrosine kinase ) [Homo sapiens]
               Length = 1005
     Score = 2054 bits (5262), Expect = 0.0
     Identities = 992/992 (100%), Positives = 992/992 (100%)
    NOV2:   1 MAPARGRLPPALWVVTAAAAAATCVSAARGEVNLLDTSTIHGDWGWLTYPAHGWDSINEV  60
    ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
    Sbjct:   1 MAPARGRLPPALWVVTAAAAAATCVSAARGEVNLLDTSTIHGDWGWLTYPAHGWDSINEV  60
    NOV2:  61 DESFQPIHTYQVCNVMSPNQNNWLRTSWVPRDGARRVYAEIKFTLRDCNSMPGVLGTCKE 120
    ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
    Sbjct:  61 DESFQPIHTYQVCNVMSPNQNNWLRTSWVPRDGARRVYAEIKFTLRDCNSMPGVLGTCKE 120
    NOV2: 121 TFNLYYLESDRDLGASTQESQFLKIDTIAADESFTGADLGVRRLKLNTEVRSVGPLSKRG 180
    TFNLYYLESDRDLGASTQESQFLKIDTIAADESFTGADLGVRRLKLNTEVRSVGPLSKRG
    Sbjct: 121 TFNLYYLESDRDLGASTQESQFLKIDTIAADESFTGADLGVRRLKLNTEVRSVGPLSKRG 180
    NOV2: 181 FYLAFQDIGACLAILSLRIYYKKCPAMVRNLAAFSEAVTGADSSSLVEVRGQCVRHSEER 240
    ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
    Sbjct: 181 FYLAFQDIGACLAILSLRIYYKKCPAMVRNLAAFSEAVTGADSSSLVEVRGQCVRHSEER 240
    NOV2: 241 DTPKMYCSAEGEWLVPIGKCVCSAGYEERRDACVACELGFYKSAPGDQLCARCPPHSHSA 300
    ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
    Sbjct: 241 DTPKMYCSAEGEWLVPIGKCVCSAGYEERRDACVACELGFYKSAPGDQLCARCPPHSHSA 300
    NOV2: 301 APAAQACHCDLSYYRAALDPPSSACTRPPSAPVNLISSVNGTSVTLEWAPPLDPGGRSDI 360
    APAAQACHCDLSYYRAALDPPSSACTRPPSAPVNLISSVNGTSVTLEWAPPLDPGGRSDI
    Sbjct: 301 APAAQACHCDLSYYRAALDPPSSACTRPPSAPVNLISSVNGTSVTLEWAPPLDPGGRSDI 360
    NOV2: 361 TYNAVCRRCPWALSRCEACGSGTRFVPQQTSLVQASLLVANLLAHMNYSFWIEAVNGVSD 420
    ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
    Sbjct: 361 TYNAVCRRCPWALSRCEACGSGTRFVPQQTSLVQASLLVANLLAHMNYSFWIEAVNGVSD 420
    NOV2: 421 LSPEPRRAAVVNITTNQAAPSQVVVIRQERAGQTSVSLLWQEPEQPNGIILEYEIKYYEK 480
    ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
    Sbjct: 421 LSPEPRRAAVVNITTNQAAPSQVVVIRQERAGQTSVSLLWQEPEQPNGIILEYEIKYYEK 480
    NOV2: 481 DKEMQSYSTLKAVTTRATVSGLKPGTRYVFQVRARTSAGCGRFSQAMEVETGKPRPRYDT 540
    0
    DKEMQSYSTLKAVTTRATVSGLKPGTRYVFQVRARTSAGCGRFSQAMEVETGKPRPRYDT
    Sbjct: 481 DKEMQSYSTLKAVTTRATVSGLKPGTRYVFQVRARTSAGCGRFSQAMEVETGKPRPRYDT 540
    NOV2: 541 RTIVWICLTLITGLVVLLLLLICKKRHCGYSKAFQDSDEEKMHYQNGQAPPPVFLPLHHP 600
    ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
    Sbjct: 541 RTIVWICLTLITGLVVLLLLLICKKRHCGYSKAFQDSDEEKMHYQNGQAPPPVFLPLHHP 600
    NOV2: 601 PGKLPEPQFYAEPHTYEEPGRAGRSFTREIEASRIHIEKIIGSGDSGEVCYGRLRVPGQR 660
    ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
    Sbjct: 601 PGKLPEPQFYAEPHTYEEPGRAGRSFTREIEASRIHIEKIIGSGDSGEVCYGRLRVPGQR 660
    NOV2: 661 DVPVAIKALKAGYTERQRRDFLSEASIMGQFDHPNIIRLEGVVTRGRLAMIVTEYMENGS 720
    ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
    Sbjct: 661 DVPVAIKALKAGYTERQRRDFLSEASIMGQFDHPNIIRLEGVVTRGRLAMIVTEYMENGS 720
    NOV2: 721 LDTFLRTHDGQFTIMQLVGMLRGVGAGMRYLSDLGYVHRDLAARNVLVDSNLVCKVSDFG 780
    ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
    Sbjct: 721 LDTFLRTHDGQFTIMQLVGMLRGVGAGMRYLSDLGYVHRDLAARNWLVDSNLVCKVSDFG 780
    NOV2: 781 LSRVLEDDPDAAYTTTGGKIPIRWTAPEAIAFRTFSSASDVWSFGVVMWEVLAYGERPYW 840
    ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
    Sbjct: 781 LSRVLEDDPDAAYTTTGGKIPIRWTAPEAIAFRTFSSASDVWSFGVVMWEVLAYGERPYW 840
    NOV2: 841 NMTNRDVISSVEEGYRLPAPMGCPHALHQLMLDCWHKDRAQRPRFSQIVSVLDALIRSPE 900
    ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
    Sbjct: 841 NMTNRDVISSVEEGYRLPAPMGCPHALHQLMLDCWHKDRAQRPRFSQIVSVLDALIRSPE 900
    NOV2: 901 SLRATATVSRCPPPAFVRSCFDLRGGSGGGGGLTVGDWLDSIRMGRYRDHFAAGGYSSLG 960
    ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
    Sbjct: 901 SLRATATVSRCPPPAFVRSCFDLRGGSGGGGGLTVGDWLDSIRMGRYRDHFAAGGYSSLG 960
    NOV2: 961 MVLRMNAQDVRALGITLMGHQKKILGSIQTMR 992
    ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
    Sbjct: 961 MVLRMNAQDVRALGITLMGHQKXILGSIQTMR 992

    Figure US20050003370A1-20050106-P00004
    Figure US20050003370A1-20050106-P00003
    Figure US20050003370A1-20050106-P00004

    NOV3
  • A NOV3 nucleic acid sequence according to the invention includes nucleic acids encoding a polypeptide related to proteoglycans such as fibromodulin and fibronectin. An example of this nucleic acid and its encoded polypeptide is presented in Table 8. The disclosed nucleic acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:6) is 2025 nucleotides in length and contains an open reading frame that begins with an ATG initiation codon at nucleotides 1-3 and ends with a TGA stop codon at nucleotides 2023-2025.
  • The representative ORF includes a 674 amino acid polypeptide (SEQ ID NO:7). The encoded polypeptide has a high degree of homology to several leucine-rich repeat members of the proteogylcan family found in the extracellular matrix including fibronectin (Table 9 human fibronectin like proteins, 99 percent to AAF28459.1 (Lacy et al (1999) Genomics 62 417-426)) and fibromodulin (Table 10, various fibromodulin or fibromodulin-like proteins).
  • The extracellular matrix (ECM) is composed of collagens, protoglycans, and noncollagenous glycoproteins that provide cells and tissues with a mechanical scaffold for adhesion, migration, and signal transduction (Aumailley and Gayruad (1998) J. Mol. Med. 76(3-4) 253-265). These varied and complex functions depend on interactions between ECM components and cellular receptors such as protoglycans that are located on the cell surface. Fibronectins and fibromodulins are both protoglycans that comprise the extracellular matrix. Disruption of the cell-matrix interactions due to mutations in the genes of the matrix proteins can result in functional failures in all tissues (Bruckner-Tuderman and Bruckner (1998) J. Mol. Med. 76(3-4) 226-237). Included in these disorders are the congenital muscular dystrophies, various muscle disorders, fixed deformities (arthrogryposis), and abnormal white matter by cranial MRI.
  • Fibronectins are glycoproteins with 2 chains each linked by disulphide bonds that occur in insoluble fibrillar form in the extracellular matrix of animal tissues and soluble in plasma, the latter previously known as cold insoluble globulin. The various slightly different forms of fibronectin appear to be generated by tissue specific differential splicing of fibronectin mRNA, transcribed from a single gene. Fibronectins have multiple domains that confer the ability to interact with many extracellular substances such as collagen, fibrin and heparin and also with specific membrane receptors on responsive cells. Notable is the RGD domain recognized by integrins and two repeats of the EGF like domain. Interaction of a cell's fibronectin receptors (members of the integrin family) with fibronectin adsorbed to a surface results in adhesion and spreading of the cell.
  • Fibromodulin is collagen-binding protein component of the proteoglycan found in the extracellular matrix. It is mainly expressed in articular cartilage, tendon, and ligament, and is a member of a group of proteins having leucine-rich repeat (LRR) domains; fibromodulin includes as many as ten such motifs. Other components of this family include decorin, biglycan, and lumican. Proteins of this family bind to other matrix macromolecules and thereby help to stabilize the matrix. These proteins may also influence the function of the chondrocytes and bind growth factors.
  • The core proteins of these proteoglycans are structurally related, consisting of a central region composed of leucine-rich repeats flanked by disulfide-bonded terminal domains. Fibromodulin's central region possesses up to 4 keratan sulfate chains within its leucine-rich domain. Fibromodulin exhibits a wide tissue distribution, with the highest abundance observed in articular cartilage, tendon, and ligament. It has been suggested that fibromodulin participates in the assembly of the extracellular matrix by virtue of its ability to interact with type I and type II collagen fibrils and to inhibit fibrillogenesis in vitro. The 3-prime untranslated region of the fibromodulin cDNA has previously been cloned and used to map the gene by fluorescence in situ hybridization to 1q32. (Sztrolovics et al., Genomics 23: 715-717 (1994)). In that study, secondary signals were detected at 9q34.1; however, PCR analysis of somatic cell hybrids confirmed the localization to chromosome 1.
  • Small proteoglycans, including decorin, biglycan, and fibromodulin, bind to other matrix macromolecules and thereby help to stabilize the matrix. They may also influence the function of the chondrocytes and bind growth factors.
  • In a bovine nasal-cartilage culture system, it was found that interleukin-1 stimulated cartilage catabolism included the effect that the small leucine-rich repeat proteoglycans decorin, biglycan and lumican showed a resistance to both proteolytic cleavage and release throughout the culture period. In contrast, fibromodulin exhibited a marked decrease in size after day 4, presumably due to proteolytic modification (Sztrolovics R, et al., Biochem J, 339 ( Pt 3):571-577, 1999).
  • The nucleic acids and proteins of the invention are useful in potential therapeutic applications implicated in various orthopedic disorders and/or injuries. They are potentially of use in aiding repair of damage to cartilage and ligaments, and in therapeutic applications to joint repair. Additionally they may be used in treatment of inflammatory diseases of connective tissue, including by way of nonlimiting example, rheumatoid arthritis, congenital muscular dystrophies, various muscle disorders, fixed deformities (arthrogryposis), and abnormal white matter. For example, a cDNA encoding the proteoglycan-like protein may be useful in gene therapy, and the proteoglycan-like protein may be useful when administered to a subject in need thereof. The novel nucleic acid encoding proteoglycan-like protein, and the proteoglycan-like protein of the invention, or fragments thereof, may further be useful in diagnostic applications, wherein the presence or amount of the nucleic acid or the protein are to be assessed. For example in identifying tissue from kidney or brain. These materials are further useful in the generation of antibodies that bind immunospecifically to the novel substances of the invention for use in therapeutic or diagnostic methods.
    TABLE 8
    A representative DNA sequence of
    the proteoglycan-like protein of
    the invention
    ATGGTGGTGGCACACCCCACCGCCACTGCCACCAC (SEQ ID NO: 6)
    CACGCCCACTGCCACTGTCACGGCCACCGTTGTGA
    TGACCACGGCCACCATGGACCTGCGGGACTGGCTG
    TTCCTCTGCTACGGGCTCATCGCCTTCCTGACGGA
    GGTCATCGACAGCACCACCTGCCCCTCGGTGTGCC
    GCTGCGACAACGGCTTCATCTACTGCAACGACCGG
    GGACTCACATCCATCCCCGCAGATATCCCTGATGA
    TGCCACCACCCTCTACCTGCAGAACAACCAGATCA
    ACAACGCCGGCATCCCCCAGGACCTCAAGACCAAG
    GTCAACGTGCAGGTCATCTACCTATACGAGAATGA
    CCTGGATGAGTTCCCCATCAACCTGCCCCGCTCCC
    TCCGGGAGCTGCACCTGCAGGACAACAATGTGCGC
    ACCATTGCCAGGGACTCGCTGGCCCGCATCCCGCT
    GCTGGAGAAGCTGCACCTGGATGACAACTCCGTGT
    CCACCGTCAGCATTGAGGAGGACGCCTTCGCCGAC
    AGCAAACAGCTCAAGCTGCTCTTCCTGAGCCGGAA
    CCACCTGAGCAGCATCCCCTCGGGGCTGCCGCACA
    CGCTGGAGGAGCTGCGGCTGGATGACAACCGCATC
    TCCACCATCCCGCTGCATGCCTTCAAGGGCCTCAA
    CAGCCTGCGGCGCCTGGTGCTGGACGGTAACCTGC
    TGGCCAACCAGCGCATCGCCGACGACACCTTCAGC
    CGCCTACAGAACCTCACAGAGCTCTCGCTGGTGCG
    CAATTCGCTGGCCGCGCCACCCCTCAACCTGCCCA
    GCGCCCACCTGCAGAAGCTCTACCTGCAGGACAAT
    GCCATCAGCCACATCCCCTACAACACGCTGGCCAA
    GATGCGTGAGCTGGAGCGGCTGGACCTGTCCAACA
    ACAACCTGACCACGCTGCCCCGCGGCCTGTTCGAC
    GACCTGGGGAACCTGGCCCAGCTGCTGCTCAGGAA
    CAACCCTTGGTTTTGTGGCTGCAACCTCATGTGGC
    TGCGGGACTGGGTGAAGGCACGGGCGGCCGTGGTC
    AACGTGCGGGGCCTCATGTGCCAGGGCCCTGAGAA
    GGTCCGGGGCATGGCCATCAAGGACATTACCAGCG
    AGATGGACGAGTGTTTTGAGACGGGGCCGCAGGGC
    GGCGTGGCCAATGCGGCTGCCAAGACCACGGCCAG
    CAACCACGCCTCTGCCACCACGCCCCAGGGTTCCC
    TGTTTACCCTCAAGGCCAAAAGGCCAGGGCTGCGC
    CTCCCCGACTCCAACATTGACTACCCCATGGCCAC
    GGGTGATGGCGCCAAGACCCTGGCCATCCACGTGA
    AGGCCCTGACGGCAGACTCCATCCGCATCACGTGG
    AAGGCCACGCTCCCCGCCTCCTCTTTCCGGCTCAG
    TTGGCTGCGCCTGGGCCACAGCCCAGCCGTGGGCT
    CCATCACGGAGACCTTGGTGCAGGGGGACAAGACA
    GAGTACCTGCTGACAGCCCTGGAGCCCAAGTCCAC
    CTACATCATCTGCATGGTCACCATGGAGACCAGCA
    ATGCCTACGTAGCTGATGAGACACCCGTGTGTGCC
    AAGGCAGAGACAGCCGACAGCTATGGCCCTACCAC
    CACACTCAACCAGGAGCAGAACGCTGGCCCCATGG
    CGAGCCTGCCCCTGGCGGGCATCATCGGCGGGGCA
    GTGGCTCTGGTCTTCCTCTTCCTGGTCCTGGGGGC
    CATCTGCTGGTACGTGCACCAGGCTGGCGAGCTGC
    TGACCCGGGAGAGGGCCTACAACCGGGGCAGCAGG
    AAAAAGGATGACTATATGGAGTCAGGGACCAAGAA
    GGATAACTCCATCCTGGAAATCCGCGGCCCTGGGC
    TGCAGATGCTGCCCATCAACCCGTACCGCGCCAAA
    GAGGAGTACGTGGTCCACACTATCTTCCCCTCCAA
    CGGCAGCAGCCTCTGCAAGGCCACACACACCATTG
    GCTACGGCACCACGCGGGGCTACCGGGACGGCGGC
    ATCCCCGACATAGACTACTCCTACACATGA
    A representative amino acid
    sequence of the proteoglycan-
    like protein of the invention
    MVVAHPTATATTTPTATVTATVVMTTATMDLRDWL (SEQ ID NO: 7)
    FLCYGLIAFLTEVIDSTTCPSVCRCDNGFIYCNDR
    GLTSIPADIPDDATTLYLQNNQINNAGIPQDLKTK
    VNVQVIYLYENDLDEFPINLPRSLRELHLQDNNVR
    TIARDSLARIPLLEKLHLDDNSVSTVSIEEDAFAD
    SKQLKLLFLSRNHLSSIPSGLPHTLEELRLDDNRI
    STIPLHAFKGLNSLRRLVLDGNLLANQRIADDTFS
    RLQNLTELSLVRNSLAAPPLNLPSAHLQKLYLQDN
    AISHIPYNTLAKMRELERLDLSNNNLTTLPRGLFD
    DLGNLAQLLLRNNPWFCGCNLMWLRDWVKARAAVV
    NVRGLMCQGPEKVRGMAIKDITSEMDECFETGPQG
    GVANAAAKTTASNHASATTPQGSLFTLKAKRPGLR
    LPDSNIDYPMATGDGAKTLAIHVKALTADSIRITW
    KATLPASSFRLSWLRLGHSPAVGSITETLVQGDKT
    EYLLTALEPKSTYIICMVTMETSNAYVADETPVCA
    KAETADSYGPTTTLNQEQNAGPMASLPLAGIIGGA
    VALVFLFLVLGAICWYVHQAGELLTRERAYNRGSR
    KKDDYMESGTKKDNSILEIRGPGLQMLPINPYRAK
    EEYVVHTIFPSNGSSLCKATHTIGYGTTRGYRDGG
    IPDIDYSYT
  • Figure US20050003370A1-20050106-P00007
    TABLE 11
    Sequences and Corresponding SEQ ID Numbers
    SEQ ID SEQ ID
    number of number of
    nucleic encoded
    NOV acid amino acid ORF
    number clone sequence sequence homology of nucleic acid
    1 AL109798_A 1 2 thymosin beta 10 61-237 
    2 AL035703_A 4 5 ephrin A receptor  1-2976
    3 AP000597_A 6 7 proteoglycan  1-2025

    NOV Nucleic Acids and Polypeptides
  • One aspect of the invention pertains to isolated nucleic acid molecules that encode NOV polypeptides or biologically-active portions thereof. Also included in the invention are nucleic acid fragments sufficient for use as hybridization probes to identify NOV-encoding nucleic acids (e.g., NOV mRNAs) and fragments for use as PCR primers for the amplification and/or mutation of NOV nucleic acid molecules. As used herein, the term “nucleic acid molecule” is intended to include DNA molecules (e.g., cDNA or genomic DNA), RNA molecules (e.g., mRNA), analogs of the DNA or RNA generated using nucleotide analogs, and derivatives, fragments and homologs thereof. The nucleic acid molecule can be single-stranded or double-stranded, but preferably is comprised double-stranded DNA.
  • A NOV nucleic acid can encode a mature NOV polypeptide. As used herein, a “mature” form of a polypeptide or protein disclosed in the present invention is the product of a naturally occurring polypeptide or precursor form or proprotein. The naturally occurring polypeptide, precursor or proprotein includes, by way of nonlimiting example, the full length gene product, encoded by the corresponding gene. Alternatively, it can be defined as the polypeptide, precursor or proprotein encoded by an open reading frame described herein. The product “mature” form arises, again by way of nonlimiting example, as a result of one or more naturally occurring processing steps as they may take place within the cell, or host cell, in which the gene product arises. Examples of such processing steps leading to a “mature” form of a polypeptide or protein include the cleavage of the N-terminal methionine residue encoded by the initiation codon of an open reading frame, or the proteolytic cleavage of a signal peptide or leader sequence. Thus a mature form arising from a precursor polypeptide or protein that has residues 1 to N, where residue 1 is the N-terminal methionine, would have residues 2 through N remaining after removal of the N-terminal methionine. Alternatively, a mature form arising from a precursor polypeptide or protein having residues 1 to N, in which an N-terminal signal sequence from residue 1 to residue M is cleaved, would have the residues from residue M+1 to residue N remaining. Further as used herein, a “mature” form of a polypeptide or protein may arise from a step of post-translational modification other than a proteolytic cleavage event. Such additional processes include, by way of non-limiting example, glycosylation, myristoylation or phosphorylation. In general, a mature polypeptide or protein may result from the operation of only one of these processes, or a combination of any of them.
  • The term “probes”, as utilized herein, refers to nucleic acid sequences of variable length, preferably between at least about 10 nucleotides (nt), 100 nt, or as many as approximately, e.g., 6,000 nt, depending upon the specific use. Probes are used in the detection of identical, similar, or complementary nucleic acid sequences. Longer length probes are generally obtained from a natural or recombinant source, are highly specific, and much slower to hybridize than shorter-length oligomer probes. Probes can be single- or double-stranded and designed to have specificity in PCR, membrane-based hybridization technologies, or ELISA-like technologies.
  • The term “isolated” nucleic acid molecule, as utilized herein, is one which is separated from other nucleic acid molecules which are present in the natural source of the nucleic acid. Preferably, an “isolated” nucleic acid is free of sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid (i.e., sequences located at the 5′- and 3′-termini of the nucleic acid) in the genomic DNA of the organism from which the nucleic acid is derived. For example, in various embodiments, the isolated NOV nucleic acid molecules can contain less than about 5 kb, 4 kb, 3 kb, 2 kb, 1 kb, 0.5 kb or 0.1 kb of nucleotide sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid molecule in genomic DNA of the cell/tissue from which the nucleic acid is derived (e.g., brain, heart, liver, spleen, etc.). Moreover, an “isolated” nucleic acid molecule, such as a cDNA molecule, can be substantially free of other cellular material or culture medium when produced by recombinant techniques, or of chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized. A nucleic acid molecules of the invention, e.g., a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6, or a complement of this aforementioned nucleotide sequence, can be isolated using standard molecular biology techniques and the sequence information provided herein. Using all or a portion of the nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6 as a hybridization probe, NOV molecules can be isolated using standard hybridization and cloning techniques (e.g., as described in Sambrook, et al., (eds.), MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL 2nd Ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor N.Y., 1989; and Ausubel, et al., (eds.), CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, New York, N.Y., 1993.)
  • A nucleic acids of the invention can be amplified using cDNA, mRNA or alternatively, genomic DNA, as a template and appropriate oligonucleotide primers according to standard PCR amplification techniques. The nucleic acid so amplified can be cloned into an appropriate vector and characterized by DNA sequence analysis. Furthermore, oligonucleotides corresponding to NOV nucleotide sequences can be prepared by standard synthetic techniques, e.g., using an automated DNA synthesizer.
  • As used herein, the term “oligonucleotide” refers to a series of linked nucleotide residues, which oligonucleotide has a sufficient number of nucleotide bases to be used in a PCR reaction. A short oligonucleotide sequence can be based on, or designed from, a genomic or cDNA sequence and is used to amplify, confirm, or reveal the presence of an identical, similar or complementary DNA or RNA in a particular cell or tissue. Oligonucleotides comprise portions of a nucleic acid sequence having about 10 nt, 50 nt, or 100 nt in length, preferably about 15 nt to 30 nt in length. In one embodiment of the invention, an oligonucleotide comprising a nucleic acid molecule less than 100 nt in length would further comprise at least 6 contiguous nucleotides of SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6 or a complement thereof. Oligonucleotides can be chemically synthesized and may also be used as probes.
  • In another embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention comprises a nucleic acid molecule that is a complement of the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6, or a portion of this nucleotide sequence (e.g., a fragment that can be used as a probe or primer or a fragment encoding a biologically-active portion of a NOV polypeptide). A nucleic acid molecule that is complementary to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6, is one that is sufficiently complementary to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6, that it can hydrogen bond with little or no mismatches to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6, thereby forming a stable duplex.
  • As used herein, the term “complementary” refers to Watson-Crick or Hoogsteen base pairing between nucleotides units of a nucleic acid molecule, and the term “binding” means the physical or chemical interaction between two polypeptides or compounds or associated polypeptides or compounds or combinations thereof. Binding includes ionic, non-ionic, van der Waals, hydrophobic interactions, and the like. A physical interaction can be either direct or indirect. Indirect interactions can be through or due to the effects of another polypeptide or compound. Direct binding refers to interactions that do not take place through, or due to, the effect of another polypeptide or compound, but instead are without other substantial chemical intermediates.
  • Fragments provided herein are defined as sequences of at least 6 (contiguous) nucleic acids or at least 4 (contiguous) amino acids, a length sufficient to allow for specific hybridization in the case of nucleic acids or for specific recognition of an epitope in the case of amino acids, respectively, and are at most some portion less than a full length sequence. Fragments can be derived from any contiguous portion of a nucleic acid or amino acid sequence of choice.
  • Derivatives are nucleic acid sequences or amino acid sequences formed from the native compounds either directly or by modification or partial substitution. Analogs are nucleic acid sequences or amino acid sequences that have a structure similar to, but not identical to, the native compound but differs from it in respect to certain components or side chains. Analogs can be synthetic or from a different evolutionary origin and may have a similar or opposite metabolic activity compared to wild type. Homologs are nucleic acid sequences or amino acid sequences of a particular gene that are derived from different species.
  • Derivatives and analogs can be full length or other than full length, if the derivative or analog contains a modified nucleic acid or amino acid, as described below. Derivatives or analogs of the nucleic acids or proteins of the invention include, but are not limited to, molecules comprising regions that are substantially homologous to the nucleic acids or proteins of the invention, in various embodiments, by at least about 30%, 50%, 70%, 80%, or 95% identity (with a preferred identity of 80-95%) over a nucleic acid or amino acid sequence of identical size or when compared to an aligned sequence in which the alignment is done by a computer homology program known in the art, or whose encoding nucleic acid is capable of hybridizing to the complement of a sequence encoding the aforementioned proteins under stringent, moderately stringent, or low stringent conditions. See e.g. Ausubel, et al., CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, New York, N.Y., 1993, and below.
  • A “homologous nucleic acid sequence” or “homologous amino acid sequence,” or variations thereof, refer to sequences characterized by a homology at the nucleotide level or amino acid level as discussed above. Homologous nucleotide sequences encode those sequences coding for isoforms of NOV polypeptides. Isoforms can be expressed in different tissues of the same organism as a result of, for example, alternative splicing of RNA. Alternatively, isoforms can be encoded by different genes. In the invention, homologous nucleotide sequences include nucleotide sequences encoding for a NOV polypeptide of species other than humans, including, but not limited to: vertebrates, and thus can include, e.g., frog, mouse, rat, rabbit, dog, cat, cow, horse, and other organisms. Homologous nucleotide sequences also include, but are not limited to, naturally occurring allelic variations and mutations of the nucleotide sequences set forth herein. A homologous nucleotide sequence does not, however, include the exact nucleotide sequence encoding human NOV protein. Homologous nucleic acid sequences include those nucleic acid sequences that encode conservative amino acid substitutions (see below) in SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7, as well as a polypeptide possessing NOV biological activity. Various biological activities of the NOV proteins are described below.
  • An ORF corresponds to a nucleotide sequence that could potentially be translated into a polypeptide. A stretch of nucleic acids comprising an ORF is uninterrupted by a stop codon. An ORF that represents the coding sequence for a full protein begins with an ATG “start” codon and terminates with one of the three “stop” codons, namely, TAA, TAG, or TGA. For the purposes of this invention, an ORF can be any part of a coding sequence, with or without a start codon, a stop codon, or both. For an ORF to be considered as a good candidate for coding for a bonafide cellular protein, a minimum size requirement is often set, e.g., a stretch of DNA that would encode a protein of 50 amino acids or more.
  • The nucleotide sequences determined from the cloning of the NOV genes allows for the generation of probes and primers designed for use in identifying and/or cloning NOV homologues in other cell types, e.g. from other tissues, as well as NOV homologues from other vertebrates. The probe/primer typically comprises substantially purified oligonucleotide. The oligonucleotide typically comprises a region of nucleotide sequence that hybridizes under stringent conditions to at least about 12, 25, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350 or 400 consecutive sense strand nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6; or an anti-sense strand nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6; or of a naturally occurring mutant of SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6.
  • Probes based on the NOV nucleotide sequences can be used to detect transcripts or genomic sequences encoding the same or homologous proteins. In various embodiments, the probe further comprises a label group attached thereto, e.g. the label group can be a radioisotope, a fluorescent compound, an enzyme, or an enzyme co-factor. Such probes can be used as a part of a diagnostic test kit for identifying cells or tissues which mis-express a NOV protein, such as by measuring a level of a NOV-encoding nucleic acid in a sample of cells from a subject e.g., detecting NOV mRNA levels or determining whether a genomic NOV gene has been mutated or deleted.
  • “A polypeptide having a biologically-active portion of a NOV polypeptide” refers to polypeptides exhibiting activity similar, but not necessarily identical to, an activity of a polypeptide of the invention, including mature forms, as measured in a particular biological assay, with or without dose dependency. A nucleic acid fragment encoding a “biologically-active portion of NOV” can be prepared by isolating a portion of SEQ ID NO:1, 4, or 6, that encodes a polypeptide having a NOV biological activity (the biological activities of the NOV proteins are described below), expressing the encoded portion of NOV protein (e.g., by recombinant expression in vitro) and assessing the activity of the encoded portion of NOV.
  • NOV Nucleic Acid and Polypeptide Variants
  • The invention further encompasses nucleic acid molecules that differ from the nucleotide sequences shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6, due to degeneracy of the genetic code and thus encode the same NOV proteins as that encoded by the nucleotide sequences shown in SEQ ID NO:1, 4, or 6. In another embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention has a nucleotide sequence encoding a protein having an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7.
  • In addition to the NOV nucleotide sequences shown in SEQ ID NO:1, 4, or 6, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that DNA sequence polymorphisms that lead to changes in the amino acid sequences of the NOV polypeptides may exist within a population (e.g., the human population). Such genetic polymorphism in the NOV genes may exist among individuals within a population due to natural allelic variation. As used herein, the terms “gene” and “recombinant gene” refer to nucleic acid molecules comprising an open reading frame (ORF) encoding a NOV protein, preferably a vertebrate NOV protein. Such natural allelic variations can typically result in 1-5% variance in the nucleotide sequence of the NOV genes. Any and all such nucleotide variations and resulting amino acid polymorphisms in the NOV polypeptides, which are the result of natural allelic variation and that do not alter the functional activity of the NOV polypeptides, are intended to be within the scope of the invention.
  • Moreover, nucleic acid molecules encoding NOV proteins from other species, and thus that have a nucleotide sequence that differs from the human sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6, are intended to be within the scope of the invention. Nucleic acid molecules corresponding to natural allelic variants and homologues of the NOV cDNAs of the invention can be isolated based on their homology to the human NOV nucleic acids disclosed herein using the human cDNAs, or a portion thereof, as a hybridization probe according to standard hybridization techniques under stringent hybridization conditions.
  • Accordingly, in another embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention is at least 6 nucleotides in length and hybridizes under stringent conditions to the nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, 4, or 6. In another embodiment, the nucleic acid is at least 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, 500, 750, 1000, 1500, or 2000 or more nucleotides in length. In yet another embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention hybridizes to the coding region. As used herein, the term “hybridizes under stringent conditions” is intended to describe conditions for hybridization and washing under which nucleotide sequences at least 60% homologous to each other typically remain hybridized to each other.
  • Homologs (i.e., nucleic acids encoding NOV proteins derived from species other than human) or other related sequences (e.g., paralogs) can be obtained by low, moderate or high stringency hybridization with all or a portion of the particular human sequence as a probe using methods well known in the art for nucleic acid hybridization and cloning.
  • As used herein, the phrase “stringent hybridization conditions” refers to conditions under which a probe, primer or oligonucleotide will hybridize to its target sequence, but to no other sequences. Stringent conditions are sequence-dependent and will be different in different circumstances. Longer sequences hybridize specifically at higher temperatures than shorter sequences. Generally, stringent conditions are selected to be about 5° C. lower than the thermal melting point (Tm) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH. The Tm is the temperature (under defined ionic strength, pH and nucleic acid concentration) at which 50% of the probes complementary to the target sequence hybridize to the target sequence at equilibrium. Since the target sequences are generally present at excess, at Tm, 50% of the probes are occupied at equilibrium. Typically, stringent conditions will be those in which the salt concentration is less than about 1.0 M sodium ion, typically about 0.01 to 1.0 M sodium ion (or other salts) at pH 7.0 to 8.3 and the temperature is at least about 30° C. for short probes, primers or oligonucleotides (e.g., 10 nt to 50 nt) and at least about 60° C. for longer probes, primers and oligonucleotides. Stringent conditions may also be achieved with the addition of destabilizing agents, such as formamide.
  • Stringent conditions are known to those skilled in the art and can be found in Ausubel, et al., (eds.), CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, N.Y. (1989), 6.3.1-6.3.6. Preferably, the conditions are such that sequences at least about 65%, 70%, 75%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, or 99% homologous to each other typically remain hybridized to each other. A non-limiting example of stringent hybridization conditions are hybridization in a high salt buffer comprising 6×SSC, 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5), 1 mM EDTA, 0.02% PVP, 0.02% Ficoll, 0.02% BSA, and 500 mg/ml denatured salmon sperm DNA at 65° C., followed by one or more washes in 0.2×SSC, 0.01% BSA at 50° C. An isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention that hybridizes under stringent conditions to the sequences of SEQ ID NO:1, 4, or 6, corresponds to a naturally-occurring nucleic acid molecule. As used herein, a “naturally-occurring” nucleic acid molecule refers to an RNA or DNA molecule having a nucleotide sequence that occurs in nature (e.g., encodes a natural protein).
  • In a second embodiment, a nucleic acid sequence that can hybridize to the nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, 4, 6, or fragments, analogs or derivatives thereof, under conditions of moderate stringency is provided. A non-limiting example of moderate stringency hybridization conditions are hybridization in 6×SSC, 5× Denhardt's solution, 0.5% SDS and 100 mg/ml denatured salmon sperm DNA at 55° C., followed by one or more washes in 1×SSC, 0.1% SDS at 37° C. Other conditions of moderate stringency that can be used are well-known within the art. See, e.g., Ausubel ,et al. (eds.), 1993, CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, NY, and Kriegler, 1990; GENE TRANSFER AND EXPRESSION, A LABORATORY MANUAL, Stockton Press, NY.
  • In a third embodiment, a nucleic acid that can hybridize to the nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO:1, 4, 6, or fragments, analogs or derivatives thereof, under conditions of low stringency, is provided. A non-limiting example of low stringency hybridization conditions are hybridization in 35% formamide, 5×SSC, 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5), 5 mM EDTA, 0.02% PVP, 0.02% Ficoll, 0.2% BSA, 100 mg/ml denatured salmon sperm DNA, 10% (wt/vol) dextran sulfate at 40° C., followed by one or more washes in 2×SSC, 25 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.4), 5 mM EDTA, and 0.1% SDS at 50° C. Other conditions of low stringency that can be used are well known in the art (e.g., as employed for cross-species hybridizations). See, e.g., Ausubel, et al. (eds.), 1993, CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, NY, and Kriegler, 1990, GENE TRANSFER AND EXPRESSION, A LABORATORY MANUAL, Stockton Press, NY; Shilo and Weinberg, 1981. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 78: 6789-6792.
  • Conservative Mutations
  • In addition to naturally-occurring allelic variants of NOV sequences that may exist in the population, the skilled artisan will further appreciate that changes can be introduced by mutation into the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO:1, 4, or 6, thereby leading to changes in the amino acid sequences of the encoded NOV proteins, without altering the functional ability of said NOV proteins. For example, nucleotide substitutions leading to amino acid substitutions at “non-essential” amino acid residues can be made in the sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7. A “non-essential” amino acid residue is a residue that can be altered from the wild-type sequences of the NOV proteins without altering their biological activity, whereas an “essential” amino acid residue is required for such biological activity. For example, amino acid residues that are conserved among the NOV proteins of the invention are predicted to be particularly non-amenable to alteration. Amino acids for which conservative substitutions can be made are well-known within the art.
  • Another aspect of the invention pertains to nucleic acid molecules encoding NOV proteins that contain changes in amino acid residues that are not essential for activity. Such NOV proteins differ in amino acid sequence from SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7, yet retain biological activity. In one embodiment, the isolated nucleic acid molecule comprises a nucleotide sequence encoding a protein, wherein the protein comprises an amino acid sequence at least about 45% homologous to the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7. Preferably, the protein encoded by the nucleic acid molecule is at least about 60% homologous to SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7; more preferably at least about 70% homologous to SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7; still more preferably at least about 80% homologous to SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7; even more preferably at least about 90% homologous to SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7; and most preferably at least about 95% homologous to SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7.
  • An isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding a NOV protein homologous to the protein of SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7, can be created by introducing one or more nucleotide substitutions, additions or deletions into the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6, such that one or more amino acid substitutions, additions or deletions are introduced into the encoded protein.
  • Mutations can be introduced into SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7, by standard techniques, such as site-directed mutagenesis and PCR-mediated mutagenesis. Preferably, conservative amino acid substitutions are made at one or more predicted, non-essential amino acid residues. A “conservative amino acid substitution” is one in which the amino acid residue is replaced with an amino acid residue having a similar side chain. Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined within the art. These families include amino acids with basic side chains (e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine), acidic side chains (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid), uncharged polar side chains (e.g., glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, cysteine), nonpolar side chains (e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan), beta-branched side chains (e.g., threonine, valine, isoleucine) and aromatic side chains (e.g., tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, histidine). Thus, a predicted non-essential amino acid residue in the NOV protein is replaced with another amino acid residue from the same side chain family. Alternatively, in another embodiment, mutations can be introduced randomly along all or part of a NOV coding sequence, such as by saturation mutagenesis, and the resultant mutants can be screened for NOV biological activity to identify mutants that retain activity. Following mutagenesis of SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7, the encoded protein can be expressed by any recombinant technology known in the art and the activity of the protein can be determined.
  • In one embodiment, a mutant NOV protein can be assayed for (i) the ability to form protein:protein interactions with other NOV proteins, other cell-surface proteins, or biologically-active portions thereof, (ii) complex formation between a mutant NOV protein and a NOV ligand; or (iii) the ability of a mutant NOV protein to bind to an intracellular target protein or biologically-active portion thereof; (e.g. avidin proteins). In yet another embodiment, a mutant NOV protein can be assayed for the ability to regulate a specific biological function (e.g., regulation of insulin release).
  • Antisense Nucleic Acids
  • Another aspect of the invention pertains to isolated antisense nucleic acid molecules that can hybridize to or complementary to the nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, 6, or fragments, analogs or derivatives thereof. An “antisense” nucleic acid comprises a nucleotide sequence that is complementary to a “sense” nucleic acid encoding a protein (e.g., complementary to the coding strand of a double-stranded cDNA molecule or complementary to an mRNA sequence). In specific aspects, antisense nucleic acid molecules are provided that comprise a sequence complementary to at least about 10, 25, 50, 100, 250 or 500 nucleotides or an entire NOV coding strand, or to only a portion thereof. Nucleic acid molecules encoding fragments, homologs, derivatives and analogs of a NOV protein of SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7; or antisense nucleic acids complementary to a NOV nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, 4, or 6, are additionally provided.
  • In one embodiment, an antisense nucleic acid molecule is antisense to a “coding region” of the coding strand of a nucleotide sequence encoding a NOV protein. The term “coding region” refers to the region of the nucleotide sequence comprising codons which are translated into amino acid residues. In another embodiment, the antisense nucleic acid molecule is antisense to a “noncoding region” of the coding strand of a nucleotide sequence encoding the NOV protein. The term “noncoding region” refers to 5′ and 3′ sequences which flank the coding region that are not translated into amino acids (i.e., also referred to as 5′ and 3′ untranslated regions).
  • Given the coding strand sequences encoding the NOV protein disclosed herein, antisense nucleic acids of the invention can be designed according to the rules of Watson and Crick or Hoogsteen base pairing. The antisense nucleic acid molecule can be complementary to the entire coding region of NOV mRNA, but more preferably is an oligonucleotide that is antisense to only a portion of the coding or noncoding region of NOV mRNA. For example, the antisense oligonucleotide can be complementary to the region surrounding the translation start site of NOV mRNA. An antisense oligonucleotide can be, for example, about 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45 or 50 nucleotides in length. An antisense nucleic acid of the invention can be constructed using chemical synthesis or enzymatic ligation reactions using procedures known in the art. For example, an antisense nucleic acid (e.g., an antisense oligonucleotide) can be chemically synthesized using naturally-occurring nucleotides or variously modified nucleotides designed to increase the biological stability of the molecules or to increase the physical stability of the duplex formed between the antisense and sense nucleic acids (e.g., phosphorothioate derivatives and acridine substituted nucleotides can be used).
  • Examples of modified nucleotides that can be used to generate the antisense nucleic acid include: 5-fluorouracil, 5-bromouracil, 5-chlorouracil, 5-iodouracil, hypoxanthine, xanthine, 4-acetylcytosine, 5-(carboxyhydroxylmethyl) uracil, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-thiouridine, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyluracil, dihydrouracil, beta-D-galactosylqueosine, inosine, N6-isopentenyladenine, 1-methylguanine, 1-methylinosine, 2,2-dimethylguanine, 2-methyladenine, 2-methylguanine, 3-methylcytosine, 5-methylcytosine, N6-adenine, 7-methylguanine, 5-methylaminomethyluracil, 5-methoxyaminomethyl-2-thiouracil, beta-D-mannosylqueosine, 5′-methoxycarboxymethyluracil, 5-methoxyuracil, 2-methylthio-N6-isopentenyladenine, uracil-5-oxyacetic acid (v), wybutoxosine, pseudouracil, queosine, 2-thiocytosine, 5-methyl-2-thiouracil, 2-thiouracil, 4-thiouracil, 5-methyluracil, uracil-5-oxyacetic acid methylester, uracil-5-oxyacetic acid (v), 5-methyl-2-thiouracil, 3-(3-amino-3-N-2-carboxypropyl) uracil, (acp3)w, and 2,6-diaminopurine. Alternatively, the antisense nucleic acid can be produced biologically using an expression vector into which a nucleic acid has been subcloned in an antisense orientation (i.e., RNA transcribed from the inserted nucleic acid will be of an antisense orientation to a target nucleic acid of interest, described further in the following subsection).
  • The antisense nucleic acid molecules of the invention are typically administered to a subject or generated in situ such that they hybridize with or bind to cellular mRNA and/or genomic DNA encoding a NOV protein to thereby inhibit expression of the protein (e.g., by inhibiting transcription and/or translation). The hybridization can be by conventional nucleotide complementarity to form a stable duplex, or, for example, in the case of an antisense nucleic acid molecule that binds to DNA duplexes, through specific interactions in the major groove of the double helix. An example of a route of administration of antisense nucleic acid molecules of the invention includes direct injection at a tissue site. Alternatively, antisense nucleic acid molecules can be modified to target selected cells and then administered systemically. For example, for systemic administration, antisense molecules can be modified such that they specifically bind to receptors or antigens expressed on a selected cell surface (e.g., by linking the antisense nucleic acid molecules to peptides or antibodies that bind to cell surface receptors or antigens). The antisense nucleic acid molecules can also be delivered to cells using the vectors described herein. To achieve sufficient nucleic acid molecules, vector constructs in which the antisense nucleic acid molecule is placed under the control of a strong pol II or pol III promoter are preferred.
  • In yet another embodiment, the antisense nucleic acid molecule of the invention is an alpha-anomeric nucleic acid molecule. An alpha-anomeric nucleic acid molecule forms specific double-stranded hybrids with complementary RNA in which, contrary to the usual alpha-units, the strands run parallel to each other. See, e.g., Gaultier, et al., 1987. Nucl. Acids Res. 15: 6625-6641. The antisense nucleic acid molecule can also comprise a 2′-o-methylribonucleotide (see, e.g., Inoue, et al. 1987. Nucl. Acids Res. 15: 6131-6148) or a chimeric RNA-DNA analogue (see, e.g., Inoue, et al., 1987. FEBS Lett. 215: 327-330.
  • Ribozymes and PNA Moieties
  • Nucleic acid modifications include, by way of non-limiting example, modified bases, and nucleic acids whose sugar phosphate backbones are modified or derivatized. These modifications are carried out at least in part to enhance the chemical stability of the modified nucleic acid, such that they can be used, for example, as antisense binding nucleic acids in therapeutic applications in a subject.
  • In one embodiment, an antisense nucleic acid of the invention is a ribozyme. Ribozymes are catalytic RNA molecules with ribonuclease activity that are capable of cleaving a single-stranded nucleic acid, such as an mRNA, to which they have a complementary region. Thus, ribozymes (e.g., hammerhead ribozymes as described in Haselhoff and Gerlach 1988. Nature 334: 585-591) can be used to catalytically cleave NOV mRNA transcripts to thereby inhibit translation of NOV mRNA. A ribozyme having specificity for a NOV-encoding nucleic acid can be designed based upon the nucleotide sequence of a NOV cDNA disclosed herein (i.e., SEQ ID NO:1, 4, or 6). For example, a derivative of a Tetrahymena L-19 IVS RNA can be constructed in which the nucleotide sequence of the active site is complementary to the nucleotide sequence to be cleaved in a NOV-encoding mRNA. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,987,071 to Cech, et al. and U.S. Pat. No. 5,116,742 to Cech, et al. NOV mRNA can also be used to select a catalytic RNA having a specific ribonuclease activity from a pool of RNA molecules. See, e.g., Bartel et al., (1993) Science 261:1411-1418.
  • Alternatively, NOV gene expression can be inhibited by targeting nucleotide sequences complementary to the regulatory region of the NOV nucleic acid (e.g., the NOV promoter and/or enhancers) to form triple helical structures that prevent transcription of the NOV gene in target cells. See, e.g., Helene, 1991. Anticancer Drug Des. 6: 569-84; Helene, et al. 1992. Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 660: 27-36; Maher, 1992. Bioassays 14: 807-15.
  • In various embodiments, the NOV nucleic acids can be modified at the base moiety, sugar moiety or phosphate backbone to improve, e.g., the stability, hybridization, or solubility of the molecule. For example, the deoxyribose phosphate backbone of the nucleic acids can be modified to generate peptide nucleic acids. See, e.g., Hyrup, et al., 1996. Bioorg Med Chem 4: 5-23. As used herein, the terms “peptide nucleic acids” or “PNAs” refer to nucleic acid mimics (e.g., DNA mimics) in which the deoxyribose phosphate backbone is replaced by a pseudopeptide backbone and only the four natural nucleobases are retained. The neutral backbone of PNAs has been shown to allow for specific hybridization to DNA and RNA under conditions of low ionic strength. The synthesis of PNA oligomers can be performed using standard solid phase peptide synthesis protocols as described in Hyrup, et al., 1996. supra; Perry-O'Keefe, et al., 1996. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93: 14670-14675.
  • PNAs of NOV can be used in therapeutic and diagnostic applications. For example, PNAs can be used as antisense or antigene agents for sequence-specific modulation of gene expression by, e.g., inducing transcription or translation arrest or inhibiting replication. PNAs of NOV can also be used, for example, in the analysis of single base pair mutations in a gene (e.g., PNA directed PCR clamping; as artificial restriction enzymes when used in combination with other enzymes, e.g., S1 nucleases (see, Hyrup, et al., 1996.supra); or as probes or primers for DNA sequence and hybridization (see, Hyrup, et al., 1996, supra; Perry-O'Keefe, et al., 1996. supra).
  • In another embodiment, PNAs of NOV can be modified, e.g., to enhance their stability or cellular uptake, by attaching lipophilic or other helper groups to PNA, by the formation of PNA-DNA chimeras, or by the use of liposomes or other techniques of drug delivery known in the art. For example, PNA-DNA chimeras of NOV can be generated that may combine the advantageous properties of PNA and DNA. Such chimeras allow DNA recognition enzymes (e.g., RNase H and DNA polymerases) to interact with the DNA portion while the PNA portion would provide high binding affinity and specificity. PNA-DNA chimeras can be linked using linkers of appropriate lengths selected in terms of base stacking, number of bonds between the nucleobases, and orientation (see, Hyrup, et al., 1996. supra). The synthesis of PNA-DNA chimeras can be performed as described in Hyrup, et al., 1996. supra and Finn, et al., 1996. Nucl Acids Res 24: 3357-3363. For example, a DNA chain can be synthesized on a solid support using standard phosphoramidite coupling chemistry, and modified nucleoside analogs, e.g., 5′-(4-methoxytrityl)amino-5′-deoxy-thymidine phosphoramidite, can be used between the PNA and the 5′ end of DNA. See, e.g., Mag, et al., 1989. Nucl Acid Res 17: 5973-5988. PNA monomers are then coupled in a stepwise manner to produce a chimeric molecule with a 5′ PNA segment and a 3′ DNA segment. See, e.g., Finn, et al., 1996. supra. Alternatively, chimeric molecules can be synthesized with a 5′ DNA segment and a 3′ PNA segment. See, e.g., Petersen, et al., 1975. Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 5: 1119-11124.
  • In other embodiments, the oligonucleotide may include other appended groups such as peptides (e.g., for targeting host cell receptors in vivo), or agents facilitating transport across the cell membrane (see, e.g., Letsinger, et al., 1989. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 86: 6553-6556; Lemaitre, et al., 1987. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 84: 648-652; PCT Publication No. WO88/09810) or the blood-brain barrier (see, e.g., PCT Publication No. WO 89/10134). In addition, oligonucleotides can be modified with hybridization triggered cleavage agents (see, e.g., Krol, et al., 1988. BioTechniques 6:958-976) or intercalating agents (see, e.g., Zon, 1988. Pharm. Res. 5: 539-549). To this end, the oligonucleotide can be conjugated to another molecule, e.g., a peptide, a hybridization triggered cross-linking agent, a transport agent, a hybridization-triggered cleavage agent, and the like.
  • NOV Polypeptides
  • A polypeptide according to the invention includes a polypeptide including the amino acid sequence of NOV polypeptides whose sequences are provided in SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7. The invention also includes a mutant or variant protein any of whose residues can be changed from the corresponding residues shown in SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7, while still encoding a protein that maintains its NOV activities and physiological functions, or a functional fragment thereof.
  • In general, a NOV variant that preserves NOV-like function includes any variant in which residues at a particular position in the sequence have been substituted by other amino acids, and further include the possibility of inserting an additional residue or residues between two residues of the parent protein as well as the possibility of deleting one or more residues from the parent sequence. Any amino acid substitution, insertion, or deletion is encompassed by the invention. In favorable circumstances, the substitution is a conservative substitution as defined above.
  • One aspect of the invention pertains to isolated NOV proteins, and biologically-active portions thereof, or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof. Also provided are polypeptide fragments suitable for use as immunogens to raise anti-NOV antibodies. In one embodiment, native NOV proteins can be isolated from cells or tissue sources by an appropriate purification scheme using standard protein purification techniques. In another embodiment, NOV proteins are produced by recombinant DNA techniques. Alternative to recombinant expression, a NOV protein or polypeptide can be synthesized chemically using standard peptide synthesis techniques.
  • An “isolated” or “purified” polypeptide or protein or biologically-active portion thereof is substantially free of cellular material or other contaminating proteins from the cell or tissue source from which the NOV protein is derived, or substantially free from chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized. The language “substantially free of cellular material” includes preparations of NOV proteins in which the protein is separated from cellular components of the cells from which it is isolated or recombinantly-produced. In one embodiment, the language “substantially free of cellular material” includes preparations of NOV proteins having less than about 30% (by dry weight) of non-NOV proteins (also referred to herein as a “contaminating protein”), more preferably less than about 20% of non-NOV proteins, still more preferably less than about 10% of non-NOV proteins, and most preferably less than about 5% of non-NOV proteins. When the NOV protein or biologically-active portion thereof is recombinantly-produced, it is also preferably substantially free of culture medium, i.e., culture medium represents less than about 20%, more preferably less than about 10%, and most preferably less than about 5% of the volume of the NOV protein preparation.
  • The language “substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals” includes preparations of NOV proteins in which the protein is separated from chemical precursors or other chemicals that are involved in the synthesis of the protein. In one embodiment, the language “substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals” includes preparations of NOV proteins having less than about 30% (by dry weight) of chemical precursors or non-NOV chemicals, more preferably less than about 20% chemical precursors or non-NOV chemicals, still more preferably less than about 10% chemical precursors or non-NOV chemicals, and most preferably less than about 5% chemical precursors or non-NOV chemicals.
  • Biologically-active portions of NOV proteins include peptides comprising amino acid sequences sufficiently homologous to or derived from the amino acid sequences of the NOV proteins (e.g., the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7) that include fewer amino acids than the full-length NOV proteins, and exhibit at least one activity of a NOV protein. Typically, biologically-active portions comprise a domain or motif with at least one activity of the NOV protein. A biologically-active portion of a NOV protein can be a polypeptide which is, for example, 10, 25, 50, 100 or more amino acid residues in length. Moreover, other biologically-active portions, in which other regions of the protein are deleted, can be prepared by recombinant techniques and evaluated for one or more of the functional activities of a native NOV protein.
  • In an embodiment, the NOV protein has an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7. In other embodiments, the NOV protein is substantially homologous to SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7, and retains the functional activity of the protein of SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7, yet differs in amino acid sequence due to natural allelic variation or mutagenesis, as described in detail, below. Accordingly, in another embodiment, the NOV protein is a protein that comprises an amino acid sequence at least about 45% homologous to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7 and retains the functional activity of the NOV proteins of SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7.
  • Determining Homology Between Two or More Sequences
  • To determine the percent homology of two amino acid sequences or of two nucleic acids, the sequences are aligned for optimal comparison purposes (e.g., gaps can be introduced in the sequence of a first amino acid or nucleic acid sequence for optimal alignment with a second amino or nucleic acid sequence). The amino acid residues or nucleotides at corresponding amino acid positions or nucleotide positions are then compared. When a position in the first sequence is occupied by the same amino acid residue or nucleotide as the corresponding position in the second sequence, then the molecules are homologous at that position (i.e., as used herein amino acid or nucleic acid “homology” is equivalent to amino acid or nucleic acid “identity”).
  • The nucleic acid sequence homology can be determined as the degree of identity between two sequences. The homology can be determined using computer programs known in the art, such as GAP software provided in the GCG program package. See, Needleman and Wunsch, 1970. J Mol Biol 48: 443-453. Using GCG GAP software with the following settings for nucleic acid sequence comparison: GAP creation penalty of 5.0 and GAP extension penalty of 0.3, the coding region of the analogous nucleic acid sequences referred to above exhibits a degree of identity preferably of at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, or 99%, with the CDS (encoding) part of the DNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6.
  • The term “sequence identity” refers to the degree to which two polynucleotide or polypeptide sequences are identical on a residue-by-residue basis over a particular region of comparison. The term “percentage of sequence identity” is calculated by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over that region of comparison, determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid base (e.g., A, T, C, G, U, or I, in the case of nucleic acids) occurs in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the region of comparison (i.e., the window size), and multiplying the result by 100 to yield the percentage of sequence identity. The term “substantial identity” as used herein denotes a characteristic of a polynucleotide sequence, wherein the polynucleotide comprises a sequence that has at least 80 percent sequence identity, preferably at least 85 percent identity and often 90 to 95 percent sequence identity, more usually at least 99 percent sequence identity as compared to a reference sequence over a comparison region.
  • Chimeric and Fusion Proteins
  • The invention also provides NOV chimeric or fusion proteins. As used herein, a NOV “chimeric protein” or “fusion protein” comprises a NOV polypeptide operatively-linked to a non-NOV polypeptide. An “NOV polypeptide” refers to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence corresponding to a NOV protein (SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7), whereas a “non-NOV polypeptide” refers to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence corresponding to a protein that is not substantially homologous to the NOV protein, e.g., a protein that is different from the NOV protein and that is derived from the same or a different organism. Within a NOV fusion protein the NOV polypeptide can correspond to all or a portion of a NOV protein. In one embodiment, a NOV fusion protein comprises at least one biologically-active portion of a NOV protein. In another embodiment, a NOV fusion protein comprises at least two biologically-active portions of a NOV protein. In yet another embodiment, a NOV fusion protein comprises at least three biologically-active portions of a NOV protein. Within the fusion protein, the term “operatively-linked” is intended to indicate that the NOV polypeptide and the non-NOV polypeptide are fused in-frame with one another. The non-NOV polypeptide can be fused to the N-terminus or C-terminus of the NOV polypeptide.
  • In one embodiment, the fusion protein is a GST-NOV fusion protein in which the NOV sequences are fused to the C-terminus of the GST (glutathione S-transferase) sequences. Such fusion proteins can facilitate the purification of recombinant NOV polypeptides. In another embodiment, the fusion protein is a NOV protein containing a heterologous signal sequence at its N-terminus. In certain host cells (e.g., mammalian host cells), expression and/or secretion of NOV can be increased through use of a heterologous signal sequence.
  • In yet another embodiment, the fusion protein is a NOV-immunoglobulin fusion protein in which the NOV sequences are fused to sequences derived from a member of the immunoglobulin protein family. The NOV-immunoglobulin fusion proteins of the invention can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions and administered to a subject to inhibit an interaction between a NOV ligand and a NOV protein on the surface of a cell, to thereby suppress NOV-mediated signal transduction in vivo. The NOV-immunoglobulin fusion proteins can be used to affect the bioavailability of a NOV cognate ligand. Inhibition of the NOV ligand/NOV interaction can be useful therapeutically for both the treatment of proliferative and differentiative disorders, as well as modulating (e.g. promoting or inhibiting) cell survival. Moreover, the NOV-immunoglobulin fusion proteins of the invention can be used as immunogens to produce anti-NOV antibodies in a subject, to purify NOV ligands, and in screening assays to identify molecules that inhibit the interaction of NOV with a NOV ligand.
  • A NOV chimeric or fusion protein of the invention can be produced by standard recombinant DNA techniques. For example, DNA fragments coding for the different polypeptide sequences are ligated together in-frame in accordance with conventional techniques, e.g., by employing blunt-ended or stagger-ended termini for ligation, restriction enzyme digestion to provide for appropriate termini, filling-in of cohesive ends as appropriate, alkaline phosphatase treatment to avoid undesirable joining, and enzymatic ligation. In another embodiment, the fusion gene can be synthesized by conventional techniques including automated DNA synthesizers. Alternatively, PCR amplification of gene fragments can be carried out using anchor primers that give rise to complementary overhangs between two consecutive gene fragments that can subsequently be annealed and reamplified to generate a chimeric gene sequence (see, e.g., Ausubel, et al. (eds.) CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, 1992). Moreover, many expression vectors are commercially available that already encode a fusion moiety (e.g., a GST polypeptide). A NOV-encoding nucleic acid can be cloned into such an expression vector such that the fusion moiety is linked in-frame to the NOV protein.
  • NOV Agonists and Antagonists
  • The invention also pertains to variants of the NOV proteins that function as either NOV agonists (i.e., mimetics) or as NOV antagonists. Variants of the NOV protein can be generated by mutagenesis (e.g., discrete point mutation or truncation of the NOV protein). An agonist of the NOV protein can retain substantially the same, or a subset of, the biological activities of the naturally occurring form of the NOV protein. An antagonist of the NOV protein can inhibit one or more of the activities of the naturally occurring form of the NOV protein by, for example, competitively binding to a downstream or upstream member of a cellular signaling cascade which includes the NOV protein. Thus, specific biological effects can be elicited by treatment with a variant of limited function. In one embodiment, treatment of a subject with a variant having a subset of the biological activities of the naturally occurring form of the protein has fewer side effects in a subject relative to treatment with the naturally occurring form of the NOV proteins.
  • Variants of the NOV proteins that function as either NOV agonists (i.e., mimetics) or as NOV antagonists can be identified by screening combinatorial libraries of mutants (e.g., truncation mutants) of the NOV proteins for NOV protein agonist or antagonist activity. In one embodiment, a variegated library of NOV variants is generated by combinatorial mutagenesis at the nucleic acid level and is encoded by a variegated gene library. A variegated library of NOV variants can be produced by, for example, enzymatically ligating a mixture of synthetic oligonucleotides into gene sequences such that a degenerate set of potential NOV sequences is expressible as individual polypeptides, or alternatively, as a set of larger fusion proteins (e.g., for phage display) containing the set of NOV sequences therein. There are a variety of methods which can be used to produce libraries of potential NOV variants from a degenerate oligonucleotide sequence. Chemical synthesis of a degenerate gene sequence can be performed in an automatic DNA synthesizer, and the synthetic gene then ligated into an appropriate expression vector. Use of a degenerate set of genes allows for the provision, in one mixture, of all of the sequences encoding the desired set of potential NOV sequences. Methods for synthesizing degenerate oligonucleotides are well-known within the art. See, e.g., Narang, 1983. Tetrahedron 39: 3; Itakura, et al., 1984. Annu. Rev. Biochem. 53: 323; Itakura, et al., 1984. Science 198: 1056; Ike, et al., 1983. Nucl. Acids Res. 11: 477.
  • Polypeptide Libraries
  • In addition, libraries of fragments of the NOV protein coding sequences can be used to generate a variegated population of NOV fragments for screening and subsequent selection of variants of a NOV protein. In one embodiment, a library of coding sequence fragments can be generated by treating a double stranded PCR fragment of a NOV coding sequence with a nuclease under conditions wherein nicking occurs only about once per molecule, denaturing the double stranded DNA, renaturing the DNA to form double-stranded DNA that can include sense/antisense pairs from different nicked products, removing single stranded portions from reformed duplexes by treatment with S 1 nuclease, and ligating the resulting fragment library into an expression vector. By this method, expression libraries can be derived which encodes N-terminal and internal fragments of various sizes of the NOV proteins.
  • Various techniques are known in the art for screening gene products of combinatorial libraries made by point mutations or truncation, and for screening cDNA libraries for gene products having a selected property. Such techniques are adaptable for rapid screening of the gene libraries generated by the combinatorial mutagenesis of NOV proteins. The most widely used techniques, which are amenable to high throughput analysis, for screening large gene libraries typically include cloning the gene library into replicable expression vectors, transforming appropriate cells with the resulting library of vectors, and expressing the combinatorial genes under conditions in which detection of a desired activity facilitates isolation of the vector encoding the gene whose product was detected. Recursive ensemble mutagenesis (REM), a new technique that enhances the frequency of functional mutants in the libraries, can be used in combination with the screening assays to identify NOV variants. See, e.g., Arkin and Yourvan, 1992. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89: 7811-7815; Delgrave, et al., 1993. Protein Engineering 6:327-331.
  • Anti-NOV Antibodies
  • The invention encompasses antibodies and antibody fragments, such as Fab or (Fab)2, that bind immunospecifically to any of the NOV polypeptides of said invention.
  • An isolated NOV protein, or a portion or fragment thereof, can be used as an immunogen to generate antibodies that bind to NOV polypeptides using standard techniques for polyclonal and monoclonal antibody preparation. The full-length NOV proteins can be used or, alternatively, the invention provides antigenic peptide fragments of NOV proteins for use as immunogens. The antigenic NOV peptides comprises at least 4 amino acid residues of the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:2, 5, or 7, and encompasses an epitope of NOV such that an antibody raised against the peptide forms a specific immune complex with NOV. Preferably, the antigenic peptide comprises at least 6, 8, 10, 15, 20, or 30 amino acid residues. Longer antigenic peptides are sometimes preferable over shorter antigenic peptides, depending on use and according to methods well known to someone skilled in the art.
  • In certain embodiments of the invention, at least one epitope encompassed by the antigenic peptide is a region of NOV that is located on the surface of the protein (e.g., a hydrophilic region). As a means for targeting antibody production, hydropathy plots showing regions of hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity can be generated by any method well known in the art, including, for example, the Kyte Doolittle or the Hopp Woods methods, either with or without Fourier transformation (see, e.g., Hopp and Woods, 1981. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 78:3824-3828; Kyte and Doolittle, 1982. J. Mol. Biol. 157: 105-142, each incorporated herein by reference in their entirety).
  • As disclosed herein, NOV protein sequences of SEQ ID NO:2, 5, 7, or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof, can be utilized as immunogens in the generation of antibodies that immunospecifically-bind these protein components. The term “antibody” as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically-active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that specifically-binds (immunoreacts with) an antigen, such as NOV. Such antibodies include, but are not limited to, polyclonal, monoclonal, chimeric, single chain, Fab and F(ab′)2 fragments, and an Fab expression library. In a specific embodiment, antibodies to human NOV proteins are disclosed. Various procedures known within the art can be used for the production of polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies to a NOV protein sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, 5, 7, or a derivative, fragment, analog or homolog thereof. Some of these proteins are discussed below.
  • For the production of polyclonal antibodies, various suitable host animals (e.g., rabbit, goat, mouse or other mammal) can be immunized by injection with the native protein, or a synthetic variant thereof, or a derivative of the foregoing. An appropriate immunogenic preparation can contain, for example, recombinantly-expressed NOV protein or a chemically-synthesized NOV polypeptide. The preparation can further include an adjuvant. Various adjuvants used to increase the immunological response include, but are not limited to, Freund's (complete and incomplete), mineral gels (e.g., aluminum hydroxide), surface active substances (e.g., lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, dinitrophenol, etc.), human adjuvants such as Bacille Calmette-Guerin and Corynebacterium parvum, or similar immunostimulatory agents. If desired, the antibody molecules directed against NOV can be isolated from the mammal (e.g., from the blood) and further purified by well known techniques, such as protein A chromatography to obtain the IgG fraction.
  • The term “monoclonal antibody” or “monoclonal antibody composition”, as used herein, refers to a population of antibody molecules that contain only one species of an antigen binding site capable of immunoreacting with a particular epitope of NOV. A monoclonal antibody composition thus typically displays a single binding affinity for a particular NOV protein with which it immunoreacts. For preparation of monoclonal antibodies directed towards a particular NOV protein, or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof, any technique that provides for the production of antibody molecules by continuous cell line culture can be utilized. Such techniques include, but are not limited to, the hybridoma technique (see, e.g., Kohler & Milstein, 1975. Nature 256: 495-497); the trioma technique; the human B-cell hybridoma technique (see, e.g., Kozbor, et al., 1983. Immunol. Today 4: 72) and the EBV hybridoma technique to produce human monoclonal antibodies (see, e.g., Cole, et al., 1985. In: MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES AND CANCER THERAPY, Alan R. Liss, Inc., pp. 77-96). Human monoclonal antibodies can be utilized in the practice of the invention and can be produced by using human hybridomas (see, e.g., Cote, et al., 1983. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 80:2026-2030) or by transforming human B-cells with Epstein Barr Virus in vitro (see, e.g., Cole, et al., 1985. In: MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES AND CANCER THERAPY, Alan R. Liss, Inc., pp. 77-96). Each of the above citations is incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
  • According to the invention, techniques can be adapted for the production of single-chain antibodies specific to a NOV protein (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,946,778). In addition, methods can be adapted for the construction of Fab expression libraries (see, e.g., Huse, et al., 1989. Science 246: 1275-1281) to allow rapid and effective identification of monoclonal Fab fragments with the desired specificity for a NOV protein or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof. Non-human antibodies can be “humanized” by techniques well known in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539. Antibody fragments that contain the idiotypes to a NOV protein can be produced by techniques known in the art including, but not limited to: (i) an F(ab′)2 fragment produced by pepsin digestion of an antibody molecule; (ii) an Fab fragment generated by reducing the disulfide bridges of an F(ab′)2 fragment; (iii) an Fab fragment generated by the treatment of the antibody molecule with papain and a reducing agent; and (iv) Fv fragments.
  • Additionally, recombinant anti-NOV antibodies, such as chimeric and humanized monoclonal antibodies, comprising both human and non-human portions, which can be made using standard recombinant DNA techniques, are within the scope of the invention. Such chimeric and humanized monoclonal antibodies can be produced by recombinant DNA techniques known in the art, for example using methods described in International Application No. PCT/US86/02269; European Patent Application No. 184,187; European Patent Application No. 171,496; European Patent Application No. 173,494; PCT International Publication No. WO 86/01533; U.S. Patent No. 4,816,567; U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539; European Patent Application No. 125,023; Better, et al., 1988. Science 240: 1041-1043; Liu, et al., 1987. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84: 3439-3443; Liu, et al., 1987. J. Immunol. 139: 3521-3526; Sun, et al., 1987. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84: 214-218; Nishimura, et al., 1987. Cancer Res. 47: 999-1005; Wood, et al., 1985. Nature 314 :446-449; Shaw, et al., 1988. J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 80: 1553-1559); Morrison(1985) Science 229:1202-1207; Oi, et al. (1986) BioTechniques 4:214; Jones, et al., 1986. Nature 321: 552-525; Verhoeyan, et al., 1988. Science 239: 1534; and Beidler, et al., 1988. J. Immunol. 141: 4053-4060. Each of the above citations are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
  • In one embodiment, methods for the screening of antibodies that possess the desired specificity include, but are not limited to, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) and other immunologically-mediated techniques known within the art. In a specific embodiment, selection of antibodies that are specific to a particular domain of a NOV protein is facilitated by generation of hybridomas that bind to the fragment of a NOV protein possessing such a domain. Thus, antibodies that are specific for a desired domain within a NOV protein, or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof, are also provided herein.
  • Anti-NOV antibodies can be used in methods known within the art relating to the localization and/or quantitation of a NOV protein (e.g., for use in measuring levels of the NOV protein within appropriate physiological samples, for use in diagnostic methods, for use in imaging the protein, and the like). In a given embodiment, antibodies for NOV proteins, or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof, that contain the antibody derived binding domain, are utilized as pharmacologically-active compounds (hereinafter “Therapeutics”). An anti-NOV antibody (e.g., monoclonal antibody) can be used to isolate a NOV polypeptide by standard techniques, such as affinity chromatography or immunoprecipitation. An anti-NOV antibody can facilitate the purification of natural NOV polypeptide from cells and of recombinantly-produced NOV polypeptide expressed in host cells. Moreover, an anti-NOV antibody can be used to detect NOV protein (e.g., in a cellular lysate or cell supernatant) in order to evaluate the abundance and pattern of expression of the NOV protein. Anti-NOV antibodies can be used diagnostically to monitor protein levels in tissue as part of a clinical testing procedure, e.g., to, for example, determine the efficacy of a given treatment regimen. Detection can be facilitated by coupling (i.e., physically linking) the antibody to a detectable substance. Examples of detectable substances include various enzymes, prosthetic groups, fluorescent materials, luminescent materials, bioluminescent materials, and radioactive materials. Examples of suitable enzymes include horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, beta-galactosidase, or acetylcholinesterase; examples of suitable prosthetic group complexes include streptavidin/biotin and avidin/biotin; examples of suitable fluorescent materials include umbelliferone, fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, dichlorotriazinylamine fluorescein, dansyl chloride or phycoerythrin; an example of a luminescent material includes luminol; examples of bioluminescent materials include luciferase, luciferin, and aequorin, and examples of suitable radioactive material include 125I, 131I, 35S or 3H.
  • NOV Recombinant Expression Vectors and Host Cells
  • Another aspect of the invention pertains to vectors, preferably expression vectors, containing a nucleic acid encoding a NOV protein, or derivatives, fragments, analogs or homologs thereof. As used herein, the term “vector” refers to a nucleic acid molecule capable of transporting another nucleic acid to which it has been linked. One type of vector is a “plasmid”, which refers to a circular double stranded DNA loop into which additional DNA segments can be ligated. Another type of vector is a viral vector, wherein additional DNA segments can be ligated into the viral genome. Certain vectors are capable of autonomous replication in a host cell into which they are introduced (e.g., bacterial vectors having a bacterial origin of replication and episomal mammalian vectors). Other vectors (e.g., non-episomal mammalian vectors) are integrated into the genome of a host cell upon introduction into the host cell, and thereby are replicated along with the host genome. Moreover, certain vectors are capable of directing the expression of genes to which they are operatively-linked. Such vectors are referred to herein as “expression vectors”. In general, expression vectors of utility in recombinant DNA techniques are often in the form of plasmids. In the present specification, “plasmid” and “vector” can be used interchangeably as the plasmid is the most commonly used form of vector. However, the invention is intended to include such other forms of expression vectors, such as viral vectors (e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses), which serve equivalent functions.
  • The recombinant expression vectors of the invention comprise a nucleic acid of the invention in a form suitable for expression of the nucleic acid in a host cell, which means that the recombinant expression vectors include one or more regulatory sequences, selected on the basis of the host cells to be used for expression, that is operatively-linked to the nucleic acid sequence to be expressed. Within a recombinant expression vector, “operably-linked” is intended to mean that the nucleotide sequence of interest is linked to the regulatory sequence(s) in a manner that allows for expression of the nucleotide sequence (e.g., in an in vitro transcription/translation system or in a host cell when the vector is introduced into the host cell).
  • The term “regulatory sequence” is intended to includes promoters, enhancers and other expression control elements (e.g., polyadenylation signals). Such regulatory sequences are described, for example, in Goeddel, GENE EXPRESSION TECHNOLOGY: METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY 185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. (1990). Regulatory sequences include those that direct constitutive expression of a nucleotide sequence in many types of host cell and those that direct expression of the nucleotide sequence only in certain host cells (e.g., tissue-specific regulatory sequences). It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the design of the expression vector can depend on such factors as the choice of the host cell to be transformed, the level of expression of protein desired, etc. The expression vectors of the invention can be introduced into host cells to thereby produce proteins or peptides, including fusion proteins or peptides, encoded by nucleic acids as described herein (e.g., NOV proteins, mutant forms of NOV proteins, fusion proteins, etc.).
  • The recombinant expression vectors of the invention can be designed for expression of NOV proteins in prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells. For example, NOV proteins can be expressed in bacterial cells such as Escherichia coli, insect cells (using baculovirus expression vectors) yeast cells or mammalian cells. Suitable host cells are discussed further in Goeddel, GENE EXPRESSION TECHNOLOGY: METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY 185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. (1990). Alternatively, the recombinant expression vector can be transcribed and translated in vitro, for example using T7 promoter regulatory sequences and T7 polymerase. Expression of proteins in prokaryotes is most often carried out in Escherichia coli with vectors containing constitutive or inducible promoters directing the expression of either fusion or non-fusion proteins. Fusion vectors add a number of amino acids to a protein encoded therein, usually to the amino terminus of the recombinant protein. Such fusion vectors typically serve three purposes: (i) to increase expression of recombinant protein; (ii) to increase the solubility of the recombinant protein; and (iii) to aid in the purification of the recombinant protein by acting as a ligand in affinity purification. Often, in fusion expression vectors, a proteolytic cleavage site is introduced at the junction of the fusion moiety and the recombinant protein to enable separation of the recombinant protein from the fusion moiety subsequent to purification of the fusion protein. Such enzymes, and their cognate recognition sequences, include Factor Xa, thrombin and enterokinase. Typical fusion expression vectors include pGEX (Pharmacia Biotech Inc; Smith and Johnson, 1988. Gene 67: 31-40), pMAL (New England Biolabs, Beverly, Mass.) and pRIT5 (Pharmacia, Piscataway, N.J.) that fuse glutathione S-transferase (GST), maltose E binding protein, or protein A, respectively, to the target recombinant protein. Examples of suitable inducible non-fusion E. coli expression vectors include pTrc (Amrann et al., (1988) Gene 69:301-315) and pET 11d (Studier et al., GENE EXPRESSION TECHNOLOGY: METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY 185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. (1990) 60-89).
  • One strategy to maximize recombinant protein expression in E. coli is to express the protein in a host bacteria with an impaired capacity to proteolytically cleave the recombinant protein. See, e.g., Gottesman, GENE EXPRESSION TECHNOLOGY: METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY 185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. (1990) 119-128. Another strategy is to alter the nucleic acid sequence of the nucleic acid to be inserted into an expression vector so that the individual codons for each amino acid are those preferentially utilized in E. coli (see, e.g., Wada, et al., 1992. Nucl. Acids Res. 20: 2111-2118). Such alteration of nucleic acid sequences of the invention can be carried out by standard DNA synthesis techniques. In another embodiment, the NOV expression vector is a yeast expression vector. Examples of vectors for expression in yeast Saccharomyces cerivisae include pYepSec1 (Baldari, et al., 1987. EMBO J. 6: 229-234), pMFa (Kurjan and Herskowitz, 1982. Cell 30: 933-943), pJRY88 (Schultz et al., 1987. Gene 54: 113-123), pYES2 (Invitrogen Corporation, San Diego, Calif.), and picZ (InVitrogen Corp, San Diego, Calif.). Alternatively, NOV can be expressed in insect cells using baculovirus expression vectors. Baculovirus vectors available for expression of proteins in cultured insect cells (e.g., SF9 cells) include the pAc series (Smith, et al., 1983. Mol. Cell. Biol. 3: 2156-2165) and the pVL series (Lucklow and Summers, 1989. Virology 170: 31-39).
  • In yet another embodiment, a nucleic acid of the invention is expressed in mammalian cells using a mammalian expression vector. Examples of mammalian expression vectors include pCDM8 (Seed, 1987. Nature 329: 840) and pMT2PC (Kaufman, et al., 1987. EMBO J. 6: 187-195). When used in mammalian cells, the expression vector's control functions are often provided by viral regulatory elements. For example, commonly used promoters are derived from polyoma, adenovirus 2, cytomegalovirus, and simian virus 40. For other suitable expression systems for both prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells see, e.g., Chapters 16 and 17 of Sambrook, et al., MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL. 2nd ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989.
  • In another embodiment, the recombinant mammalian expression vector is capable of directing expression of the nucleic acid preferentially in a particular cell type (e.g., tissue-specific regulatory elements are used to express the nucleic acid). Tissue-specific regulatory elements are known in the art. Non-limiting examples of suitable tissue-specific promoters include the albumin promoter (liver-specific; Pinkert, et al., 1987. Genes Dev. 1: 268-277), lymphoid-specific promoters (Calame and Eaton, 1988. Adv. Immunol. 43: 235-275), in particular promoters of T cell receptors (Winoto and Baltimore, 1989. EMBO J. 8: 729-733) and immunoglobulins (Banerji, et al., 1983. Cell 33: 729-740; Queen and Baltimore, 1983. Cell 33:741-748), neuron-specific promoters (e.g., the neurofilament promoter; Byrne and Ruddle, 1989. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86: 5473-5477), pancreas-specific promoters (Edlund, et al., 1985. Science 230: 912-916), and mammary gland-specific promoters (e.g., milk whey promoter; U.S. Pat. No. 4,873,316 and European Application Publication No. 264,166). Developmentally-regulated promoters are also encompassed, e.g., the murine hox promoters (Kessel and Gruss, 1990. Science 249: 374-379) and the α-fetoprotein promoter (Campes and Tilghman, 1989. Genes Dev. 3: 537-546).
  • The invention further provides a recombinant expression vector comprising a DNA molecule of the invention cloned into the expression vector in an antisense orientation. That is, the DNA molecule is operatively-linked to a regulatory sequence in a manner that allows for expression (by transcription of the DNA molecule) of an RNA molecule that is antisense to NOV mRNA. Regulatory sequences operatively linked to a nucleic acid cloned in the antisense orientation can be chosen that direct the continuous expression of the antisense RNA molecule in a variety of cell types, for instance viral promoters and/or enhancers, or regulatory sequences can be chosen that direct constitutive, tissue specific or cell type specific expression of antisense RNA. The antisense expression vector can be in the form of a recombinant plasmid, phagemid or attenuated virus in which antisense nucleic acids are produced under the control of a high efficiency regulatory region, the activity of which can be determined by the cell type into which the vector is introduced. For a discussion of the regulation of gene expression using antisense genes see, e.g., Weintraub, et al., “Antisense RNA as a molecular tool for genetic analysis,” Reviews-Trends in Genetics, Vol. 1(1) 1986.
  • Another aspect of the invention pertains to host cells into which a recombinant expression vector of the invention has been introduced. The terms “host cell” and “recombinant host cell” are used interchangeably herein. It is understood that such terms refer not only to the particular subject cell but also to the progeny or potential progeny of such a cell. Because certain modifications may occur in succeeding generations due to either mutation or environmental influences, such progeny may not, in fact, be identical to the parent cell, but are still included within the scope of the term as used herein.
  • A host cell can be any prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell. For example, NOV protein can be expressed in bacterial cells such as E. coli, insect cells, yeast or mammalian cells (such as Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO) or COS cells). Other suitable host cells are known to those skilled in the art.
  • Vector DNA can be introduced into prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells via conventional transformation or transfection techniques. As used herein, the terms “transformation” and “transfection” are intended to refer to a variety of art-recognized techniques for introducing foreign nucleic acid (e.g., DNA) into a host cell, including calcium phosphate or calcium chloride co-precipitation, DEAE-dextran-mediated transfection, lipofection, or electroporation. Suitable methods for transforming or transfecting host cells can be found in Sambrook, et al. (MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL. 2nd ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989), and other laboratory manuals.
  • For stable transfection of mammalian cells, it is known that, depending upon the expression vector and transfection technique used, only a small fraction of cells may integrate the foreign DNA into their genome. In order to identify and select these integrants, a gene that encodes a selectable marker (e.g., resistance to antibiotics) is generally introduced into the host cells along with the gene of interest. Various selectable markers include those that confer resistance to drugs, such as G418, hygromycin and methotrexate. Nucleic acid encoding a selectable marker can be introduced into a host cell on the same vector as that encoding NOV or can be introduced on a separate vector. Cells stably transfected with the introduced nucleic acid can be identified by drug selection (e.g., cells that have incorporated the selectable marker gene will survive, while the other cells die).
  • A host cell of the invention, such as a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell in culture, can be used to produce (i.e., express) NOV protein. Accordingly, the invention further provides methods for producing NOV protein using the host cells of the invention. In one embodiment, the method comprises culturing the host cell of invention (into which a recombinant expression vector encoding NOV protein has been introduced) in a suitable medium such that NOV protein is produced. In another embodiment, the method further comprises isolating NOV protein from the medium or the host cell.
  • Transgenic NOV Animals
  • The host cells of the invention can also be used to produce non-human transgenic animals. For example, in one embodiment, a host cell of the invention is a fertilized oocyte or an embryonic stem cell into which NOV protein-coding sequences have been introduced. Such host cells can then be used to create non-human transgenic animals in which exogenous NOV sequences have been introduced into their genome or homologous recombinant animals in which endogenous NOV sequences have been altered. Such animals are useful for studying the function and/or activity of NOV protein and for identifying and/or evaluating modulators of NOV protein activity. As used herein, a “transgenic animal” is a non-human animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a rodent such as a rat or mouse, in which one or more of the cells of the animal includes a transgene. Other examples of transgenic animals include non-human primates, sheep, dogs, cows, goats, chickens, amphibians, etc. A transgene is exogenous DNA that is integrated into the genome of a cell from which a transgenic animal develops and that remains in the genome of the mature animal, thereby directing the expression of an encoded gene product in one or more cell types or tissues of the transgenic animal. As used herein, a “homologous recombinant animal” is a non-human animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a mouse, in which an endogenous NOV gene has been altered by homologous recombination between the endogenous gene and an exogenous DNA molecule introduced into a cell of the animal, e.g., an embryonic cell of the animal, prior to development of the animal. A transgenic animal of the invention can be created by introducing NOV-encoding nucleic acid into the male pronuclei of a fertilized oocyte (e.g., by microinjection, retroviral infection) and allowing the oocyte to develop in a pseudopregnant female foster animal. The human NOV cDNA sequences of SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6, can be introduced as a transgene into the genome of a non-human animal. Alternatively, a non-human homologue of the human NOV gene, such as a mouse NOV gene, can be isolated based on hybridization to the human NOV cDNA (described further supra) and used as a transgene. Intronic sequences and polyadenylation signals can also be included in the transgene to increase the efficiency of expression of the transgene. A tissue-specific regulatory sequence(s) can be operably-linked to the NOV transgene to direct expression of NOV protein to particular cells. Methods for generating transgenic animals via embryo manipulation and microinjection, particularly animals such as mice, have become conventional in the art and are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,736,866; 4,870,009; and 4,873,191; and Hogan, 1986. In: MANIPULATING THE MOUSE EMBRYO, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. Similar methods are used for production of other transgenic animals. A transgenic founder animal can be identified based upon the presence of the NOV transgene in its genome and/or expression of NOV mRNA in tissues or cells of the animals. A transgenic founder animal can then be used to breed additional animals carrying the transgene. Moreover, transgenic animals carrying a transgene-encoding NOV protein can further be bred to other transgenic animals carrying other transgenes.
  • To create a homologous recombinant animal, a vector is prepared which contains at least a portion of a NOV gene into which a deletion, addition or substitution has been introduced to thereby alter, e.g., functionally disrupt, the NOV gene. The NOV gene can be a human gene (e.g., the cDNA of SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, or 6), but more preferably, is a non-human homologue of a human NOV gene. For example, a mouse homologue of human NOV gene of SEQ ID NO:1, 4, or 6, can be used to construct a homologous recombination vector suitable for altering an endogenous NOV gene in the mouse genome. In one embodiment, the vector is designed such that, upon homologous recombination, the endogenous NOV gene is functionally disrupted (i.e., no longer encodes a functional protein; also referred to as a “knock out” vector). Alternatively, the vector can be designed such that, upon homologous recombination, the endogenous NOV gene is mutated or otherwise altered but still encodes functional protein (e.g., the upstream regulatory region can be altered to thereby alter the expression of the endogenous NOV protein). In the homologous recombination vector, the altered portion of the NOV gene is flanked at its 5′- and 3′-termini by additional nucleic acid of the NOV gene to allow for homologous recombination to occur between the exogenous NOV gene carried by the vector and an endogenous NOV gene in an embryonic stem cell. The additional flanking NOV nucleic acid is of sufficient length for successful homologous recombination with the endogenous gene. Typically, several kilobases of flanking DNA (both at the 5′- and 3′-termini) are included in the vector. See, e.g., Thomas, et al., 1987. Cell 51: 503 for a description of homologous recombination vectors. The vector is then introduced into an embryonic stem cell line (e.g., by electroporation) and cells in which the introduced NOV gene has homologously-recombined with the endogenous NOV gene are selected. See, e.g., Li, et al., 1992. Cell 69: 915. The selected cells are then injected into a blastocyst of an animal (e.g., a mouse) to form aggregation chimeras. See, e.g., Bradley, 1987. In: TERATOCARCINOMAS AND EMBRYONIC STEM CELLS: A PRACTICAL APPROACH, Robertson, ed. IRL, Oxford, pp. 113-152. A chimeric embryo can then be implanted into a suitable pseudopregnant female foster animal and the embryo brought to term. Progeny harboring the homologously-recombined DNA in their germ cells can be used to breed animals in which all cells of the animal contain the homologously-recombined DNA by germline transmission of the transgene. Methods for constructing homologous recombination vectors and homologous recombinant animals are described further in Bradley, 1991. Curr. Opin. Biotechnol. 2: 823-829; PCT International Publication Nos.: WO 90/11354; WO 91/01140; WO 92/0968; and WO 93/04169.
  • In another embodiment, transgenic non-humans animals can be produced that contain selected systems that allow for regulated expression of the transgene. One example of such a system is the cre/loxP recombinase system of bacteriophage P1. For a description of the cre/loxP recombinase system, See, e.g., Lakso, et al., 1992. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89: 6232-6236. Another example of a recombinase system is the FLP recombinase system of Saccharomyces cerevisiae. See, O'Gorman, et al., 1991. Science 251:1351-1355. If a cre/loxP recombinase system is used to regulate expression of the transgene, animals containing transgenes encoding both the Cre recombinase and a selected protein are required. Such animals can be provided through the construction of “double” transgenic animals, e.g., by mating two transgenic animals, one containing a transgene encoding a selected protein and the other containing a transgene encoding a recombinase.
  • Clones of the non-human transgenic animals described herein can also be produced according to the methods described in Wilmut, et al., 1997. Nature 385: 810-813. In brief, a cell (e.g., a somatic cell) from the transgenic animal can be isolated and induced to exit the growth cycle and enter GO phase. The quiescent cell can then be fused, e.g., through the use of electrical pulses, to an enucleated oocyte from an animal of the same species from which the quiescent cell is isolated. The reconstructed oocyte is then cultured such that it develops to morula or blastocyte and then transferred to pseudopregnant female foster animal. The offspring borne of this female foster animal will be a clone of the animal from which the cell (e.g., the somatic cell) is isolated.
  • Pharmaceutical Compositions
  • The NOV nucleic acid molecules, NOV proteins, and anti-NOV antibodies (also referred to herein as “active compounds”) of the invention, and derivatives, fragments, analogs and homologs thereof, can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration. Such compositions typically comprise the nucleic acid molecule, protein, or antibody and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. As used herein, “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” is intended to include any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration. Suitable carriers are described in the most recent edition of Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, a standard reference text in the field, which is incorporated herein by reference. Preferred examples of such carriers or diluents include, but are not limited to, water, saline, finger's solutions, dextrose solution, and 5% human serum albumin. Liposomes and non-aqueous vehicles such as fixed oils may also be used. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions.
  • A pharmaceutical composition of the invention is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration. Examples of routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral (e.g., inhalation), transdermal (i.e., topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration. Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA); buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates, and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. The pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide. The parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion. For intravenous administration, suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor EL™ (BASF, Parsippany, N.J.) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS). In all cases, the composition must be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringeability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
  • Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound (e.g., a NOV protein or anti-NOV antibody) in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle that contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying that yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
  • Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. They can be enclosed in gelatin capsules or compressed into tablets. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules. Oral compositions can also be prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash, wherein the compound in the fluid carrier is applied orally and swished and expectorated or swallowed. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition. The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.
  • For administration by inhalation, the compounds are delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from pressured container or dispenser which contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.
  • Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means. For transmucosal or transdermal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives. Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories. For transdermal administration, the active compounds are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art. The compounds can also be prepared in the form of suppositories (e.g., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides) or retention enemas for rectal delivery.
  • In one embodiment, the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Corporation and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,522,811.
  • It is especially advantageous to formulate oral or parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. The specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of the active compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of individuals.
  • The nucleic acid molecules of the invention can be inserted into vectors and used as gene therapy vectors. Gene therapy vectors can be delivered to a subject by, for example, intravenous injection, local administration (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,328,470) or by stereotactic injection (see, e.g., Chen, et al., 1994. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91: 3054-3057). The pharmaceutical preparation of the gene therapy vector can include the gene therapy vector in an acceptable diluent, or can comprise a slow release matrix in which the gene delivery vehicle is imbedded. Alternatively, where the complete gene delivery vector can be produced intact from recombinant cells, e.g., retroviral vectors, the pharmaceutical preparation can include one or more cells that produce the gene delivery system. The pharmaceutical compositions can be included in a container, pack, or dispenser together with instructions for administration.
  • Screening and Detection Methods
  • The isolated nucleic acid molecules of the invention can be used to express NOV protein (e.g., via a recombinant expression vector in a host cell in gene therapy applications), to detect NOV mRNA (e.g., in a biological sample) or a genetic lesion in a NOV gene, and to modulate NOV activity, as described further, below. In addition, the NOV proteins can be used to screen drugs or compounds that modulate the NOV protein activity or expression as well as to treat disorders characterized by insufficient or excessive production of NOV protein or production of NOV protein forms that have decreased or aberrant activity compared to NOV wild-type protein. In addition, the anti-NOV antibodies of the invention can be used to detect and isolate NOV proteins and modulate NOV activity.
  • The invention further pertains to novel agents identified by the screening assays described herein and uses thereof for treatments as described, supra.
  • Screening Assays
  • The invention provides a method (also referred to herein as a “screening assay”) for identifying modulators, i.e., candidate or test compounds or agents (e.g., peptides, peptidomimetics, small molecules or other drugs) that bind to NOV proteins or have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on, e.g., NOV protein expression or NOV protein activity. The invention also includes compounds identified in the screening assays described herein. In one embodiment, the invention provides assays for screening candidate or test compounds which bind to or modulate the activity of the membrane-bound form of a NOV protein or polypeptide or biologically-active portion thereof. The test compounds of the invention can be obtained using any of the numerous approaches in combinatorial library methods known in the art, including: biological libraries; spatially addressable parallel solid phase or solution phase libraries; synthetic library methods requiring deconvolution; the “one-bead one-compound” library method; and synthetic library methods using affinity chromatography selection. The biological library approach is limited to peptide libraries, while the other four approaches are applicable to peptide, non-peptide oligomer or small molecule libraries of compounds. See, e.g., Lam, 1997. Anticancer Drug Design 12: 145.
  • A “small molecule” as used herein, is meant to refer to a composition that has a molecular weight of less than about 5 kD and most preferably less than about 4 kD. Small molecules can be, e.g., nucleic acids, peptides, polypeptides, peptidomimetics, carbohydrates, lipids or other organic or inorganic molecules. Libraries of chemical and/or biological mixtures, such as fungal, bacterial, or algal extracts, are known in the art and can be screened with any of the assays of the invention.
  • Examples of methods for the synthesis of molecular libraries can be found in the art, for example in: DeWitt, et al., 1993. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 90: 6909; Erb, et al., 1994. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 91: 11422; Zuckermann, et al., 1994. J. Med. Chem. 37: 2678; Cho, et al., 1993. Science 261: 1303; Carrell, et al., 1994. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 33: 2059; Carell, et al., 1994. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 33: 2061; and Gallop, et al., 1994. J. Med. Chem. 37: 1233.
  • Libraries of compounds can be presented in solution (e.g., Houghten, 1992. Biotechniques 13: 41-421), or on beads (Lam, 1991. Nature 354: 82-84), on chips (Fodor, 1993. Nature 364: 555-556), bacteria (Ladner, U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409), spores (Ladner, U.S. Pat. No. 5,233,409), plasmids (Cull, et al., 1992. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89: 1865-1869) or on phage (Scott and Smith, 1990. Science 249: 386-390; Devlin, 1990. Science 249: 404-406; Cwirla, et al., 1990. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 87: 6378-6382; Felici, 1991. J. Mol. Biol. 222: 301-310; Ladner, U.S. Pat. No. 5,233,409.).
  • In one embodiment, an assay is a cell-based assay in which a cell which expresses a membrane-bound form of NOV protein, or a biologically-active portion thereof, on the cell surface is contacted with a test compound and the ability of the test compound to bind to a NOV protein determined. The cell, for example, can of mammalian origin or a yeast cell. Determining the ability of the test compound to bind to the NOV protein can be accomplished, for example, by coupling the test compound with a radioisotope or enzymatic label such that binding of the test compound to the NOV protein or biologically-active portion thereof can be determined by detecting the labeled compound in a complex. For example, test compounds can be labeled with 125I, 35S, 14C, or 3H, either directly or indirectly, and the radioisotope detected by direct counting of radioemission or by scintillation counting. Alternatively, test compounds can be enzymatically-labeled with, for example, horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, or luciferase, and the enzymatic label detected by determination of conversion of an appropriate substrate to product. In one embodiment, the assay comprises contacting a cell which expresses a membrane-bound form of NOV protein, or a biologically-active portion thereof, on the cell surface with a known compound which binds NOV to form an assay mixture, contacting the assay mixture with a test compound, and determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a NOV protein, wherein determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a NOV protein comprises determining the ability of the test compound to preferentially bind to NOV protein or a biologically-active portion thereof as compared to the known compound. In another embodiment, an assay is a cell-based assay comprising contacting a cell expressing a membrane-bound form of NOV protein, or a biologically-active portion thereof, on the cell surface with a test compound and determining the ability of the test compound to modulate (e.g., stimulate or inhibit) the activity of the NOV protein or biologically-active portion thereof.
  • Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of NOV or a biologically-active portion thereof can be accomplished, for example, by determining the ability of the NOV protein to bind to or interact with a NOV target molecule. As used herein, a “target molecule” is a molecule with which a NOV protein binds or interacts in nature, for example, a molecule on the surface of a cell which expresses a NOV interacting protein, a molecule on the surface of a second cell, a molecule in the extracellular milieu, a molecule associated with the internal surface of a cell membrane or a cytoplasmic molecule. A NOV target molecule can be a non-NOV molecule or a NOV protein or polypeptide of the invention . In one embodiment, a NOV target molecule is a component of a signal transduction pathway that facilitates transduction of an extracellular signal (e.g. a signal generated by binding of a compound to a membrane-bound NOV molecule) through the cell membrane and into the cell. The target, for example, can be a second intercellular protein that has catalytic activity or a protein that facilitates the association of downstream signaling molecules with NOV.
  • Determining the ability of the NOV protein to bind to or interact with a NOV target molecule can be accomplished by one of the methods described above for determining direct binding. In one embodiment, determining the ability of the NOV protein to bind to or interact with a NOV target molecule can be accomplished by determining the activity of the target molecule. For example, the activity of the target molecule can be determined by detecting induction of a cellular second messenger of the target (i.e. intracellular Ca2+, diacylglycerol, IP3, etc.), detecting catalytic/enzymatic activity of the target an appropriate substrate, detecting the induction of a reporter gene (comprising a NOV-responsive regulatory element operatively linked to a nucleic acid encoding a detectable marker, e.g., luciferase), or detecting a cellular response, for example, cell survival, cellular differentiation, or cell proliferation.
  • In yet another embodiment, an assay of the invention is a cell-free assay comprising contacting a NOV protein or biologically-active portion thereof with a test compound and determining the ability of the test compound to bind to the NOV protein or biologically-active portion thereof. Binding of the test compound to the NOV protein can be determined either directly or indirectly as described above. In one such embodiment, the assay comprises contacting the NOV protein or biologically-active portion thereof with a known compound which binds NOV to form an assay mixture, contacting the assay mixture with a test compound, and determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a NOV protein, wherein determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a NOV protein comprises determining the ability of the test compound to preferentially bind to NOV or biologically-active portion thereof as compared to the known compound.
  • In still another embodiment, an assay is a cell-free assay comprising contacting NOV protein or biologically-active portion thereof with a test compound and determining the ability of the test compound to modulate (e.g. stimulate or inhibit) the activity of the NOV protein or biologically-active portion thereof. Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of NOV can be accomplished, for example, by determining the ability of the NOV protein to bind to a NOV target molecule by one of the methods described above for determining direct binding. In an alternative embodiment, determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of NOV protein can be accomplished by determining the ability of the NOV protein to further modulate a NOV target molecule. For example, the catalytic/enzymatic activity of the target molecule on an appropriate substrate can be determined as described, supra.
  • In yet another embodiment, the cell-free assay comprises contacting the NOV protein or biologically-active portion thereof with a known compound which binds NOV protein to form an assay mixture, contacting the assay mixture with a test compound, and determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a NOV protein, wherein determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a NOV protein comprises determining the ability of the NOV protein to preferentially bind to or modulate the activity of a NOV target molecule.
  • The cell-free assays of the invention are amenable to use of both the soluble form or the membrane-bound form of NOV protein. In the case of cell-free assays comprising the membrane-bound form of NOV protein, it can be desirable to utilize a solubilizing agent such that the membrane-bound form of NOV protein is maintained in solution. Examples of such solubilizing agents include non-ionic detergents such as n-octylglucoside, n-dodecylglucoside, n-dodecylmaltoside, octanoyl-N-methylglucamide, decanoyl-N-methylglucamide, Triton® X-100, Triton® X-114, Thesit®, Isotridecypoly(ethylene glycol ether)n, N-dodecyl-N,N-dimethyl-3-ammonio-1-propane sulfonate, 3-(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylamminiol-1-propane sulfonate (CHAPS), or 3-(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylamminiol-2-hydroxy-1-propane sulfonate (CHAPSO).
  • In more than one embodiment of the above assay methods of the invention, it can be desirable to immobilize either NOV protein or its target molecule to facilitate separation of complexed from uncomplexed forms of one or both of the proteins, as well as to accommodate automation of the assay. Binding of a test compound to NOV protein, or interaction of NOV protein with a target molecule in the presence and absence of a candidate compound, can be accomplished in any vessel suitable for containing the reactants. Examples of such vessels include microtiter plates, test tubes, and micro-centrifuge tubes. In one embodiment, a fusion protein can be provided that adds a domain that allows one or both of the proteins to be bound to a matrix. For example, GST-NOV fusion proteins or GST-target fusion proteins can be adsorbed onto glutathione sepharose beads (Sigma Chemical, St. Louis, Mo.) or glutathione derivatized microtiter plates, that are then combined with the test compound or the test compound and either the non-adsorbed target protein or NOV protein, and the mixture is incubated under conditions conducive to complex formation (e.g., at physiological conditions for salt and pH). Following incubation, the beads or microtiter plate wells are washed to remove any unbound components, the matrix immobilized in the case of beads, complex determined either directly or indirectly, for example, as described, supra. Alternatively, the complexes can be dissociated from the matrix, and the level of NOV protein binding or activity determined using standard techniques.
  • Other techniques for immobilizing proteins on matrices can also be used in the screening assays of the invention. For example, either the NOV protein or its target molecule can be immobilized utilizing conjugation of biotin and streptavidin. Biotinylated NOV protein or target molecules can be prepared from biotin-NHS (N-hydroxy-succinimide) using techniques well-known within the art (e.g., biotinylation kit, Pierce Chemicals, Rockford, Ill.), and immobilized in the wells of streptavidin-coated 96 well plates (Pierce Chemical). Alternatively, antibodies reactive with NOV protein or target molecules, but which do not interfere with binding of the NOV protein to its target molecule, can be derivatized to the wells of the plate, and unbound target or NOV protein trapped in the wells by antibody conjugation. Methods for detecting such complexes, in addition to those described above for the GST-immobilized complexes, include immunodetection of complexes using antibodies reactive with the NOV protein or target molecule, as well as enzyme-linked assays that rely on detecting an enzymatic activity associated with the NOV protein or target molecule.
  • In another embodiment, modulators of NOV protein expression are identified in a method wherein a cell is contacted with a candidate compound and the expression of NOV mRNA or protein in the cell is determined. The level of expression of NOV mRNA or protein in the presence of the candidate compound is compared to the level of expression of NOV mRNA or protein in the absence of the candidate compound. The candidate compound can then be identified as a modulator of NOV mRNA or protein expression based upon this comparison. For example, when expression of NOV mRNA or protein is greater (i.e., statistically significantly greater) in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as a stimulator of NOV mRNA or protein expression. Alternatively, when expression of NOV mRNA or protein is less (statistically significantly less) in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as an inhibitor of NOV mRNA or protein expression. The level of NOV mRNA or protein expression in the cells can be determined by methods described herein for detecting NOV mRNA or protein. In yet another aspect of the invention, the NOV proteins can be used as “bait proteins” in a two-hybrid assay or three hybrid assay (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,283,317; Zervos, et al., 1993. Cell 72: 223-232; Madura, et al., 1993. J. Biol. Chem. 268: 12046-12054; Bartel, et al., 1993. Biotechniques 14: 920-924; Iwabuchi, et al., 1993. Oncogene 8: 1693-1696; and Brent WO 94/10300), to identify other proteins that bind to or interact with NOV (“NOV-binding proteins” or “NOV-bp”) and modulate NOV activity. Such NOV-binding proteins are also likely to be involved in the propagation of signals by the NOV proteins as, for example, upstream or downstream elements of the NOV pathway.
  • The two-hybrid system is based on the modular nature of most transcription factors, which consist of separable DNA-binding and activation domains. Briefly, the assay utilizes two different DNA constructs. In one construct, the gene that codes for NOV is fused to a gene encoding the DNA binding domain of a known transcription factor (e.g., GAL-4). In the other construct, a DNA sequence, from a library of DNA sequences, that encodes an unidentified protein (“prey” or “sample”) is fused to a gene that codes for the activation domain of the known transcription factor. If the “bait” and the “prey” proteins are able to interact, in vivo, forming a NOV-dependent complex, the DNA-binding and activation domains of the transcription factor are brought into close proximity. This proximity allows transcription of a reporter gene (e.g., LacZ) that is operably linked to a transcriptional regulatory site responsive to the transcription factor. Expression of the reporter gene can be detected and cell colonies containing the functional transcription factor can be isolated and used to obtain the cloned gene that encodes the protein which interacts with NOV.
  • The invention further pertains to novel agents identified by the aforementioned screening assays and uses thereof for treatments as described herein.
  • Detection Assays
  • Portions or fragments of the cDNA sequences identified herein (and the corresponding complete gene sequences) can be used in numerous ways as polynucleotide reagents. By way of example, and not of limitation, these sequences can be used to: (i) map their respective genes on a chromosome; and, thus, locate gene regions associated with genetic disease; (ii) identify an individual from a minute biological sample (tissue typing); and (iii) aid in forensic identification of a biological sample. Some of these applications are described in the subsections, below.
  • Chromosome Mapping
  • Once the sequence (or a portion of the sequence) of a gene has been isolated, this sequence can be used to map the location of the gene on a chromosome. This process is called chromosome mapping. Accordingly, portions or fragments of the NOV sequences, SEQ ID NO:1, 4, or 6, or fragments or derivatives thereof, can be used to map the location of the NOV genes, respectively, on a chromosome. The mapping of the NOV sequences to chromosomes is an important first step in correlating these sequences with genes associated with disease.
  • Briefly, NOV genes can be mapped to chromosomes by preparing PCR primers (preferably 15-25 bp in length) from the NOV sequences. Computer analysis of the NOV, sequences can be used to rapidly select primers that do not span more than one exon in the genomic DNA, thus complicating the amplification process. These primers can then be used for PCR screening of somatic cell hybrids containing individual human chromosomes. Only those hybrids containing the human gene corresponding to the NOV sequences will yield an amplified fragment.
  • Somatic cell hybrids are prepared by fusing somatic cells from different mammals (e.g., human and mouse cells). As hybrids of human and mouse cells grow and divide, they gradually lose human chromosomes in random order, but retain the mouse chromosomes. By using media in which mouse cells cannot grow, because they lack a particular enzyme, but in which human cells can, the one human chromosome that contains the gene encoding the needed enzyme will be retained. By using various media, panels of hybrid cell lines can be established. Each cell line in a panel contains either a single human chromosome or a small number of human chromosomes, and a full set of mouse chromosomes, allowing easy mapping of individual genes to specific human chromosomes. See, e.g., D'Eustachio, et al., 1983. Science 220: 919-924. Somatic cell hybrids containing only fragments of human chromosomes can also be produced by using human chromosomes with translocations and deletions.
  • PCR mapping of somatic cell hybrids is a rapid procedure for assigning a particular sequence to a particular chromosome. Three or more sequences can be assigned per day using a single thermal cycler. Using the NOV sequences to design oligonucleotide primers, sub-localization can be achieved with panels of fragments from specific chromosomes. Fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH) of a DNA sequence to a metaphase chromosomal spread can further be used to provide a precise chromosomal location in one step. Chromosome spreads can be made using cells whose division has been blocked in metaphase by a chemical like colcemid that disrupts the mitotic spindle. The chromosomes can be treated briefly with trypsin, and then stained with Giemsa. A pattern of light and dark bands develops on each chromosome, so that the chromosomes can be identified individually. The FISH technique can be used with a DNA sequence as short as 500 or 600 bases. However, clones larger than 1,000 bases have a higher likelihood of binding to a unique chromosomal location with sufficient signal intensity for simple detection. Preferably 1,000 bases, and more preferably 2,000 bases, will suffice to get good results at a reasonable amount of time. For a review of this technique, see, Verma, et al., HUMAN CHROMOSOMES: A MANUAL OF BASIC TECHNIQUES (Pergamon Press, New York 1988).
  • Reagents for chromosome mapping can be used individually to mark a single chromosome or a single site on that chromosome, or panels of reagents can be used for marking multiple sites and/or multiple chromosomes. Reagents corresponding to noncoding regions of the genes actually are preferred for mapping purposes. Coding sequences are more likely to be conserved within gene families, thus increasing the chance of cross hybridizations during chromosomal mapping.
  • Once a sequence has been mapped to a precise chromosomal location, the physical position of the sequence on the chromosome can be correlated with genetic map data. Such data are found, e.g., in McKusick, MENDELIAN INHERITANCE IN MAN, available on-line through Johns Hopkins University Welch Medical Library). The relationship between genes and disease, mapped to the same chromosomal region, can then be identified through linkage analysis (co-inheritance of physically adjacent genes), described in, e.g., Egeland, et al., 1987. Nature, 325: 783-787.
  • Moreover, differences in the DNA sequences between individuals affected and unaffected with a disease associated with the NOV gene, can be determined. If a mutation is observed in some or all of the affected individuals but not in any unaffected individuals, then the mutation is likely to be the causative agent of the particular disease. Comparison of affected and unaffected individuals generally involves first looking for structural alterations in the chromosomes, such as deletions or translocations that are visible from chromosome spreads or detectable using PCR based on that DNA sequence. Ultimately, complete sequencing of genes from several individuals can be performed to confirm the presence of a mutation and to distinguish mutations from polymorphisms.
  • Tissue Typing
  • The NOV sequences of the invention can also be used to identify individuals from minute biological samples. In this technique, an individual's genomic DNA is digested with one or more restriction enzymes, and probed on a Southern blot to yield unique bands for identification. The sequences of the invention are useful as additional DNA markers for RFLP (“restriction fragment length polymorphisms,” described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,272,057).
  • Furthermore, the sequences of the invention can be used to provide an alternative technique that determines the actual base-by-base DNA sequence of selected portions of an individual's genome. Thus, the NOV sequences described herein can be used to prepare two PCR primers from the 5′- and 3′-termini of the sequences. These primers can then be used to amplify an individual's DNA and subsequently sequence it.
  • Panels of corresponding DNA sequences from individuals, prepared in this manner, can provide unique individual identifications, as each individual will have a unique set of such DNA sequences due to allelic differences. The sequences of the invention can be used to obtain such identification sequences from individuals and from tissue. The NOV sequences of the invention uniquely represent portions of the human genome. Allelic variation occurs to some degree in the coding regions of these sequences, and to a greater degree in the noncoding regions. It is estimated that allelic variation between individual humans occurs with a frequency of about once per each 500 bases. Much of the allelic variation is due to single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs), which include restriction fragment length polymorphisms (RFLPs).
  • Each of the sequences described herein can, to some degree, be used as a standard against which DNA from an individual can be compared for identification purposes. Because greater numbers of polymorphisms occur in the noncoding regions, fewer sequences are necessary to differentiate individuals. The noncoding sequences can comfortably provide positive individual identification with a panel of perhaps 10 to 1,000 primers that each yield a noncoding amplified sequence of 100 bases. If predicted coding sequences, such as those in SEQ ID NO:1, 4, or 6, are used, a more appropriate number of primers for positive individual identification would be 500-2,000.
  • Predictive Medicine
  • The invention also pertains to the field of predictive medicine in which diagnostic assays, prognostic assays, pharmacogenomics, and monitoring clinical trials are used for prognostic (predictive) purposes to thereby treat an individual prophylactically. Accordingly, one aspect of the invention relates to diagnostic assays for determining NOV protein and/or nucleic acid expression as well as NOV activity, in the context of a biological sample (e.g., blood, serum, cells, tissue) to thereby determine whether an individual is afflicted with a disease or disorder, or is at risk of developing a disorder, associated with aberrant NOV expression or activity. The invention also provides for prognostic (or predictive) assays for determining whether an individual is at risk of developing a disorder associated with NOV protein, nucleic acid expression or activity. For example, mutations in a NOV gene can be assayed in a biological sample. Such assays can be used for prognostic or predictive purpose to thereby prophylactically treat an individual prior to the onset of a disorder characterized by or associated with NOV protein, nucleic acid expression, or biological activity.
  • Another aspect of the invention provides methods for determining NOV protein, nucleic acid expression or activity in an individual to thereby select appropriate therapeutic or prophylactic agents for that individual (referred to herein as “pharmacogenomics”). Pharmacogenomics allows for the selection of agents (e.g., drugs) for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of an individual based on the genotype of the individual (e.g., the genotype of the individual examined to determine the ability of the individual to respond to a particular agent.) Yet another aspect of the invention pertains to monitoring the influence of agents (e.g., drugs, compounds) on the expression or activity of NOV in clinical trials. These and other agents are described in further detail in the following sections.
  • Diagnostic Assays
  • An exemplary method for detecting the presence or absence of NOV in a biological sample involves obtaining a biological sample from a test subject and contacting the biological sample with a compound or an agent capable of detecting NOV protein or nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA, genomic DNA) that encodes NOV protein such that the presence of NOV is detected in the biological sample. An agent for detecting NOV mRNA or genomic DNA is a labeled nucleic acid probe capable of hybridizing to NOV mRNA or genomic DNA. The nucleic acid probe can be, for example, a full-length NOV nucleic acid, such as the nucleic acid of SEQ ID NO: 1, 4, 6, or a portion thereof, such as an oligonucleotide of at least 15, 30, 50, 100, 250 or 500 nucleotides in length and sufficient to specifically hybridize under stringent conditions to NOV mRNA or genomic DNA. Other suitable probes for use in the diagnostic assays of the invention are described herein.
  • An agent for detecting NOV protein is an antibody capable of binding to NOV protein, preferably an antibody with a detectable label. Antibodies can be polyclonal, or more preferably, monoclonal. An intact antibody, or a fragment thereof (e.g., Fab or F(ab′)2) can be used. The term “labeled”, with regard to the probe or antibody, is intended to encompass direct labeling of the probe or antibody by coupling (i.e., physically linking) a detectable substance to the probe or antibody, as well as indirect labeling of the probe or antibody by reactivity with another reagent that is directly labeled. Examples of indirect labeling include detection of a primary antibody using a fluorescently-labeled secondary antibody and end-labeling of a DNA probe with biotin such that it can be detected with fluorescently-labeled streptavidin. The term “biological sample” is intended to include tissues, cells and biological fluids isolated from a subject, as well as tissues, cells and fluids present within a subject. That is, the detection method of the invention can be used to detect NOV mRNA, protein, or genomic DNA in a biological sample in vitro as well as in vivo. For example, in vitro techniques for detection of NOV mRNA include Northern hybridizations and in situ hybridizations. In vitro techniques for detection of NOV protein include enzyme linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), Western blots, immunoprecipitations, and immunofluorescence. In vitro techniques for detection of NOV genomic DNA include Southern hybridizations. Furthermore, in vivo techniques for detection of NOV protein include introducing into a subject a labeled anti-NOV antibody. For example, the antibody can be labeled with a radioactive marker whose presence and location in a subject can be detected by standard imaging techniques. In one embodiment, the biological sample contains protein molecules from the test subject. Alternatively, the biological sample can contain mRNA molecules from the test subject or genomic DNA molecules from the test subject. A preferred biological sample is a peripheral blood leukocyte sample isolated by conventional means from a subject.
  • In another embodiment, the methods further involve obtaining a control biological sample from a control subject, contacting the control sample with a compound or agent capable of detecting NOV protein, mRNA, or genomic DNA, such that the presence of NOV protein, mRNA or genomic DNA is detected in the biological sample, and comparing the presence of NOV protein, mRNA or genomic DNA in the control sample with the presence of NOV protein, mRNA or genomic DNA in the test sample.
  • The invention also encompasses kits for detecting the presence of NOV in a biological sample. For example, the kit can comprise: a labeled compound or agent capable of detecting NOV protein or mRNA in a biological sample; means for determining the amount of NOV in the sample; and means for comparing the amount of NOV in the sample with a standard. The compound or agent can be packaged in a suitable container. The kit can further comprise instructions for using the kit to detect NOV protein or nucleic acid.
  • Prognostic Assays
  • The diagnostic methods described herein can furthermore be utilized to identify subjects having or at risk of developing a disease or disorder associated with aberrant NOV expression or activity. For example, the assays described herein, such as the preceding diagnostic assays or the following assays, can be utilized to identify a subject having or at risk of developing a disorder associated with NOV protein, nucleic acid expression or activity. For example, those involving development, differentiation, and activation of thymic immune cells; in pathologies related to spermatogenesis and male infertility; diagnosis of several human neoplasias; in diseases or pathologies of cells in blood circulation such as red blood cells and platelets; neurological, cardiac and vascular pathologies; rheumatoid arthritis; congenital muscular dystrophies; various muscle disorders; fixed deformities (arthrogryposis); small cell lung cancer NCI-H23; prostate cancer; and abnormal white matter. Alternatively, the prognostic assays can be utilized to identify a subject having or at risk for developing a disease or disorder. Thus, the invention provides a method for identifying a disease or disorder associated with aberrant NOV expression or activity in which a test sample is obtained from a subject and NOV protein or nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA, genomic DNA) is detected, wherein the presence of NOV protein or nucleic acid is diagnostic for a subject having or at risk of developing a disease or disorder associated with aberrant NOV expression or activity. As used herein, a “test sample” refers to a biological sample obtained from a subject of interest. For example, a test sample can be a biological fluid (e.g., serum), cell sample, or tissue.
  • Furthermore, the prognostic assays described herein can be used to determine whether a subject can be administered an agent (e.g., an agonist, antagonist, peptidomimetic, protein, peptide, nucleic acid, small molecule, or other drug candidate) to treat a disease or disorder associated with aberrant NOV expression or activity. For example, such methods can be used to determine whether a subject can be effectively treated with an agent for a disorder. Thus, the invention provides methods for determining whether a subject can be effectively treated with an agent for a disorder associated with aberrant NOV expression or activity in which a test sample is obtained and NOV protein or nucleic acid is detected (e.g., wherein the presence of NOV protein or nucleic acid is diagnostic for a subject that can be administered the agent to treat a disorder associated with aberrant NOV expression or activity).
  • The methods of the invention can also be used to detect genetic lesions in a NOV gene, thereby determining if a subject with the lesioned gene is at risk for a disorder characterized by aberrant cell proliferation and/or differentiation. In various embodiments, the methods include detecting, in a sample of cells from the subject, the presence or absence of a genetic lesion characterized by at least one of an alteration affecting the integrity of a gene encoding a NOV-protein, or the misexpression of the NOV gene. For example, such genetic lesions can be detected by ascertaining the existence of at least one of: (i) a deletion of one or more nucleotides from a NOV gene; (ii) an addition of one or more nucleotides to a NOV gene; (iii) a substitution of one or more nucleotides of a NOV gene, (iv) a chromosomal rearrangement of a NOV gene; (v) an alteration in the level of a messenger RNA transcript of a NOV gene, (vi) aberrant modification of a NOV gene, such as of the methylation pattern of the genomic DNA, (vii) the presence of a non-wild-type splicing pattern of a messenger RNA transcript of a NOV gene, (viii) a non-wild-type level of a NOV protein, (ix) allelic loss of a NOV gene, and (x) inappropriate post-translational modification of a NOV protein. As described herein, there are a large number of assay techniques known in the art which can be used for detecting lesions in a NOV gene. A preferred biological sample is a peripheral blood leukocyte sample isolated by conventional means from a subject. However, any biological sample containing nucleated cells can be used, including, for example, buccal mucosal cells.
  • In certain embodiments, detection of the lesion involves the use of a probe/primer in a polymerase chain reaction (PCR) (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,683,195 and 4,683,202), such as anchor PCR or RACE PCR, or, alternatively, in a ligation chain reaction (LCR) (see, e.g., Landegran, et al., 1988. Science 241: 1077-1080; and Nakazawa, et al., 1994. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91: 360-364), the latter of which can be particularly useful for detecting point mutations in the NOV-gene (see, Abravaya, et al., 1995. Nucl. Acids Res. 23: 675-682). This method can include the steps of collecting a sample of cells from a patient, isolating nucleic acid (e.g., genomic, mRNA or both) from the cells of the sample, contacting the nucleic acid sample with one or more primers that specifically hybridize to a NOV gene under conditions such that hybridization and amplification of the NOV gene (if present) occurs, and detecting the presence or absence of an amplification product, or detecting the size of the amplification product and comparing the length to a control sample. It is anticipated that PCR and/or LCR can be desirable to use as a preliminary amplification step in conjunction with any of the techniques used for detecting mutations described herein.
  • Alternative amplification methods include: self sustained sequence replication (see, Guatelli, et al., 1990. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87: 1874-1878), transcriptional amplification system (see, Kwoh, et al., 1989. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86: 1173-1177); Q□ Replicase (see, Lizardi, et al, 1988. BioTechnology 6: 1197), or any other nucleic acid amplification method, followed by the detection of the amplified molecules using techniques well known to those of skill in the art. These detection schemes are especially useful for the detection of nucleic acid molecules if such molecules are present in very low numbers.
  • In an alternative embodiment, mutations in a NOV gene from a sample cell can be identified by alterations in restriction enzyme cleavage patterns. For example, sample and control DNA is isolated, amplified (optionally), digested with one or more restriction endonucleases, and fragment length sizes are determined by gel electrophoresis and compared. Differences in fragment length sizes between sample and control DNA indicates mutations in the sample DNA. Moreover, the use of sequence specific ribozymes (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,493,531) can be used to score for the presence of specific mutations by development or loss of a ribozyme cleavage site.
  • In other embodiments, genetic mutations in NOV can be identified by hybridizing a sample and control nucleic acids, e.g., DNA or RNA, to high-density arrays containing hundreds or thousands of oligonucleotides probes. See, e.g., Cronin, et al., 1996. Human Mutation 7: 244-255; Kozal, et al., 1996. Nat. Med. 2: 753-759. For example, genetic mutations in NOV can be identified in two dimensional arrays containing light-generated DNA probes as described in Cronin, et al., supra. Briefly, a first hybridization array of probes can be used to scan through long stretches of DNA in a sample and control to identify base changes between the sequences by making linear arrays of sequential overlapping probes. This step allows the identification of point mutations. This is followed by a second hybridization array that allows the characterization of specific mutations by using smaller, specialized probe arrays complementary to all variants or mutations detected. Each mutation array is composed of parallel probe sets, one complementary to the wild-type gene and the other complementary to the mutant gene.
  • In yet another embodiment, any of a variety of sequencing reactions known in the art can be used to directly sequence the NOV gene and detect mutations by comparing the sequence of the sample NOV with the corresponding wild-type (control) sequence. Examples of sequencing reactions include those based on techniques developed by Maxim and Gilbert, 1977. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 74: 560 or Sanger, 1977. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 74: 5463. It is also contemplated that any of a variety of automated sequencing procedures can be utilized when performing the diagnostic assays (see, e.g., Naeve, et al., 1995. Biotechniques 19: 448), including sequencing by mass spectrometry (see, e.g., PCT International Publication No. WO 94/16101; Cohen, et al., 1996. Adv. Chromatography 36: 127-162; and Griffin, et al., 1993. Appl. Biochem. Biotechnol. 38: 147-159).
  • Other methods for detecting mutations in the NOV gene include methods in which protection from cleavage agents is used to detect mismatched bases in RNA/RNA or RNA/DNA heteroduplexes. See, e.g., Myers, et al., 1985. Science 230: 1242. In general, the art technique of “mismatch cleavage” starts by providing heteroduplexes of formed by hybridizing (labeled) RNA or DNA containing the wild-type NOV sequence with potentially mutant RNA or DNA obtained from a tissue sample. The double-stranded duplexes are treated with an agent that cleaves single-stranded regions of the duplex such as which will exist due to basepair mismatches between the control and sample strands. For instance, RNA/DNA duplexes can be treated with RNase and DNA/DNA hybrids treated with S 1 nuclease to enzymatically digesting the mismatched regions. In other embodiments, either DNA/DNA or RNA/DNA duplexes can be treated with hydroxylamine or osmium tetroxide and with piperidine in order to digest mismatched regions. After digestion of the mismatched regions, the resulting material is then separated by size on denaturing polyacrylamide gels to determine the site of mutation. See, e.g., Cotton, et al., 1988. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85: 4397; Saleeba, et al., 1992. Methods Enzymol. 217: 286-295. In an embodiment, the control DNA or RNA can be labeled for detection.
  • In still another embodiment, the mismatch cleavage reaction employs one or more proteins that recognize mismatched base pairs in double-stranded DNA (so called “DNA mismatch repair” enzymes) in defined systems for detecting and mapping point mutations in NOV cDNAs obtained from samples of cells. For example, the mutY enzyme of E. coli cleaves A at G/A mismatches and the thymidine DNA glycosylase from HeLa cells cleaves T at G/T mismatches. See, e.g., Hsu, et al., 1994. Carcinogenesis 15: 1657-1662. According to an exemplary embodiment, a probe based on a NOV sequence, e.g., a wild-type NOV sequence, is hybridized to a cDNA or other DNA product from a test cell(s). The duplex is treated with a DNA mismatch repair enzyme, and the cleavage products, if any, can be detected from electrophoresis protocols or the like. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,459,039.
  • In other embodiments, alterations in electrophoretic mobility will be used to identify mutations in NOV genes. For example, single strand conformation polymorphism (SSCP) can be used to detect differences in electrophoretic mobility between mutant and wild type nucleic acids. See, e.g., Orita, et al., 1989. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA: 86: 2766; Cotton, 1993. Mutat. Res. 285: 125-144; Hayashi, 1992. Genet. Anal. Tech. Appl. 9: 73-79. Single-stranded DNA fragments of sample and control NOV nucleic acids will be denatured and allowed to renature. The secondary structure of single-stranded nucleic acids varies according to sequence, the resulting alteration in electrophoretic mobility enables the detection of even a single base change. The DNA fragments can be labeled or detected with labeled probes. The sensitivity of the assay can be enhanced by using RNA (rather than DNA), in which the secondary structure is more sensitive to a change in sequence. In one embodiment, the subject method utilizes heteroduplex analysis to separate double stranded heteroduplex molecules on the basis of changes in electrophoretic mobility. See, e.g., Keen, et al., 1991. Trends Genet. 7: 5.
  • In yet another embodiment, the movement of mutant or wild-type fragments in polyacrylamide gels containing a gradient of denaturant is assayed using denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis (DGGE). See, e.g., Myers, et al., 1985. Nature 313: 495. When DGGE is used as the method of analysis, DNA will be modified to insure that it does not completely denature, for example by adding a GC clamp of approximately 40 bp of high-melting GC-rich DNA by PCR. In a further embodiment, a temperature gradient is used in place of a denaturing gradient to identify differences in the mobility of control and sample DNA. See, e.g., Rosenbaum and Reissner, 1987. Biophys. Chem. 265: 12753.
  • Examples of other techniques for detecting point mutations include, but are not limited to, selective oligonucleotide hybridization, selective amplification, or selective primer extension. For example, oligonucleotide primers can be prepared in which the known mutation is placed centrally and then hybridized to target DNA under conditions that permit hybridization only if a perfect match is found. See, e.g., Saiki, et al., 1986. Nature 324: 163; Saiki, et al., 1989. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86: 6230. Such allele specific oligonucleotides are hybridized to PCR amplified target DNA or a number of different mutations when the oligonucleotides are attached to the hybridizing membrane and hybridized with labeled target DNA.
  • Alternatively, allele specific amplification technology that depends on selective PCR amplification can be used in conjunction with the instant invention. Oligonucleotides used as primers for specific amplification may carry the mutation of interest in the center of the molecule (so that amplification depends on differential hybridization; see, e.g., Gibbs, et al., 1989. Nucl. Acids Res. 17: 2437-2448) or at the extreme 3′-terminus of one primer where, under appropriate conditions, mismatch can prevent, or reduce polymerase extension (see, e.g., Prossner, 1993. Tibtech. 11: 238). In addition it can be desirable to introduce a novel restriction site in the region of the mutation to create cleavage-based detection. See, e.g., Gasparini, et al., 1992. Mol. Cell Probes 6: 1. It is anticipated that in certain embodiments amplification may also be performed using Taq ligase for amplification. See, e.g., Barany, 1991. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88: 189. In such cases, ligation will occur only if there is a perfect match at the 3′-terminus of the 5′ sequence, making it possible to detect the presence of a known mutation at a specific site by looking for the presence or absence of amplification.
  • The methods described herein can be performed, for example, by utilizing pre-packaged diagnostic kits comprising at least one probe nucleic acid or antibody reagent described herein, which can be conveniently used, e.g., in clinical settings to diagnose patients exhibiting symptoms or family history of a disease or illness involving a NOV gene. Furthermore, any cell type or tissue, preferably peripheral blood leukocytes, in which NOV is expressed can be utilized in the prognostic assays described herein. However, any biological sample containing nucleated cells can be used, including, for example, buccal mucosal cells.
  • Pharmacogenomics
  • Agents, or modulators that have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on NOV activity (e.g., NOV gene expression), as identified by a screening assay described herein can be administered to individuals to treat (prophylactically or therapeutically) disorders (e.g., cancer or immune disorders associated with aberrant NOV activity. In conjunction with such treatment, the pharmacogenomics (i.e., the study of the relationship between an individual's genotype and that individual's response to a foreign compound or drug) of the individual can be considered. Differences in metabolism of therapeutics can lead to severe toxicity or therapeutic failure by altering the relation between dose and blood concentration of the pharmacologically active drug. Thus, the pharmacogenomics of the individual permits the selection of effective agents (e.g., drugs) for prophylactic or therapeutic treatments based on a consideration of the individual's genotype. Such pharmacogenomics can further be used to determine appropriate dosages and therapeutic regimens. Accordingly, the activity of NOV protein, expression of NOV nucleic acid, or mutation content of NOV genes in an individual can be determined to thereby select appropriate agent(s) for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of the individual.
  • Pharmacogenomics deals with clinically significant hereditary variations in the response to drugs due to altered drug disposition and abnormal action in affected persons. See e.g., Eichelbaum, 1996. Clin. Exp. Pharmacol. Physiol., 23: 983-985; Linder, 1997. Clin. Chem., 43: 254-266. In general, two types of pharmacogenetic conditions can be differentiated. Genetic conditions transmitted as a single factor altering the way drugs act on the body (altered drug action) or genetic conditions transmitted as single factors altering the way the body acts on drugs (altered drug metabolism). These pharmacogenetic conditions can occur either as rare defects or as polymorphisms. For example, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase (G6PD) deficiency is a common inherited enzymopathy in which the main clinical complication is hemolysis after ingestion of oxidant drugs (anti-malarials, sulfonamides, analgesics, nitrofurans) and consumption of fava beans.
  • As an illustrative embodiment, the activity of drug metabolizing enzymes is a major determinant of both the intensity and duration of drug action. The discovery of genetic polymorphisms of drug metabolizing enzymes (e.g., N-acetyltransferase 2 (NAT 2) and cytochrome P450 enzymes CYP2D6 and CYP2C19) has provided an explanation as to why some patients do not obtain the expected drug effects or show exaggerated drug response and serious toxicity after taking the standard and safe dose of a drug. These polymorphisms are expressed in two phenotypes in the population, the extensive metabolizer (EM) and poor metabolizer (PM). The prevalence of PM is different among different populations. For example, the gene coding for CYP2D6 is highly polymorphic and several mutations have been identified in PM, which all lead to the absence of functional CYP2D6. Poor metabolizers of CYP2D6 and CYP2Cl9 quite frequently experience exaggerated drug response and side effects when they receive standard doses. If a metabolite is the active therapeutic moiety, PM show no therapeutic response, as demonstrated for the analgesic effect of codeine mediated by its CYP2D6-formed metabolite morphine. At the other extreme are the so called ultra-rapid metabolizers who do not respond to standard doses. Recently, the molecular basis of ultra-rapid metabolism has been identified to be due to CYP2D6 gene amplification.
  • Thus, the activity of NOV protein, expression of NOV nucleic acid, or mutation content of NOV genes in an individual can be determined to thereby select appropriate agent(s) for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of the individual. In addition, pharmacogenetic studies can be used to apply genotyping of polymorphic alleles encoding drug-metabolizing enzymes to the identification of an individual's drug responsiveness phenotype. This knowledge, when applied to dosing or drug selection, can avoid adverse reactions or therapeutic failure and thus enhance therapeutic or prophylactic efficiency when treating a subject with a NOV modulator, such as a modulator identified by one of the exemplary screening assays described herein.
  • Monitoring of Effects During Clinical Trials
  • Monitoring the influence of agents (e.g., drugs, compounds) on the expression or activity of NOV (e.g., the ability to modulate aberrant cell proliferation and/or differentiation) can be applied not only in basic drug screening, but also in clinical trials. For example, the effectiveness of an agent determined by a screening assay as described herein to increase NOV gene expression, protein levels, or upregulate NOV activity, can be monitored in clinical trails of subjects exhibiting decreased NOV gene expression, protein levels, or downregulated NOV activity. Alternatively, the effectiveness of an agent determined by a screening assay to decrease NOV gene expression, protein levels, or downregulate NOV activity, can be monitored in clinical trails of subjects exhibiting increased NOV gene expression, protein levels, or upregulated NOV activity. In such clinical trials, the expression or activity of NOV and, preferably, other genes that have been implicated in, for example, a cellular proliferation or immune disorder can be used as a “read out” or markers of the immune responsiveness of a particular cell.
  • By way of example, and not of limitation, genes, including NOV, that are modulated in cells by treatment with an agent (e.g., compound, drug or small molecule) that modulates NOV activity (e.g., identified in a screening assay as described herein) can be identified. Thus, to study the effect of agents on cellular proliferation disorders, for example, in a clinical trial, cells can be isolated and RNA prepared and analyzed for the levels of expression of NOV and other genes implicated in the disorder. The levels of gene expression (i.e., a gene expression pattern) can be quantified by Northern blot analysis or RT-PCR, as described herein, or alternatively by measuring the amount of protein produced, by one of the methods as described herein, or by measuring the levels of activity of NOV or other genes. In this manner, the gene expression pattern can serve as a marker, indicative of the physiological response of the cells to the agent. Accordingly, this response state can be determined before, and at various points during, treatment of the individual with the agent.
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides a method for monitoring the effectiveness of treatment of a subject with an agent (e.g., an agonist, antagonist, protein, peptide, peptidomimetic, nucleic acid, small molecule, or other drug candidate identified by the screening assays described herein) comprising the steps of (i) obtaining a pre-administration sample from a subject prior to administration of the agent; (ii) detecting the level of expression of a NOV protein, mRNA, or genomic DNA in the preadministration sample; (iii) obtaining one or more post-administration samples from the subject; (iv) detecting the level of expression or activity of the NOV protein, mRNA, or genomic DNA in the post-administration samples; (v) comparing the level of expression or activity of the NOV protein, mRNA, or genomic DNA in the pre-administration sample with the NOV protein, mRNA, or genomic DNA in the post administration sample or samples; and (vi) altering the administration of the agent to the subject accordingly. For example, increased administration of the agent can be desirable to increase the expression or activity of NOV to higher levels than detected, i.e., to increase the effectiveness of the agent. Alternatively, decreased administration of the agent can be desirable to decrease expression or activity of NOV to lower levels than detected, i.e., to decrease the effectiveness of the agent.
  • Methods of Treatment
  • The invention provides for both prophylactic and therapeutic methods of treating a subject at risk of (or susceptible to) a disorder or having a disorder associated with aberrant NOV expression or activity. Such related diseases or disorders include for NOV 1 for example, those involving development, differentiation, and activation of thymic immune cells; in pathologies related to spermatogenesis and male infertility; diagnosis of several human neoplasias; in diseases or pathologies of cells in blood circulation such as red blood cells and platelets; and small cell lung cancer NCI-H23; for NOV2, for example, neurological, cardiac and vascular pathologies; for NOV3, for example, rheumatoid arthritis; congenital muscular dystrophies; various muscle disorders; fixed deformities (arthrogryposis); prostate cancer; and abnormal white matter. These methods of treatment will be discussed more fully, below.
  • Disease and Disorders
  • Diseases and disorders that are characterized by increased (relative to a subject not suffering from the disease or disorder) levels or biological activity can be treated with Therapeutics that antagonize (i.e., reduce or inhibit) activity. Therapeutics that antagonize activity can be administered in a therapeutic or prophylactic manner. Therapeutics that can be utilized include, but are not limited to: (i) an aforementioned peptide, or analogs, derivatives, fragments or homologs thereof; (ii) antibodies to an aforementioned peptide; (iii) nucleic acids encoding an aforementioned peptide; (iv) administration of antisense nucleic acid and nucleic acids that are “dysfunctional” (i.e., due to a heterologous insertion within the coding sequences of coding sequences to an aforementioned peptide) that are utilized to “knockout” endoggenous function of an aforementioned peptide by homologous recombination (see, e.g., Capecchi, 1989. Science 244: 1288-1292); or (v) modulators (i.e., inhibitors, agonists and antagonists, including additional peptide mimetic of the invention or antibodies specific to a peptide of the invention) that alter the interaction between an aforementioned peptide and its binding partner.
  • Diseases and disorders that are characterized by decreased (relative to a subject not suffering from the disease or disorder) levels or biological activity can be treated with Therapeutics that increase (i.e., are agonists to) activity. Therapeutics that upregulate activity can be administered in a therapeutic or prophylactic manner. Therapeutics that can be utilized include, but are not limited to, an aforementioned peptide, or analogs, derivatives, fragments or homologs thereof; or an agonist that increases bioavailability.
  • Increased or decreased levels can be readily detected by quantifying peptide and/or RNA, by obtaining a patient tissue sample (e.g., from biopsy tissue) and assaying it in vitro for RNA or peptide levels, structure and/or activity of the expressed peptides (or mRNAs of an aforementioned peptide). Methods that are well-known within the art include, but are not limited to, immunoassays (e.g., by Western blot analysis, immunoprecipitation followed by sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, immunocytochemistry, etc.) and/or hybridization assays to detect expression of mRNAs (e.g., Northern assays, dot blots, in situ hybridization, and the like).
  • Prophylactic Methods
  • In one aspect, the invention provides a method for preventing, in a subject, a disease or condition associated with an aberrant NOV expression or activity, by administering to the subject an agent that modulates NOV expression or at least one NOV activity. These conditions include for NOV 1, for example, those involving development, differentiation, and activation of thymic immune cells; in pathologies related to spermatogenesis and male infertility; diagnosis of several human neoplasias; in diseases or pathologies of cells in blood circulation such as red blood cells and platelets; and small cell lung cancer NCI-H23; for NOV2, for example, neurological, cardiac and vascular pathologies; for NOV3, for example, rheumatoid arthritis; congenital muscular dystrophies; various muscle disorders; fixed deformities (arthrogryposis); prostate cancer; and abnormal white matter. Subjects at risk for a disease that is caused or contributed to by aberrant NOV expression or activity can be identified by, for example, any or a combination of diagnostic or prognostic assays as described herein. Administration of a prophylactic agent can occur prior to the manifestation of symptoms characteristic of the NOV aberrancy, such that a disease or disorder is prevented or, alternatively, delayed in its progression. Depending upon the type of NOV aberrancy, for example, a NOV agonist or NOV antagonist agent can be used for treating the subject. The appropriate agent can be determined based on screening assays described herein. The prophylactic methods of the invention are further discussed in the following subsections.
  • Therapeutic Methods
  • Another aspect of the invention pertains to methods of modulating NOV expression or activity for therapeutic purposes. The modulatory method of the invention involves contacting a cell with an agent that modulates one or more of the activities of NOV protein activity associated with the cell. An agent that modulates NOV protein activity can be an agent as described herein, such as a nucleic acid or a protein, a naturally-occurring cognate ligand of a NOV protein, a peptide, a NOV peptidomimetic, or other small molecule. In one embodiment, the agent stimulates one or more NOV protein activity. Examples of such stimulatory agents include active NOV protein and a nucleic acid molecule encoding NOV that has been introduced into the cell. In another embodiment, the agent inhibits one or more NOV protein activity. Examples of such inhibitory agents include antisense NOV nucleic acid molecules and anti-NOV antibodies. These modulatory methods can be performed in vitro (e.g., by culturing the cell with the agent) or, alternatively, in vivo (e.g., by administering the agent to a subject). As such, the invention provides methods of treating an individual afflicted with a disease or disorder characterized by aberrant expression or activity of a NOV protein or nucleic acid molecule. In one embodiment, the method involves administering an agent (e.g., an agent identified by a screening assay described herein), or combination of agents that modulates (e.g., up-regulates or down-regulates) NOV expression or activity. In another embodiment, the method involves administering a NOV protein or nucleic acid molecule as therapy to compensate for reduced or aberrant NOV expression or activity.
  • Stimulation of NOV activity is desirable in situations in which NOV is abnormally downregulated and/or in which increased NOV activity is likely to have a beneficial effect. One example of such a situation is where a subject has a disorder characterized by aberrant cell proliferation and/or differentiation (e.g., cancer or immune associated disorders). Another example of such a situation is where the subject has a gestational disease (e.g., preclampsia).
  • Determination of the Biological Effect of the Therapeutic
  • In various embodiments of the invention, suitable in vitro or in vivo assays are performed to determine the effect of a specific Therapeutic and whether its administration is indicated for treatment of the affected tissue.
  • In various specific embodiments, in vitro assays can be performed with representative cells of the type(s) involved in the patient's disorder, to determine if a given Therapeutic exerts the desired effect upon the cell type(s). Compounds for use in therapy can be tested in suitable animal model systems including, but not limited to rats, mice, chicken, cows, monkeys, rabbits, and the like, prior to testing in human subjects. Similarly, for in vivo testing, any of the animal model system known in the art can be used prior to administration to human subjects.
  • Prophylactic and Therapeutic Uses of the Compositions of the Invention
  • The NOV nucleic acids and proteins of the invention are useful in potential prophylactic and therapeutic applications implicated in a variety of disorders including, but not limited to: for NOV1 those involving development, differentiation, and activation of thymic immune cells; in pathologies related to spermatogenesis and male infertility; diagnosis of several human neoplasias; in diseases or pathologies of cells in blood circulation such as red blood cells and platelets; in blood circulation such as red blood cells and platelets; for NOV2 neurological, cardiac and vascular pathologies; for NOV3 rheumatoid arthritis; congenital muscular dystrophies; various muscle disorders; fixed deformities (arthrogryposis); and abnormal white matter.
  • As an example, a cDNA encoding the NOV protein of the invention can be useful in gene therapy, and the protein can be useful when administered to a subject in need thereof. By way of non-limiting example, the compositions of the invention will have efficacy for treatment of patients suffering from the above mentioned disorders.
  • Both the novel nucleic acid encoding the NOV protein, and the NOV protein of the invention, or fragments thereof, may also be useful in diagnostic applications, wherein the presence or amount of the nucleic acid or the protein are to be assessed. A further use could be as an anti-bacterial molecule (i.e., some peptides have been found to possess anti-bacterial properties). These materials are further useful in the generation of antibodies which immunospecifically-bind to the novel substances of the invention for use in therapeutic or diagnostic methods. Those involving development, differentiation, and activation of thymic immune cells; in pathologies related to spermatogenesis and male infertility; diagnosis of several human neoplasias; in diseases or pathologies of cells in blood circulation such as red blood cells and platelets; neurological, cardiac and vascular pathologies; rheumatoid arthritis; congenital muscular dystrophies; various muscle disorders; fixed deformities (arthrogryposis); and abnormal white matter
    • EXAMPLES
  • The following examples illustrate by way of non-limiting example various aspects of the invention.
    • Example 1 Quantitative Expression Analysis of NOV1 and NOV2 in Various Cells and Tissues
  • The quantitative expression of various clones was assessed in about 41 normal and about 55 tumor samples by real time quantitative PCR (TAQMAN®) performed on a Perkin-Elmer Biosystems ABI PRISM® 7700 Sequence Detection System. In the following Tables 12, 13, and 14, the following abbreviations are used:
    • ca.=carcinoma,
    • =established from metastasis,
    • met=metastasis,
    • s cell var=small cell variant,
    • non-s=non-sm=non-small,
    • squam =squamous,
    • pl. eff=pl effusion=pleural effusion,
    • glio=glioma,
    • astro=astrocytoma, and
    • neuro=neuroblastoma
    • NAT=normal adjacent tissue.
  • First, up to 96 RNA samples were normalized to β-actin and GAPDH. RNA (˜50 ng total or ˜1 ng polyA+) was converted to cDNA using the TAQMAN® Reverse Transcription Reagents Kit (PE Biosystems, Foster City, Calif.; Catalog No. N808-0234) and random hexamers according to the manufacturer's protocol. Reactions were performed in 20 ul and incubated for 30 min. at 48° C. cDNA (5 ul) was then transferred to a separate plate for the TAQMAN® reaction using β-actin and GAPDH TAQMAN® Assay Reagents (PE Biosystems; Catalog Nos. 4310881E and 4310884E, respectively) and TAQMAN® universal PCR Master Mix (PE Biosystems; Catalog No. 4304447) according to the manufacturer's protocol. Reactions were performed in 25 ul using the following parameters: 2 min. at 50° C.; 10 min. at 95° C.; 15 sec. at 95° C./1 min. at 60° C. (40 cycles). Results were recorded as CT values (cycle at which a given sample crosses a threshold level of fluorescence) using a log scale, with the difference in RNA concentration between a given sample and the sample with the lowest CT value being represented as 2 to the power of delta CT. The percent relative expression is then obtained by taking the reciprocal of this RNA difference and multiplying by 100. The relative expression percent is in reference to the β-actin and GAPDH levels. Higher relative expression in a normal versus a cancerous tissues indicates an increased expression of gene in cancerous tissues and that the gene is a marker for a type of cancer. The average CT values obtained for β-actin and GAPDH were used to normalize RNA samples. The RNA sample generating the highest CT value required no further diluting, while all other samples were diluted relative to this sample according to their β-actin /GAPDH average CT values.
  • Normalized RNA (5 ul) was converted to cDNA and analyzed via TAQMAN® using One Step RT-PCR Master Mix Reagents (PE Biosystems; Catalog No. 4309169) and gene-specific primers according to the manufacturer's instructions. Probes and primers were designed for each assay according to Perkin Elmer Biosystem's Primer Express Software package (version I for Apple Computer's Macintosh Power PC) or a similar algorithm using the target sequence as input. Default settings were used for reaction conditions and the following parameters were set before selecting primers: primer concentration =250 mM, primer melting temperature (Tm) range=58°-60° C., primer optimal Tm =59° C., maximum primer difference=2° C., probe does not have 5′ G, probe Tm must be 10° C. greater than primer Tm, amplicon size 75 bp to 100 bp. The probes and primers selected (see below) were synthesized by Synthegen (Houston, Tex., USA). Probes were double purified by HPLC to remove uncoupled dye and evaluated by mass spectroscopy to verify coupling of reporter and quencher dyes to the 5′ and 3′ ends of the probe, respectively. Their final concentrations were: forward and reverse primers, 900 mM each, and probe, 200 nM.
  • PCR conditions: Normalized RNA from each tissue and each cell line was spotted in each well of a 96 well PCR plate (Perkin Elmer Biosystems). PCR cocktails including two probes (SEQX-specific and another gene-specific probe multiplexed with the SEQX probe) were set up using 1× TaqMan™ PCR Master Mix for the PE Biosystems 7700, with 5 mM MgCl2, dNTPs (dA, G, C, U at 1:1:1:2 ratios), 0.25 U/ml AmpliTaq Gold™ (PE Biosystems), and 0.4 U/□l RNase inhibitor, and 0.25 U/□l reverse transcriptase. Reverse transcription was performed at 48° C. for 30 minutes followed by amplification/PCR cycles as follows: 95° C. 10 min, then 40 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds, 60° C. for 1 minute.
  • A. NOV1
    Probe Name: Ag190
    Start SEQ
    Primers Sequences Length Position ID NO:
    Forward 5′-TGGAGGAAGAATCACC 22 243  8
    ACAAGA-3′
    Probe TET-5′-CAAGCCACAAAC 27 271  9
    TGTGACGTGAACCTG-3′-
    TAMRA
    Reverse 5′-GTGGCATCAGCACGGA 19 300 10
    GTG-3′
  • The results obtained for clone NOV1 using primer-probe set Ag190 are shown in Table 12.
    TABLE 12
    Relative Relative
    Tissue_Name Expression % Tissue_Name Expression %
    Endothelial cells 0.0 Renal ca. 786-0 0.0
    Endothelial cells (treated) 0.0 Renal ca. A498 0.0
    Pancreas 0.0 Renal ca. RXF 393 0.0
    Pancreatic ca. CAPAN 2 0.0 Renal ca. ACHN 0.9
    Adrenal Gland (new lot*) 92.0 Renal ca. UO-31 0.0
    Thyroid 0.0 Renal ca. TK-10 0.6
    Salavary gland 23.8 Liver 0.0
    Pituitary gland 0.0 Liver (fetal) 0.0
    Brain (fetal) 0.0 Liver ca. (hepatoblast) HepG2 32.1
    Brain (whole) 0.0 Lung 0.0
    Brain (amygdala) 0.0 Lung (fetal) 0.0
    Brain (cerebellum) 0.0 Lung ca. (small cell) LX-1 0.0
    Brain (hippocampus) 0.0 Lung ca. (small cell) NCI-H69 22.9
    Brain (thalamus) 0.0 Lung ca. (s. cell var.) SHP-77 0.0
    Cerebral Cortex 1.2 Lung ca. (large cell) NCI-H460 4.0
    Spinal cord 0.0 Lung ca. (non-sm. cell) A549 8.4
    CNS ca. (glio/astro) U87-MG 2.5 Lung ca. (non-s. cell) NCI-H23 100.0
    CNS ca. (glio/astro) U-118-MG 0.0 Lung ca (non-s. cell) HOP-62 0.8
    CNS ca. (astro) SW1783 0.0 Lung ca. (non-s. cl) NCI-H522 15.4
    CNS ca.* (neuro; met) SK-N-AS 7.8 Lung ca. (squam.) SW 900 0.0
    CNS ca. (astro) SF-539 0.0 Lung ca. (squam.) NCI-H596 42.3
    CNS ca. (astro) SNB-75 0.0 Mammary gland 0.0
    CNS ca. (glio) SNB-19 2.1 Breast ca.* (pl. effusion) MCF-7 2.1
    CNS ca. (glio) U251 0.0 Breast ca.* (pl. ef) MDA-MB-231 0.0
    CNS ca. (glio) SF-295 0.3 Breast ca.* (pl. effusion) T47D 21.0
    Heart 0.0 Breast ca. BT-549 0.0
    Skeletal Muscle (new lot*) 0.0 Breast ca. MDA-N 16.5
    Bone marrow 0.0 Ovary 0.0
    Thymus 0.0 Ovarian ca. OVCAR-3 1.0
    Spleen 0.0 Ovarian ca. OVCAR-4 0.2
    Lymph node 0.0 Ovarian ca. OVCAR-5 1.8
    Colorectal 0.0 Ovarian ca. OVCAR-8 7.5
    Stomach 0.0 Ovarian ca. IGROV-1 3.9
    Small intestine 7.3 Ovarian ca.* (ascites) SK-OV-3 0.5
    Colon ca. SW480 0.0 Uterus 0.0
    Colon ca.* (SW480 met) SW620 0.4 Plancenta 0.0
    Colon ca. HT29 0.0 Prostate 2.1
    Colon ca. HCT-116 14.6 Prostate ca.* (bone met)PC-3 11.5
    Colon ca. CaCo-2 14.5 Testis 0.0
    83219 CC Well to Mod Diff (ODO3866) 0.0 Melanoma Hs688(A).T 0.0
    Colon ca. HCC-2998 55.1 Melanoma* (met) Hs688(B).T 0.0
    Gastric ca.* (liver met) NCI-N87 0.0 Melanoma UACC-62 0.0
    Bladder 0.0 Melanoma M14 0.0
    Trachea 0.0 Melanoma LOX IMVI 0.0
    Kidney 4.4 Melanoma* (met) SK-MEL-5 0.0
    Kidney (fetal) 6.1
  • It is seen that clone NOV1 expression is enhanced in certain cancer cell lines, especially non-small cell lung cancer NCI-H23, but not in cell lines from the corresponding normal tissue. Therefore, NOV1 can be used as a cancer-specific marker in such tissues.
  • B. NOV2
    Probe Name: Ag087
    Start SEQ
    Primers Sequences Length Position ID NO:
    Forward 5′-CGCAGTTTCACTCGGG 20 1870 11
    AGAT-3′
    Probe TET-5′-CCTCTAGGATCC 31 1895 12
    ACATCGAGAAAATCATCG
    G-3′-TAMRA
    Reverse 5′-AGCAGACTTCCCCGG 20 1932 13
    AGTCT-3′
  • The results obtained on a panel of cell lines for clone NOV2 using primer-probe set Ag087 are shown in Table 13, and those obtained on a second panel of surgical tissue samples are shown in Table 14. In Table 14, “NAT” designates surgical tissues deemed not cancerous obtained by the surgeon from the region immediately adjacent to a tumor or cancer.
    TABLE 13
    Relative Relative
    Tissue_Name Expression % Tissue_Name Expression %
    Endothelial cells 0.3 Kidney (fetal) 1.0
    Endothelial cells (treated) 0.6 Renal ca. 786-0 0.6
    Pancreas 1.0 Renal ca. A498 0.3
    Pancreatic ca. CAPAN 2 2.5 Renal ca. RXF 393 0.2
    Adipose 1.8 Renal ca. ACHN 0.4
    Adrenal gland 0.2 Renal ca. UO-31 0.3
    Thyroid 0.1 Renal ca. TK-10 1.3
    Salavary gland 0.2 Liver 0.3
    Pituitary gland 0.2 Liver (fetal) 0.1
    Brain (fetal) 0.9 Liver ca. (hepatoblast) HepG2 1.0
    Brain (whole) 3.0 Lung 0.2
    Brain (amygdala) 0.7 Lung (fetal) 0.8
    Brain (cerebellum) 7.1 Lung ca. (small cell) LX-1 0.3
    Brain (hippocampus) 2.8 Lung ca. (small cell) NCI-H69 0.7
    Brain (substantia nigra) 2.7 Lung ca. (s. cell var.) SHP-77 25.9
    Brain (thalamus) 2.5 Lung ca. (large cell) NCI-H460 0.7
    Brain (hypothalamus) 0.3 Lung ca. (non-sm. cell) A549 1.1
    Spinal cord 2.1 Lung ca. (non-s. cell) NCI-H23 0.6
    CNS ca. (glio/astro) U87-MG 0.4 Lung ca (non-s. cell) HOP-62 1.0
    CNS ca. (glio/astro) U-118-MG 0.3 Lung ca. (non-s. cl) NCI-H522 0.3
    CNS ca. (astro) SW1783 0.3 Lung ca. (squam.) SW 900 11.5
    CNS ca.* (neuro; met) SK-N-AS 1.1 Lung ca. (squam.) NCI-H596 0.8
    CNS ca. (astro) SF-539 0.0 Mammary gland 1.8
    CNS ca. (astro) SNB-75 2.2 Breast ca.* (pl. effusion) MCF-7 0.3
    CNS ca. (glio) SNB-19 2.0 Breast ca.* (pl. ef) MDA-MB-231 1.6
    CNS ca. (glio) U251 0.9 Breast ca.* (pl. effusion) T47D 0.5
    CNS ca. (glio) SF-295 0.0 Breast ca. BT-549 4.7
    Heart 0.4 Breast ca. MDA-N 1.6
    Skeletal muscle 0.1 Ovary 0.6
    Bone marrow 0.1 Ovarian ca. OVCAR-3 0.6
    Thymus 3.5 Ovarian ca. OVCAR-4 0.5
    Spleen 0.4 Ovarian ca. OVCAR-5 4.6
    Lymph node 0.4 Ovarian ca. OVCAR-8 0.3
    Colon (ascending) 0.6 Ovarian ca. IGROV-1 0.6
    Stomach 1.3 Ovarian ca.* (ascites) SK-OV-3 1.0
    Small intestine 0.5 Uterus 1.8
    Colon ca. SW480 0.3 Plancenta 1.5
    Colon ca.* (SW480 met) SW620 0.2 Prostate 0.5
    Colon ca. HT29 2.8 Prostate ca.* (bone met)PC-3 100.0
    Colon ca. HCT-116 8.0 Testis 4.6
    Colon ca. CaCo-2 1.2 Melanoma Hs688(A).T 0.1
    Colon ca. HCT-15 0.9 Melanoma* (met) Hs688(B).T 0.1
    Colon ca. HCC-2998 1.5 Melanoma UACC-62 0.8
    Gastric ca.* (liver met) NCI-N87 2.8 Melanoma M14 0.3
    Bladder 0.4 Melanoma LOX IMVI 0.7
    Trachea 1.3 Melanoma* (met) SK-MEL-5 0.2
    Kidney 1.7 Melanoma SK-MEL-28 0.3
  • TABLE 14
    Relative Expr. % Relative Expr. %
    Tissue_Name/Run_Name 2tm723t 2tm819t Tissue_Name/Run_Name 2tm723t 2tm819t
    Normal Colon GENPAK 061003 0.0 0.0 Kidney NAT Clontech 8120608 0.0 0.0
    83219 CC Well to Mod Diff(ODO3866) 0.0 0.0 Kidney Cancer Clontech 8120613 0.0 0.0
    83220 CC NAT (ODO3866) 0.0 0.0 Kidney NAT Clontech 8120614 0.0 0.0
    83221 CC Gr.2 rectosigmoid (ODO3868) 0.0 0.0 Kidney Cancer Clontech 9010320 0.0 0.0
    83222 CC NAT (ODO3868) 0.0 0.0 Kidney NAT Clontech 9010321 0.0 0.0
    83235 CC Mod Diff (ODO3920) 0.0 0.0 Normal Uterus GENPAK 061018 0.0 0.0
    83236 CC NAT (ODO3920) 0.0 0.0 Uterus Cancer GENPAK 064011 4.2 0.0
    83237 CC Gr.2 ascend colon (ODO3921) 0.0 0.0 Normal Thyroid Clontech A+ 6570-1** 0.0 0.0
    83238 CC NAT (ODO3921) 0.0 0.0 Thyroid Cancer GENPAK 064010 0.0 0.0
    83241 CC from Partial Hepatectomy 0.0 0.0 Thyroid Cancer INVITROGEN A302152 3.3 1.3
    (ODO4309)
    83242 Liver NAT (ODO4309) 27.0 3.0 Thyroid NAT INVITROGEN A302153 0.0 0.0
    87472 Colon mets to lung (OD04451-01) 0.0 0.0 Normal Breast GENPAK 061019 3.8 2.9
    87473 Lung NAT (OD04451-02) 0.0 0.0 84877 Breast Cancer (OD04566) 42.6 56.6
    Normal Prostate Clontech A+ 6546-1 0.0 0.0 85975 Breast Cancer (OD04590-01) 7.6 6.0
    84140 Prostate Cancer (OD04410) 5.6 6.8 85976 Breast Cancer Mets (OD04590-03) 39.2 38.4
    84141 Prostate NAT (OD04410) 0.0 0.0 87070 Breast Cancer Metastasis (OD04655-05) 35.4 45.7
    87073 Prostate Cancer (OD04720-01) 100.0 100.0 GENPAK Breast Cancer 064006 50.7 55.1
    87074 Prostate NAT (OD04720-02) 0.6 0.0 Breast Cancer Clontech 9100266 46.0 28.5
    Normal Lung GENPAK 061010 0.0 0.0 Breast NAT Clontech 9100265 2.1 0.0
    83239 Lung Met to Muscle (OD04286) 0.0 0.0 Breast Cancer INVITROGEN A209073 8.5 0.0
    83240 Muscle NAT (OD04286) 0.4 0.0 Breast NAT INVITROGEN A2090734 4.2 1.3
    84136 Lung Malignant Cancer (OD03126) 1.2 0.0 Normal Liver GENPAK 061009 0.6 0.0
    84137 Lung NAT (OD03126) 0.0 0.0 Liver Cancer GENPAK 064003 0.0 0.0
    84871 Lung Cancer (OD04404) 1.7 0.0 Liver Cancer Research Genetics RNA 1025 0.5 0.0
    84872 Lung NAT (OD04404) 0.0 0.0 Liver Cancer Research Genetics RNA 1026 0.0 0.0
    84875 Lung Cancer (OD04565) 0.0 0.4 Paired Liver Cancer Tissue Research Genetics RNA 6004-T 0.0 0.0
    85950 Lung Cancer (OD04237-01) 0.0 0.0 Paired Liver Tissue Research Genetics RNA 6004-N 0.0 0.0
    85970 Lung NAT (OD04237-02) 0.0 0.0 Paired Liver Cancer Tissue Research Genetics RNA 6005-T 0.9 0.0
    83255 Ocular Mel Met to Liver 1.6 0.8 Paired Liver Tissue Research Genetics RNA 6005-N 2.7 0.0
    (OD04310)
    83256 Liver NAT (OD04310) 48.6 1.8 Normal Bladder GENPAK 061001 1.4 0.0
    84139 Melanoma Mets to Lung 0.0 0.0 Bladder Cancer Research Genetics RNA 1023 0.0 0.0
    (OD04321)
    84138 Lung NAT (OD04321) 0.0 0.0 Bladder Cancer INVITROGEN A302173 0.0 0.0
    Normal Kidney GENPAK 061008 0.0 0.0 87071 Bladder Cancer (OD04718-01) 6.0 1.0
    83786 Kidney Ca, Nuclear grade 2 0.0 0.0 87072 Bladder Normal Adjacent (OD04718-03) 2.7 0.0
    (OD04338)
    83787 Kidney NAT (OD04338) 0.0 0.0 Normal Ovary Res. Gen. 6.5 0.0
    83788 Kidney Ca Nuclear grade ½ 0.0 0.0 Ovarian Cancer GENPAK 064008 0.0 0.0
    (OD04339)
    83789 Kidney NAT (OD04339) 0.9 0.6 87492 Ovary Cancer (OD04768-07) 25.9 11.7
    83790 Kidney Ca, Clear cell type 0.0 0.0 87493 Ovary NAT (OD04768-08) 0.0 0.0
    (OD04340)
    83791 Kidney NAT (OD04340) 0.0 0.0 Normal Stomach GENPAK 061017 0.0 0.0
    83792 Kidney Ca, Nuclear grade 3 0.0 0.0 NAT Stomach Clontech 9060359 0.0 0.0
    (OD04348)
    83793 Kidney NAT (OD04348) 0.0 0.0 Gastric Cancer Clontech 9060395 20.7 27.9
    87474 Kidney Cancer (OD04622-01) 0.0 0.0 NAT Stomach Clontech 9060394 1.7 0.0
    87475 Kidney NAT (OD04622-03) 0.0 0.0 Gastric Cancer Clontech 9060397 0.0 0.0
    85973 Kidney Cancer (OD04450-01) 0.0 0.0 NAT Stomach Clontech 9060396 0.0 0.0
    85974 Kidney NAT (OD04450-03) 0.0 0.0 Gastric Cancer GENPAK 064005 0.0 0.0
    Kidney Cancer Clontech 8120607 0.0 0.0
  • The results in Tables 13 and 14 demonstrate that clone NOV2 is highly expressed in certain tumors, especially prostate cancer metastasis, but not in corresponding normal cell lines (Table 13), and that this clone is highly expressed in many surgical tumor samples, especially prostate cancer, but minimally or not detectably in the immediate normal adjacent tissue. These results indicate that clone NOV2 may be used as a marker for certain cancers, especially prostate cancer.
    • Example 2 Radiation Hybrid Mapping Provides the Chromosomal Location of NOV2 and NOV3
  • Radiation hybrid mapping using human chromosome markers was carried out for NOV2 and NOV3 in the present invention. The procedure used to obtain these results is analogous to that described in Steen, R G et al. (A High-Density Integrated Genetic Linkage and Radiation Hybrid Map of the Laboratory Rat, Genome Research 1999 (Published Online on May 21, 1999)Vol. 9, AP1-AP8, 1999). A panel of 93 cell clones containing randomized radiation-induced human chromosomal fragments was screened in 96 well plates using PCR primers designed to identify the sought clones in a unique fashion. Table 15 provides the results obtained for two of the three clones of the present invention, showing the markers straddling the gene of the invention, and the distance in cR separating them.
    TABLE 15
    Distance from
    Clone Chromosome Marker, cR
    NOV2  1 AFMA129ZB5, 0.0
    NOV3 11 D11S913, 5.5
    NOV3 11 WI-1409, 4.7
    • Example 3 Molecular Cloning of NOV2
  • The open reading frame of clone NOV2 codes for a Type I membrane protein with a transmembrane domain, predicted by PSORT, to be between residues 540-566. In addition, SIGNALP predicts that a signal peptidase cleavage site occurs between residues 27 and 28. Accordingly the mature form of the predicted extracellular domain of clone NOV2 was targeted for cloning, from residue 28 to 538. Oligonucleotide primers were designed to PCR amplify a DNA segment coding for this mature domain of NOV2. The forward primer includes an in frame BamHI site. The reverse primer contains an in frame XhoI restriction site. The sequences of the primers are the following:
    NOV2 Forward:
    GGATCCGCGCGCGGCGAAGTGAATTTGCTGG (SEQ ID NO: 14)
    and
    NOV2 Reverse:
    CTCGAGGGTCCTGGTGTCATAGCGGGGCC. (SEQ ID NO: 15)
  • PCR reactions were set up using 5 ng human hypothalamus cDNA as a template, 1 microM of each of the NOV2 Forward and NOV2 Reverse primers, 5 micromoles dNTP (Clontech Laboratories, Palo Alto Calif.) and 1 microliter of 50×Advantage-HF 2 polymerase (Clontech Laboratories, Palo Alto Calif.) in 50 microliter volume. The following reaction conditions were used:
      • a) 96° C. 3 minutes
      • b) 96° C. 30 seconds denaturation
      • c) 70° C. 30 seconds, primer annealing. This temperature was gradually decreased by 1° C./cycle
      • d) 72° C. 3 minutes extension.
  • Repeat steps b-d 10 times
      • e) 96° C. 30 seconds denaturation
      • f) 60° C. 30 seconds annealing
      • g) 72° C. 3 minutes extension
  • Repeat steps e-g 25 times
      • h) 72° C. 5 minutes final extension
  • A single amplified product having a size of approximately 1500 bp was detected by agarose gel electrophoresis. The product was isolated and ligated into the pCR2.1 vector (Invitrogen Corp, Carlsbad Calif.).
  • The construct was sequenced using the following gene-specific primers:
    NOV2 S1: TACCTGGAGTCGGACCGC, (SEQ ID NO: 16)
    NOV2 S2: GCGGTCCGACTCCAGGTA, (SEQ ID NO: 17)
    NOV2 S3: CAGTGCGTGCGGCACTCAG, (SEQ ID NO: 18)
    NOV2 S4: TGAGTGCCGCACGCACTGG, (SEQ ID NO: 19)
    NOV2 S5: CTGGACCCAGGTGGCCGC, (SEQ ID NO: 20)
    NOV2 S6: GCGGCCACCTGGGTCCAG, (SEQ ID NO: 21)
    NOV2 S7: CCCGAGCAGCCGAACGGC, and (SEQ ID NO: 22)
    NOV2 S8: GCCGTTCGGCTGCTCGGG. (SEQ ID NO: 23)
  • The cloned insert was verified to be 100% identical to the nucleotide sequence of clone NOV2 (SEQ ID NO:4) from residues 28 to 538. The construct is called pCR2.1- cgNOV2-S340-1C.
    • Example 4 Molecular Cloning of NOV3
  • The open reading frame of clone NOV3 codes for a Type I membrane protein with a transmembrane domain, predicted by PSORT, between residues 547-580. SIGNALP predicted the signal peptidase cleavage site between residues 51 and 52. For these reasons the mature form of the extracellular domain was targeted for cloning, from residues 52 to 546. Oligonucleotide primers were designed to PCR amplify a DNA segment coding for this mature extracellular domain. The forward primer includes an in frame BamHI site. The reverse primer contains an in frame XhoI restriction site. The sequences of the primers are the following:
    NOV3Forw:
    GGATCCACCACCTGCCCCTCGGTGTGC (SEQ ID NO: 24)
    and
    NOV3Rev:
    CTCGAGGCCAGCGTTCTGCTCCTGGTT (SEQ ID NO: 25)
    GAGTGTGG.
  • PCR reactions were set up using 5 ng human fetal brain cDNA template, 1 microM of each of the NOV3Forw and NOV3Rev primers, 5 micromoles dNTP (Clontech Laboratories, Palo Alto Calif.) and 1 microliter of 50×Advantage-HF 2 polymerase (Clontech Laboratories, Palo Alto Calif.) in 50 microliter volume. The reaction conditions used were the same as described in Example A.
  • A single amplified product having a size of approximately 1500 bp was detected by agarose gel electrophoresis. The product was isolated and ligated into the pCR2.1 vector (Invitrogen Corp, Carlsbad Calif.).
  • The construct was sequenced using the following gene-specific primers:
    NOV3S1: CGCACCATTGCCAGGGAC, (SEQ ID NO: 26)
    NOV3S2: GTCCCTGGCAATGGTGCG, (SEQ ID NO: 27)
    NOV3S3: CTGGTGCGCAATTCGCTGGCC, (SEQ ID NO: 28)
    NOV3S4: GGCCAGCGAATTGCGCACCAG, (SEQ ID NO: 29)
    NOV3S5: CACGCCTCTGCCACCACG, and (SEQ ID NO: 30)
    NOV3S6; CGTGGTGGCAGAGGCGTG. (SEQ ID NO: 31)

    The cloned insert was verified as being 100% identical to clone NOV3 (SEQ ID NO:6) from residues 52 to 546. The construct is called pCR2.1-cgNOV3-S331-3A.
    • Example 5 Preparation of Mammalian Expression Vector pCEP4/Sec
  • The oligonucleotide primers,
    pSec-V5-His Forward:
    CTCGTCCTCGAGGGTAAGCCTATCCCTAAC (SEQ ID NO: 32)
    and
    pSec-V5-His Reverse:
    CTCGTCGGGCCCCTGATCAGCGGGTTTAAAC, (SEQ ID NO: 33)

    were designed to amplify a fragment from the pcDNA3.1-V5His (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.) expression vector that includes V5 and His6. The PCR product was digested with XhoI and ApaI and ligated into the XhoI/ApaI digested pSecTag2 B vector harboring an Ig kappa leader sequence (Invitrogen, Carlsbad Calif.). The correct structure of the resulting vector, pSecV5His, including an in-frame Ig-kappa leader and V5-His6 was verified by DNA sequence analysis. The vector pSecV5His was digested with PmeI and NheI to provide a fragment retaining the above elements in the correct frame. The PmeI-NheI fragment was ligated into the BamHI/Klenow and NheI treated vector pCEP4 (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.). The resulting vector was named pCEP4/Sec and includes an in-frame Ig kappa leader, a site for insertion of a clone of interest, V5 and His6 under control of the PCMV and/or the PT7 promoter. pCEP4/Sec is an expression vector that allows heterologous protein expression and secretion by fusing any protein to the Ig Kappa chain signal peptide. Detection and purification of the expressed protein are aided by the presence of the V5 epitope tag and 6×His tag at the C-terminus (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.).
    • Example 6 Expression of NOV2 in Human Embryonic Kidney (HEK) 293 Cells
  • The BamHI-XhoI fragment containing the NOV2 sequence was isolated from pCR2.1-cgNOV2-S340-1C (Example 3) and subcloned into the vector pCEP4/Sec (Example 5) to generate expression vector pCEP4/Sec-NOV2. The pCEP4/Sec-NOV2 vector was transfected into HEK293 cells using the LipofectaminePlus reagent following the manufacturer's instructions (Gibco/BRL/Life Technologies, Rockville, Md.). The cell pellet and supernatant were harvested 72 hours after transfection and examined for NOV2 expression by Western blotting, after SDS-PAGE run under reducing conditions, with an anti-V5 antibody. FIG. 1 shows that NOV2 is highly expressed in the supernatant medium as a polypeptide having an apparent molecular weight of approximately 64 kDa protein that is secreted by the transfected 293 cells. The molecular weight standard used was SeeBlue Marker (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.). This result is in reasonable agreement with the predicted molecular weight of 56842.5 Da. The program PROSITE predicts that there are three N-glycosylation sites in this polypeptide. Glycosylation of the polypeptide expressed in the transfected cells may be responsible for the difference between the predicted and observed molecular weights.
    • Example 7 Expression of NOV3 in Human Embryonic Kidney 293 Cells
  • The BamHI-XhoI fragment containing the NOV3 sequence was isolated from pCR2.1-cgNOV3-S331-3A (Example 4) and subcloned into the vector pCEP4/Sec (Example 5) to generate expression vector pCEP4/Sec-NOV3. The pCEP4/Sec-NOV3 vector was transfected into HEK293 cells using the LipofectaminePlus reagent following the manufacturer's instructions (Gibco/BRL/Life Technologies). The cell pellet and supernatant were harvested 72 hours after transfection and examined for NOV3 expression by Western blotting, after SDS-PAGE run under reducing conditions, with an anti-V5 antibody. FIG. 2 shows that NOV3 is highly expressed in the supernatant as a polypeptide with an apparent molecular weight of approximately 70 kDa, secreted by the transfected 293 cells. The molecular weight standard used was SeeBlue Marker (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.). This result is in reasonable agreement with the predicted molecular weight of 54572.3 Da. The program PROSITE predicts that there are three N-glycosylation sites in this polypeptide. Glycosylation of the polypeptide produced in the transfected cells may be responsible for the difference in the molecular weights. The program PROSITE predicts that there are two N-glycosylation sites in this polypeptide. Glycosylation of the polypeptide expressed in the transfected cells may be responsible for the difference between the predicted and observed molecular weights.
    • OTHER EMBODIMENTS
  • It is to be understood that while the invention has been described in conjunction with the detailed description thereof, the foregoing description is intended to illustrate and not limit the scope of the invention, which is defined by the scope of the appended claims. Other aspects, advantages, and modifications are within the scope of the following claims.

Claims (14)

1. An isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of:
(a) a mature form of an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 5;
(b) a variant of a mature form of an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 5, wherein the said variant is 96% identical to the mature form of SEQ ID NO: 5;
(c) an amino acid sequence consisting of SEQ ID NO: 5;
(d) a variant of an amino acid sequence consisting of SEQ ID NO: 5, wherein said variant differs from the amino acid sequence of said mature form, provided that said variant is 96% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 5;
(e) a nucleic acid fragment encoding at least a portion of a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence consisting of SEQ ID NO: 5 or a variant of said polypeptide, wherein the said variant is 96% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ I) NO: 5 or its mature form;
(f) a nucleic acid molecule comprising the complement of (a), (b), (c), (d) or (e).
2. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 1, wherein the nucleic acid molecule comprises the nucleotide sequence of a naturally-occurring allelic nucleic acid variant.
3. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 1, wherein the nucleic acid molecule encodes a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of a naturally-occurring polypeptide variant.
4. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 1, wherein the nucleic acid molecule differs by a single nucleotide from a nucleic acid sequence consisting of SEQ ID NO: 4.
5. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 1, wherein said nucleic acid molecule comprises a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of
(a) a nucleotide sequence consisting of SEQ ID NO: 4;
(b) a nucleotide sequence differing by one or more nucleotides from a nucleotide sequence consisting of SEQ ID NO: 4 provided that no more than 20% of the nucleotides differ from said nucleotide sequence;
(c) a nucleic acid fragment of (a); and
(d) a nucleic acid fragment of (b).
6. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 1, wherein said nucleic acid molecule hybridizes under stringent conditions to a nucleotide sequence consisting of SEQ ID NO: 4, or a complement of said nucleotide sequence.
7. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 1, wherein the nucleic acid molecule comprises a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of
(a) a first nucleotide sequence comprising a coding sequence differing by one or more nucleotide sequences from a coding sequence encoding said amino acid sequence, provided that no more than 20% of the nucleotides in the coding sequence in said first nucleotide sequence differ from said coding sequence;
(b) an isolated second polynucleotide that is a complement of the first polynucleotide; and
(c) a nucleic acid fragment of (a) or (b).
8. A vector comprising the nucleic acid molecule of claim 7.
9. The vector of claim 8, further comprising a promoter operably-linked to said nucleic acid molecule.
10. A method of treating or preventing a NOV-associated disorder, said method comprising administering to a subject in which such treatment or prevention is desired the nucleic acid of claim 1 in an amount sufficient to treat or prevent said NOV-associated disorder in said subject.
11. The method of claim 10, wherein said subject is a human.
12. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the nucleic acid molecule of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier.
13. A kit comprising in one or more containers, the pharmaceutical composition of claim 12.
14. The use of a therapeutic in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a syndrome associated with a human disease, the disease selected from a NOV-associated disorder, wherein said therapeutic the NOV nucleic acid of claim 1.
US10/691,165 1999-10-15 2004-09-07 Novel polypeptides and polynucleotides encoding same Abandoned US20050003370A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/691,165 US20050003370A1 (en) 1999-10-15 2004-09-07 Novel polypeptides and polynucleotides encoding same

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US15980599P 1999-10-15 1999-10-15
US15999299P 1999-10-18 1999-10-18
US16095299P 1999-10-22 1999-10-22
US09/689,486 US6855806B1 (en) 1999-10-15 2000-10-12 Thymosin beta 10-like proteins and nucleic acids encoding same
US10/691,165 US20050003370A1 (en) 1999-10-15 2004-09-07 Novel polypeptides and polynucleotides encoding same

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/689,486 Continuation US6855806B1 (en) 1999-10-15 2000-10-12 Thymosin beta 10-like proteins and nucleic acids encoding same

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20050003370A1 true US20050003370A1 (en) 2005-01-06

Family

ID=27496391

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/689,486 Expired - Fee Related US6855806B1 (en) 1999-10-15 2000-10-12 Thymosin beta 10-like proteins and nucleic acids encoding same
US10/691,165 Abandoned US20050003370A1 (en) 1999-10-15 2004-09-07 Novel polypeptides and polynucleotides encoding same

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/689,486 Expired - Fee Related US6855806B1 (en) 1999-10-15 2000-10-12 Thymosin beta 10-like proteins and nucleic acids encoding same

Country Status (3)

Country Link
US (2) US6855806B1 (en)
JP (1) JP2004500046A (en)
CA (1) CA2386922A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI353849B (en) * 2002-01-25 2011-12-11 Us Gov Health & Human Serv Methods and compositions for the promotion of hair
US8965708B2 (en) 2006-02-17 2015-02-24 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Method for the treatment of acquired lymphedema
US20080051644A1 (en) * 2006-02-17 2008-02-28 Raymond Tabibiazar Lymphedema associated genes and model

Citations (19)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4522811A (en) * 1982-07-08 1985-06-11 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Serial injection of muramyldipeptides and liposomes enhances the anti-infective activity of muramyldipeptides
US4683202A (en) * 1985-03-28 1987-07-28 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying nucleic acid sequences
US4683195A (en) * 1986-01-30 1987-07-28 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying, detecting, and/or-cloning nucleic acid sequences
US4736866B1 (en) * 1984-06-22 1988-04-12 Transgenic non-human mammals
US4816567A (en) * 1983-04-08 1989-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobin preparations
US4870009A (en) * 1982-11-22 1989-09-26 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Method of obtaining gene product through the generation of transgenic animals
US4873191A (en) * 1981-06-12 1989-10-10 Ohio University Genetic transformation of zygotes
US4873316A (en) * 1987-06-23 1989-10-10 Biogen, Inc. Isolation of exogenous recombinant proteins from the milk of transgenic mammals
US4946778A (en) * 1987-09-21 1990-08-07 Genex Corporation Single polypeptide chain binding molecules
US4987071A (en) * 1986-12-03 1991-01-22 University Patents, Inc. RNA ribozyme polymerases, dephosphorylases, restriction endoribonucleases and methods
US5116742A (en) * 1986-12-03 1992-05-26 University Patents, Inc. RNA ribozyme restriction endoribonucleases and methods
US5223409A (en) * 1988-09-02 1993-06-29 Protein Engineering Corp. Directed evolution of novel binding proteins
US5225539A (en) * 1986-03-27 1993-07-06 Medical Research Council Recombinant altered antibodies and methods of making altered antibodies
US5233409A (en) * 1992-02-25 1993-08-03 Schwab Karl W Color analysis of organic constituents in sedimentary rocks for thermal maturity
US5272057A (en) * 1988-10-14 1993-12-21 Georgetown University Method of detecting a predisposition to cancer by the use of restriction fragment length polymorphism of the gene for human poly (ADP-ribose) polymerase
US5283317A (en) * 1987-08-03 1994-02-01 Ddi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Intermediates for conjugation of polypeptides with high molecular weight polyalkylene glycols
US5328470A (en) * 1989-03-31 1994-07-12 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Treatment of diseases by site-specific instillation of cells or site-specific transformation of cells and kits therefor
US5459039A (en) * 1989-05-12 1995-10-17 Duke University Methods for mapping genetic mutations
US5493531A (en) * 1993-12-09 1996-02-20 Sgs-Thomson Microelectronics S.R.L. Integrated circuitry for checking the utilization rate of redundancy memory elements in a semiconductor memory device

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AU3733295A (en) 1994-10-06 1996-05-02 Alpha 1 Biomedicals, Inc. Treatment of obstructive airway disease by administering thymosin beta 4, or coadministration of thymosin beta 4 and dnase i
ATE345387T1 (en) 1998-03-18 2006-12-15 Corixa Corp COMPOUNDS AND METHODS FOR THERAPY AND DIAGNOSIS OF LUNG CANCER
EP2311485A1 (en) 1998-07-30 2011-04-20 The Government of the United States of America, as represented by the Secretary of Health and Human Services Thymosin beta 4 promotes wound repair
WO2001029217A2 (en) 1999-10-15 2001-04-26 Curagen Corporation Novel polypeptides and polynucleotides encoding same

Patent Citations (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4873191A (en) * 1981-06-12 1989-10-10 Ohio University Genetic transformation of zygotes
US4522811A (en) * 1982-07-08 1985-06-11 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Serial injection of muramyldipeptides and liposomes enhances the anti-infective activity of muramyldipeptides
US4870009A (en) * 1982-11-22 1989-09-26 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Method of obtaining gene product through the generation of transgenic animals
US4816567A (en) * 1983-04-08 1989-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobin preparations
US4736866B1 (en) * 1984-06-22 1988-04-12 Transgenic non-human mammals
US4736866A (en) * 1984-06-22 1988-04-12 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Transgenic non-human mammals
US4683202B1 (en) * 1985-03-28 1990-11-27 Cetus Corp
US4683202A (en) * 1985-03-28 1987-07-28 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying nucleic acid sequences
US4683195B1 (en) * 1986-01-30 1990-11-27 Cetus Corp
US4683195A (en) * 1986-01-30 1987-07-28 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying, detecting, and/or-cloning nucleic acid sequences
US5225539A (en) * 1986-03-27 1993-07-06 Medical Research Council Recombinant altered antibodies and methods of making altered antibodies
US5116742A (en) * 1986-12-03 1992-05-26 University Patents, Inc. RNA ribozyme restriction endoribonucleases and methods
US4987071A (en) * 1986-12-03 1991-01-22 University Patents, Inc. RNA ribozyme polymerases, dephosphorylases, restriction endoribonucleases and methods
US4873316A (en) * 1987-06-23 1989-10-10 Biogen, Inc. Isolation of exogenous recombinant proteins from the milk of transgenic mammals
US5283317A (en) * 1987-08-03 1994-02-01 Ddi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Intermediates for conjugation of polypeptides with high molecular weight polyalkylene glycols
US4946778A (en) * 1987-09-21 1990-08-07 Genex Corporation Single polypeptide chain binding molecules
US5223409A (en) * 1988-09-02 1993-06-29 Protein Engineering Corp. Directed evolution of novel binding proteins
US5272057A (en) * 1988-10-14 1993-12-21 Georgetown University Method of detecting a predisposition to cancer by the use of restriction fragment length polymorphism of the gene for human poly (ADP-ribose) polymerase
US5328470A (en) * 1989-03-31 1994-07-12 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Treatment of diseases by site-specific instillation of cells or site-specific transformation of cells and kits therefor
US5459039A (en) * 1989-05-12 1995-10-17 Duke University Methods for mapping genetic mutations
US5233409A (en) * 1992-02-25 1993-08-03 Schwab Karl W Color analysis of organic constituents in sedimentary rocks for thermal maturity
US5493531A (en) * 1993-12-09 1996-02-20 Sgs-Thomson Microelectronics S.R.L. Integrated circuitry for checking the utilization rate of redundancy memory elements in a semiconductor memory device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US6855806B1 (en) 2005-02-15
CA2386922A1 (en) 2001-04-26
JP2004500046A (en) 2004-01-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20050208040A1 (en) Polynucleotides and polypeptides encoded thereby
WO2001029217A2 (en) Novel polypeptides and polynucleotides encoding same
US20100158918A1 (en) Polypeptides and polynucleotides encoding same
AU779667B2 (en) Polynucleotides and polypeptides encoded thereby
US6992170B2 (en) Polypeptides and polynucleotides homologous to thymosin, ephrin a receptors, and fibromodulin
US20020137202A1 (en) Novel proteins and nucleic acids encoding same
US6855806B1 (en) Thymosin beta 10-like proteins and nucleic acids encoding same
US7001766B2 (en) Nucleic acid sequences encoding human angiopoietin-like polypeptides
EP1250425A2 (en) Secreted human proteins, polynucleotides encoding them and methods of using the same
US20020076700A1 (en) Novel polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding same
US20030082757A1 (en) Novel proteins and nucleic acids encoding same
US20030050232A1 (en) Novel human proteins, polynucleotides encoding them and methods of using the same
US20030198958A1 (en) Noval human proteins, polynucleotides encoding them and methods of using the same
US20020123612A1 (en) Novel human proteins, polynucleotides encoding them and methods of using the same
EP1484401A1 (en) Secreted polypeptides and corresponding polynucleotides
AU2002211543A1 (en) Novel polypeptides homologous to thymosin, ephrin A, receptors, and fibromodulin, and polynucleotides encoding same
US20020156238A1 (en) Novel polypeptides and polynucleotides encoding same
AU6899700A (en) Polynucleotides and polypeptides encoded thereby
AU2287101A (en) Novel proteins and nucleic acids encoding same
WO2001042291A2 (en) Polynucleotides and polypeptides encoded thereby

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION